ORIENTAMENTI
BIBLIOGRAFICI
S E M E S T R A L E
D I
L E T T U R E
a cura della F ACOLTÀ T EOLOGICA
DELL' I TALIA S ETTENTRIONALE
Via dei Cavalieri del S. Sepolcro, 3 - 20121 Milano
Tel. 02.86.31.81 - Fax 02.72.00.31.62
www.teologiamilano.it - [email protected]
42
2013
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
SOMMARIO
2ULHQWDPHQWLELEOLRJUD¿FL n. 42 (0DFFKL6LOYDQR)
p.
3
FILOSOFIA: IL NUOVO REALISMO
Ermenegildo Conti
p.
5
I LIBRI PROFETICI
Patrizio Rota Scalabrini
p.
9
TEOLOGIA FONDAMENTALE: SULL’«ESSENZA» DEL CRISTIANESIMO
Duilio Albarello
p. 14
CRISTOLOGIA
Giovanni Cesare Pagazzi
p. 21
TEOLOGIA SISTEMATICA: L’ANIMA
Giacomo Canobbio
p. 25
MORALE SESSUALE
Aristide Fumagalli
p. 29
TEOLOGIA MORALE: COSCIENZA MORALE E RELAZIONE PARENTALE
Matteo Martino
p. 37
TEOLOGIA SPIRITUALE: MANUALI, TRATTATI, OPERE SIGNIFICATIVE
Giuseppe Como
p. 48
LITURGIA E SPIRITUALITÀ
Paolo Tomatis
p. 55
129,7¬*/266$
Macchi Silvano
p. 60
, IDVFLFROL DUUHWUDWL GL ©2ULHQWDPHQWL %LEOLRJUD¿FLª VRQR GLVSRQLELOL RQOLQH DOO¶LQGLUL]]R
www.teologiamilano.it
,QFRSHUWLQD
,OFKLRVWURJUDQGHLQQHYDWRGHOODVHGHGHOOD)DFROWj7HRORJLFDGHOO¶,WDOLD6HWWHQWULRQDOH
,OSUHVHQWHIDVFLFRORqSXEEOLFDWRFRQLOVRVWHJQR
GHOO¶,VWLWXWR 6XSHULRUH GL 6FLHQ]H 5HOLJLRVH GL 0LODQR
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
È
dal principio che la fede cristiana ha scelWROD¿ORVR¿DFRPHHOHPHQWRGLFRQIURQto e di dialogo per l’intelligenza della fede. Il
SHQVLHURGHOODIHGHqSUHFLVDPHQWHXQ³SHQVLHUR´VLFRPSUHQGHDOORUDFRPHOD¿ORVR¿DULHQWULQHOSURJUDPPDGHOODWHRORJLDHYLULHQWUL
FRPHLOOLQJXDJJLRGHOODFRQWHPSRUDQHLWjFKH
DQFKHODWHRORJLDGHYHFRQRVFHUHHXVDUHVH
YXROHIDUVLFRPSUHQGHUH
6LDSUHSUHFLVDPHQWHFRQXQDYRFH¿ORVR¿FDLO
SULPRFRQWULEXWRGLTXHVWRQXRYRIDVFLFRORGL
©2ULHQWDPHQWL%LEOLRJUD¿FLª6LWUDWWDqYHUR
GLXQGLVFRUVRGLQLFFKLDHWXWWDYLDDWWXDOHWDQWR GD DYHUH DYXWR PROWD HFR DQFKH QHJOL RUJDQLGLLQIRUPD]LRQHRVVLDTXHOODVROOHYDWDD
proposito del nXoYo UealiVmo1RQqVRORXQD
TXHVWLRQHGLPRGHVWHHWHDWUDOLEaUXIIe FKio]
]otte WUD ¿ORVR¿ XQ SR¶ IULYROL H IDWXL YROWL D
IDU SDUODUH GL Vp« HVVD >TXHVWLRQH@ VROOHYD
LQWHUURJDWLYL GL PHULWR OD SHUFH]LRQH OD FRnoscenza, il rapporto oggetto/soggetto, l’inWHUSUHWD]LRQHODYHULWjODVRFLDOLWjODUHDOWj
'HOODSURGX]LRQHLQOLQJXDLWDOLDQDGLTXHVWR
GLEDWWLWR¿ORVR¿FRGjFRQWRFULWLFDPHQWHLOQRstro recensore.
6HJXH O¶DJJLRUQDPHQWR LQ FDPSR ELEOLFR ULVHUYDWR DOOD SURGX]LRQH VFLHQWL¿FD VX i libri
SroIetiFi ,O IDVFLQR GL TXHVWL YLYDFLVVLPL WHVWLPRQLGHOODIHGHG¶,VUDHOHqLQGXEELRFRPH
LQGXEELRqLOSDWKRVFRQFXLHVVLLPSODFDELOPHQWHULEDGLVFRQRLOQHVVRWUDODIHGHHOHIRUPH GHOO¶DJLUH VSHFLH LQ DPELWR VRFLDOH$O
ULJXDUGRODSDOOLGDHWLPLGDVHQVLELOLWjVRFLDOH
GHLµSURIHWL¶FRQWHPSRUDQHLDYUHEEHGLFKHHVVHUHLVWUXLWDGDOODFRUDJJLRVDHWHPHUDULDHSHU
niente accondiscendente, predicazione degli
DQWLFKLSURIHWL
/DWHU]DYRFHqGHGLFDWDDGLQGLYLGXDUHQHOOD
FRUUHQWH OHWWHUDWXUD WHRORJLFD H QRQ O¶©HVVHQ3
]DªGHOFULVWLDQHVLPR&DUDWWHUL]]DWDGDOSURFHVVR LQDUUHVWDELOH GHOOD VHFRODUL]]D]LRQH OD
YHFFKLD(XURSDVLPERORHVLQWRPRGHOOD0RGHUQLWj VWHQWD SHU FRVu GLUH D ULWURYDUH XQR
VSLULWR FDSDFH GL SODVPDUH H GL IDU ULQDVFHUH
LO YHFFKLR FRQWLQHQWH Ê FLz FKH LO QRVWUR UHFHQVRUH GH¿QLVFH FRPH OD TXHVWLRQH FUXFLDOH
GHOO¶HSRFDRVVLDOD³TXHVWLRQHDQWURSRORJLFD´
YHURQRPHGHOODFULVLFRQWHPSRUDQHD(VXOla FKanFe FKH DO FULVWLDQHVLPR GL QXRYR VL
DSULUHEEHVHVRORVLDSSOLFDVVHXQSR¶«SHU
DWWXDUHXQQXRYRXPDQHVLPRUHOLJLRVRFXOWXUDOHSROLWLFRHFRQRPLFR
/DTXDUWDYRFHULJXDUGDODFriVtologia. Essa si
LPSHJQD D UHFHQVLUH DOFXQH GHOOH QRYLWj GHJQH GL LQWHUHVVH QHOOD SXEEOLFLVWLFD LWDOLDQD
DFDUDWWHUHFULVWRORJLFR3HU OD YHULWjQRQ F¶q
JUDQFKpGL³QXRYR´ULVSHWWRDOOHJUDQGLVLQWHVL
VLVWHPDWLFKH GHL SL LPSRUWDQWL SHQVDWRUL GHO
¶FDWWROLFLHSURWHVWDQWLHWXWWDYLDTXDOFKH
OHWWXUD µVLQJRODUH¶ GHO PLVWHUR GL &ULVWR QRQ
PDQFKHUjGLVWXSLUHLQRVWULOHWWRUL
'DVHPSUHO¶DQLPDqVWDWDDOFHQWURGHLJUDQGL
VLVWHPL¿ORVR¿FLHWHRORJLFL6HQHIDFHYDXQ
HOHPHQWR GLVWLQWLYR GHOO¶XPDQR H ULVSHWWLYDPHQWHGHOFRUSRGHOO¶XPDQR$OWHPDGHOO¶ani
maqGHGLFDWDODTXLQWDYRFHGHLQRVWULµRULHQWDPHQWL¶ D SURFHGHUH GDO ULQQRYDWR LQWHUHVVH
FKHWDOHWHPDKDVXVFLWDWRQHJOLXOWLPLGHFHQQL
VLD SHU ULIHULPHQWR DOOH QHXURVFLHQ]H VLD SHU
UDSSRUWRDGXQDOHWWXUDSLDGHJXDWDHXQLWDULD
GHOO¶DQWURSRORJLDELEOLFD
1HOO¶LQWHQWRGLRIIULUHXQTXDGURSUH]LRVRHLQVLHPHVLQWRPDWLFRGHOO¶DWWXDOHteologia mora
le VeVVXaleODVHVWDVFKHGDFRQVLGHUDLPDQXDOLSXEEOLFDWLQHJOLXOWLPLGLHFLDQQL,OTXDGUR
FKHQHHVFHGDSDUWHGHOQRVWURRWWLPRUHFHQVRUHqIUDQFDPHQWHLPEDUD]]DQWHDOPHQRSHU
FKLVFULYH3DUHLQIDWWLFKHODPRUDOHVHVVXDOH
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
FKH YLHQH LQVHJQDWD VLD GHO WXWWR LJQDUD GHO
FRQWULEXWR FKH YLHQH GDOOD ³YLWD´ FRVu FRPH
ignara di ogni ricerca psicologica, sociologiFDFXOWXUDOHGHOODVIHUDGHOO¶LGHQWLWjVHVVXDWD
GHOOHSHUVRQH*UDQGHHGHFLVLYRULOLHYRKDLQ
TXHVWLPDQXDOLLOPDJLVWHURGHOODFKLHVDVXOOD
GRWWULQD LQ PDWHULD VHVVXDOH« PD QRQ VL LQWUDYHGHXQRVIRU]RHXQLPSHJQRVLJQL¿FDWLYR
della ricerca teologica (SerVonale, libera e Yo
lontariaDYUHEEHGHWWRPRQV3LQR&RORPER
DULÀHWWHUHPHJOLRDSURFHGHUHeGDOOD5LYHODzione eGDOODYLWD(VuFKHVLWUDWWDGLTXHVWLRQL
YLWDOLSHUO¶XRPR
7UDVYHUVDOHDOODGLVFLSOLQDPRUDOHIRQGDPHQWDOHqODVHWWLPDYRFHGHGLFDWDDOODIRUPD]LRQH
della FoVFien]a morale e rela]ioni Sarentali.
&KHODFRVFLHQ]DPRUDOHQRQDEELDXQDJHQHVL
DXWDUFKLFDqDWWHVWDWRGDXQIDPRVLVVLPRHDFXWLVVLPRDIRULVPDGL1LHW]VFKHFKHLQUmano
troSSo Xmano†VFULYH©&ontenXto Gella
FoVFien]a.±,OFRQWHQXWRGHOODQRVWUDFRVFLHQ]D
qWXWWRFLzFKHQHJOLDQQLGHOO¶LQIDQ]LDFLYHQLYD
UHJRODUPHQWHriFKieVtoVHQ]DXQPRWLYRGDSHUVRQH FKH YHQHUDYDPR R WHPHYDPR 'DOOD FRVFLHQ]DYLHQHGXQTXHVWLPRODWRTXHOVHQVRGHO
GRYHUH ³TXHVWR OR GHEER IDUH TXHVWR QRQ OR
GHEERIDUH´FKHQRQFKLHGHSerFKpGHEER"±
,QWXWWLLFDVLLQFXLXQDFRVDYLHQHIDWWDFRQXQ
µSHUFKp¶O¶XRPRDJLVFHVen]aFRVFLHQ]DWXWWDYLDQRQSHUFLzFRQWURGLHVVD±/DIHGHQHOOH
DXWRULWjqODIRQWHGHOODFRVFLHQ]DTXHVWDQRQ
qGXQTXHODYRFHGL'LRQHOFXRUHGHOO¶XRPR
PDODYRFHGLDOFXQLXRPLQLQHOO¶XRPRª7DOH
HWHURQRPLD JHQHWLFD GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D PRUDOH
KD SUHFLVDPHQWH FRPH UDGLFH OD IDPLJOLD XQ
SDGUH H XQD PDGUH GL QRUPD IDPLJOLD FKH q
DGGLULWWXUDWHVWLPRQHGLDOWURGHOFLHORGL'LR
WXWWDYLDHVVDRJJLVWHQWDDVYROJHUHTXHVWRSURFHVVRGLFRQVHJQDGHLVLJQL¿FDWLHOHPHQWDULGHO
YLYHUH'HOODOHWWHUDWXUDLQPHULWRGHOODUHDOWj
FRPSOHVVDGHOOHIDPLJOLHFRQWHPSRUDQHHGHL
GLI¿FLOL SURFHVVL HGXFDWLYL VL RFFXSD LO QRVWUR
recensore.
'DWHPSRVLDWWHQGHYDXQDJJLRUQDPHQWRUHODWLYRDOODGLVFLSOLQDGHOODteologia VSiritXale,
O¶RWWDYD YRFH )LQDOPHQWH TXHVWR DJJLRUQDPHQWR q DUULYDWR 6RQR SHUWDQWR SUHVHQWDWL L
YROXPL SL VLJQL¿FDWLFL WUD PDQXDOL WUDWWDWL
HRSHUHPRQRJUD¿FKHGHJOLXOWLPLVHWWHDQQL
,OQRVWUROHWWRUHQRWHUjFHUWDPHQWHODYLYDFLWj
GHOGLEDWWLWRLQDWWRPDDQFKHXQFHUWRDIIDQQR
QHOO¶LQGDJLQHVSLULWXDOHFRPHDQFKHXQDFHUWD
DSSURVVLPD]LRQH Ê XQ SR¶ FRPH VH VL IRVVH
VSHQWD OD FLIUD VSHFXODWLYD QHOO¶DPELWR GHOOD
LQWHOOLJHQ]DGHOODYLWDVHFRQGRORVSLULWR
6HPSUH FLUFD OD GLPHQVLRQH GHOOD YLWD VSLULWXDOH GHO FULVWLDQR VL ULIHULVFH OD QRQD YRFH
VXlitXrgia e VSiritXalitjÊFRQYLQ]LRQHGLFKL
VFULYHFKHLOSULQFLSLRDYYDORUDWRGD3URVSHUR
GL$FTXLWDQLDVHFRQGRFXL³legem FreGenGi le[
VtatXat VXSSliFanGi´VLDDOWDPHQWHVRWWRYDOXWDWR(GLFRQYHUVRGLFRPHLOWHPSRGHOFXOWR
GHO ULWR GHOOD SUHJKLHUD VLD LO PRPHQWR HPLQHQWHGRYHVFDYDUHXQRVSD]LRSHUODGLPRUD
GHOOR6SLULWR7DOHQHVVRWUDOLWXUJLDHVSLULWXDOLWjVWHQWDDQFRUDSHUzFRPHVFULYHYDLO0RLROLTXDVLTXDUDQW¶DQQLID¶DGHVVHUHDGHJXDWDPHQWHLVWUXLWRHLQGDJDWRGDSDUWHGLHQWUDPEH
OHGLVFLSOLQH4XDOFRVDF¶qQHOODSXEEOLFLVWLFD
FRUUHQWH H WXWWDYLD ± DQFKH D SDUHUH GHO QRstro recensore –©ODTXHVWLRQHGHOUDSSRUWRWUD
OLWXUJLD H VSLULWXDOLWjª q ©XQ FDPSR GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQHWHRORJLFDDQFRUDELVRJQRVRGLDSSURIRQGLPHQWRWDQWRGDSDUWHGHOODWHRORJLDVSLULWXDOHTXDQWRGDSDUWHGHOODWHRORJLDOLWXUJLFDª
&RQFOXGHLOSUHVHQWHQXPHURGLOrientamenti
bibliogra¿FiODFRQVXHWDUDVVHJQDGHOOHXltime
noYitj SXEEOLFDWH GDOOD FDVD HGLWULFH *loVVa;
QRYLWjIUXWWRGHOODULFHUFDHGHOO¶LQVHJQDPHQWR
SURGRWWR GDOOD )DFROWj GL7HRORJLD GL 0LODQR
HGDOOHLVWLWX]LRQLFXOWXUDOLDGHVVDFROOHJDWH
Don Silvano Macchi
Segretario della Facoltà Teologica
dell’Italia Settentrionale
4
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
FILOSOFIA: IL NUOVO REALISMO
1.
SWDQGR DOOD ULFRVWUX]LRQH GL GLDQQL VDWWLPR KWWSJLDQQLYDWWLPR.EORJVSRW.LW
SHQVLHUR-GHEROH-R-QXRYR-UHDOLVPRPLQL.KWPO LO GLEDWWLWR VX FLz FKH VL q GH¿QLWR
©QXRYR UHDOLVPRª LQL]LD FRQ OD SXEEOLFD]LRne di Yeritj9eritj, «MicroMega» 5 (2011),
O¶©AOPDQDFFR GL ¿ORVR¿Dª LO QXPHUR PRQRJUD¿FR GHGLFDWR RJQL DQQR GDOOD ULYLVWD D XQD
VSHFL¿FD TXHVWLRQH WHRUHWLFD. IQ TXHO IDVFLFROR
ROWUH D XQ¶LQWHUYLVWD LQ FXL SUHQGHQGR VSXQWR
da G. VATTIMO, $GGio alla Yeritj /H PHOXVLQH MHOWHPL RRPD SS. LO ¿ORVRIR ULOHJJH LO SURSULR LWLQHUDULR LQWHOOHWWXDOH
FRPSDLRQR WUD JOL DOWUL GXH LQWHUYHQWL FULWLFL
QHL FRQIURQWL GHOOH VXH WHVL H GHO SHQVLHUR GHEROH LQ JHQHUDOH XQR ©ESLVWHPRORJLD aG Ser
Vonamª LQ FXL MDXUL]LR FERRARIS DUJRPHQWD FKH OD SHUGLWD GHOOD YHULWj FRPSRUWD HIIHWWL
SHULFRORVL VXO SLDQR WHRUHWLFR HG HWLFR O¶DOWUR
©AGGLR DOOD YHULWj" AGGLR DOO¶HVVHUHª LQ
FXL 3DROR FLORES D’ARCAIS HYLGHQ]LD FRPH
O’DEEDQGRQR GHOOD YHULWj VWRULFR-IDWWXDOH LPSHGLVFD OR VPDVFKHUDPHQWR GHOOH SUHWHVH JLXGLFDWH QHJDWLYDPHQWH SHUFKp GLVSRWLFKH GL
FKL DIIHUPD DSRGLWWLFDPHQWH OD VHULWj HWHUQD.
LH TXHVWLRQL DIIURQWDWH H OH SRVL]LRQL DVVXQWH
VRQR OHJDWH D GRSSLR ¿OR DOOD VWUHWWD DWWXDOLWj
SROLWLFD HYRFDWD D FKLDUH OHWWHUH ODVFLDQGR LQWHQGHUH HSLVRGL H FRPSRUWDPHQWL DOORUD VXOOH
SULPH SDJLQH GHL TXRWLGLDQL H SRUWDWD FRPH
PRWLYD]LRQH SHU LQQRYDUH OD ¿ORVR¿D WXWWDYLD QHO VXR LQWHUYHQWR FHUUDULV HVSRQH WHPL
H DUJRPHQWD]LRQL DPSLDPHQWH ULSUHVL LQ VFULWWL
VXFFHVVLYL.
A GHWWD GL TXHVW’XOWLPR LO SULQFLSDOH H SL DWWLYR SURPRWRUH GHOOD QXRYD SRVL]LRQH ¿ORVR¿FD
WXWWR KD SUHVR DYYLR GD XQ VXR DUWLFROR FRPSDUVR O’ DJRVWR VXO TXRWLGLDQR ©OD RHSXEEOLFDª DQQXQFLDQGR LO FRQYHJQR LQWHUQD]LRQDOH
©3URVSHFWV IRU D 1HZ RHDOLVPª FKH VL VDUHEEH
WHQXWR D %RQQ LO PDU]R GHOO’DQQR VXFFHVVL-
YRDFXUDVXDGL0DUNXV*DEULHO%RQQH3Htar Bojanic (Belgrado), Ferraris prende atto –
DOSDULGLTXDQWR0DU[H(QJHOVIDFHYDQRQHO
loro 0aniIeVto±FKH©XQRVSHWWURVLDJJLUDSHU
O¶(XURSDª SDUROH FKH FRVWLWXLVFRQR O¶inFiSit
GHO VXR DUWLFROR FRPH L GXH ¿ORVR¿ FRQVWDWDYDQRO¶HVLVWHQ]DGLPROWLFRPXQLVWLQHOYHFFKLR FRQWLQHQWH FRVu RJJL DSSDUH HYLGHQWH D
WXWWLVHFRQGRO¶DXWRUHOD¿QHGHOSRVWPRGHUQR
HO¶DYYLRGLXQQXRYRDSSURFFLRRUPDLPROWR
GLIIXVR WUD L FXOWRUL GHOOD PDWHULD TXHOOR DSSXQWRGHO©QHRUHDOLVPRª
,OSRVWPRGHUQRqLOEHUVDJOLRSROHPLFRSUHIHULWRULFRUUHQWHLQWXWWLJOLLQWHUYHQWLGL)HUUDULVLQVLHPHDOODVXDGH¿QL]LRQHGHVXQWDGDXQ
IUDPPHQWRGL1LHW]VFKHVHFRQGRFXL©QRQFL
VRQRIDWWLVRORLQWHUSUHWD]LRQLªDVXRWHPSR
FRPPHQWDWRGDO¿ORVRIRGLYHQWDWRQHRUHDOLVWD
LQ XQ VDJJLR GDO WLWROR YROXWDPHQWH VWRUSLDto (cfr. M. FERRARIS, 1on Fi Vono gatti Volo
interSreta]ioni, in G. VATTIMO - J. DERRIDA
>HG.@ $nnXario ¿loVo¿Fo eXroSeo. 'iritto
giXVti]ia e interSreta]ione > %LEOLRWHFD GL
&XOWXUD MRGHUQD @ /DWHU]D RRPD-%DUL
1998, 129-163).
3ULPD GHO FRQYHJQR DQQXQFLDWR FRQ ODUJR DQWLFLSR QH YHQQHUR RUJDQL]]DWL DOWUL GXH ©OQ WKH
AVKHV RI 3RVW-PRGHUQLVP A 1HZ RHDOLVPª
1HZ <RUN IVWLWXWR IWDOLDQR GL &XOWXUD QRYHPEUH H ©1XRYR UHDOLVPR XQD GLVFXVsione aperta» (Torino, Fondazione Rosselli, 5
GLFHPEUH . A TXDQWR FL ULVXOWD QRQ VRQR
VWDWL SXEEOLFDWL JOL DWWL DQFKH VH GHO SULPR VL
SRVVRQR VHJXLUH OH FRQIHUHQ]H LQ Vtreaming,
FRPH LQGLFDWR LQ KWWSODERQW.LWRQ-WKH-DVKHVRI-SRVW-PRGHUQLVP-D-QHZ-UHDOLVP VROR OD
relazione di Eco è stata inserita in %entornata
realtj (cfr. inIra).
IO PRYLPHQWR VL FDUDWWHUL]]D SHU XQD QRWHYROH YLYDFLWj FXOWXUDOH H XQD ULFFD SURGX]LRQH
EHQ WHVWLPRQLDWH H DPSLDPHQWH SUHVHQWDWH
5
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
O’LPSRVVLELOLWj GL FRUUHJJHUH FLz FKH O’XRPR
LQFRQWUD SHUFKp JOL RSSRQH UHVLVWHQ]D ¿QR D
VFDWHQDUH XQ FRQWUDVWR LQVXSHUDELOH H LQDJJLUDELOH -. L’RELHWWLYR SROHPLFR q GLFKLDUDWR FRQ OXFLGLWj ©LO EHUVDJOLR GHO UHDOLVWD q LO
FRVWUXWWLYLVPR QRQ XQ TXDOFKH LGHDOLVPR EHU
NHOH\DQRª . SL FRPSUHQGH TXLQGL LO PRWLYR SHU FXL OD ULÀHVVLRQH VL FRQFHQWUL VXJOL ©RJJHWWL VRFLDOLª JOL HQWL HODERUDWL FRVWUXLWL
GDJOL XRPLQL QHO ORUR DJJUHJDUVL VRFLDOH HVVL
LQIDWWL VHPEUDQR HVVHUH OD SDU]LDOH VPHQWLWD
GHOOH VXH WHVL. TXWWDYLD FRQWUR OD SUHWHVD GL XQD
ULGX]LRQH GHO WHPD D XQ DPELWR VWUHWWDPHQWH
VRJJHWWLYLVWLFR FRPH YRUUHEEH VHFRQGR O’DXtore, Searle), FerraULV ID YDOHUH OD WHVL
di Derrida seconGR FXL OD VFULWWXUD
precede ogni altra
esperienza, dando
YLWD D TXHOOD GRFXPHQWDOLWj FKH q LO
IRQGDPHQWR GHJOL
oggetti sociali.
LH DUJRPHQWD]LRni, esposte con linJXDJJLR DFFDWWLYDQWH H LPPHGLDWR
YDQQR LQFRQWUR D
VHPSOL¿FD]LRQL JURVVRODQH FKH LPSHGLVFRQR
QRQ VROR LSRWHWLFDPHQWH XQ DXWHQWLFR DSSURIRQGLPHQWR GHO SHQVLHUR q LO FDVR GHOOD IUHTXHQWH LGHQWL¿FD]LRQH WUD RJJHWWR UHDOH H RQWRORJLD PD XQ FRQWR q O’HQWH GL FXL FL VL
RFFXSD XQ FRQWR OD PDWHULD FKH OR LQGDJD
RSSXUH LQ XQ DOWUR SDVVR ©JOL RJJHWWL QDWXUDOL VRQR LQGLSHQGHQWL GDOOD HSLVWHPRORJLD H
UHQGRQR YHUH OH VFLHQ]H QDWXUDOLª PD FRPH
SXz XQ RJJHWWR UHQGHUH YHUD XQD VFLHQ]D".
8QD ULSUHVD SL DUWLFRODWD H YDULHJDWD GL FLz
FKH VL LQWHQGH FRQ ©QHR-UHDOLVPRª VL KD LQ
M. DE CARO - M. FERRARIS (ed.), Bentornata realtà. Il nuovo realismo in discussione
ELQDXGL. SWLOH OLEHUR H[WUD ELQDXGL TRULQR
SS. ¼ . IO WHVWR D SL PDQL
QHL PH]]L GL FRPXQLFD]LRQH WUDGL]LRQDOL H VXO
ZHE VLDPR GL IURQWH QRQ VHPSOLFHPHQWH D XQ
JUXSSR FKH VL q DXWRGH¿QLWR PD FKH GD VXELWR
KD RIIHUWR XQD YHUVLRQH XI¿FLDOH GHOOD SURSULD
VWRULD D PHWj VWUDGD WUD O’DXWRFHOHEUD]LRQH H OD
FRQ¿JXUD]LRQH LGHQWLWDULD GDWD GDOO’LQVLHPH
GHOOH DWWLYLWj SDVVDWH H GL TXHOOH SUHYHQWLYDWH
SHU LO IXWXUR DO ULJXDUGR VL SXz FRQVXOWDUH OD
SDJLQD KWWSQXRYRUHDOLVPR.ZRUGSUHVV.FRP
GRYH q UDFFROWR LO GLEDWWLWR VRUWR D SDUWLUH
GDOO’DUWLFROR VX RHSXEEOLFD RSSXUH YLVLWDUH
LO VLWR KWWSODERQW.LW GRYH q ULSRUWDWR LO UHVRFRQWR GHOO’DWWLYLWj GL ©LDEOQWª VLJOD FKH
VWD SHU LDERUDWRU\ IRU OQWRORJ\ XQ FHQWUR
FRVWLWXLWRVL QHO DOO’LQWHUQR GHO DLSDUWLPHQWR GL
FLORVR¿D GHOO’8QLYHUVLWj GL
TRULQR GD WHPSR RULHQWDWR
YHUVR OD SURGX]LRQH GL ULÀHVVLRQL H GRFXPHQWL VXO QXRYR
UHDOLVPR H OD GLIIXVLRQH GHOOH VXH WHVL SULQFLSDOL.
IQ YLVWD GHO FRQYHJQR GL
%RQQ GHO q XVFLWR M.
FERRARIS, Manifesto del
nuovo realismo I RRELQVRQ. LHWWXUH LDWHU]D RRPD-%DUL 6, pp. XI-113,
¼ . CRQ RVVHUYD]LRQH
FKH ULVSHFFKLD DOWUH ULFRVWUX]LRQL GL HVSRQHQWL
GHO SRVWPRGHUQR D FRPLQFLDUH GD VDWWLPR
FHUUDULV QRWD FKH O’DWWXDOH FOLPD FXOWXUDOH VL ULVSHFFKLD QHO VXR SHUFRUVR LQGLYLGXDOH SDVVDWR GDOO’DEEDQGRQR GHOO’HUPHQHXWLFD
DOO’DVVXQ]LRQH GHOO’HVWHWLFD FRPH WHRULD GHOOD
VHQVLELOLWj DOO’RQWRORJLD QDWXUDOH DOO’RQWRORJLD VRFLDOH LQ WXWWL TXHVWL PRPHQWL LO ¿OR FRQGXWWRUH FRVWDQWH q VWDWR LO UHDOLVPR XQD VLPLOH
FRQYLQ]LRQH q LOOXVWUDWD DQFKH QHOOD SUHID]LRQH
a T. ANDINA [ed.], Filoso¿a contemSoranea.
Uno sguardo globale > FUHFFH@ CDURFFL
RRPD SS. - ¼ .
IO FRQWHQXWR VSHFL¿FR GHO VLQWDJPD ©QXRYR
UHDOLVPRª q LQGLYLGXDWR VRSUDWWXWWR GD FLz
FKH O’DXWRUH FKLDPD ©LQHPHQGDELOLWjª FLRq
6
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
UHJLRQL RQWRORJLFKH DLR DQLPD LPPRUWDOLWj
OD SULPD OD UHDOWj VFLHQWL¿FD OD VHFRQGD LPSHGLVFRQR XQD VROX]LRQH OLQHDUH GHL SUREOHPL
DWWXDOPHQWH SL GLEDWWXWL FRPH OD FRVFLHQ]D
O’LQWHQ]LRQDOLWj LO OLQJXDJJLR OD ULVSRVWD VHFRQGR O’DXWRUH SXz HVVHUH IDFLOPHQWH ULFDYDWD
GD RVVHUYD]LRQL ¿VLFR-VFLHQWL¿FKH LQ JUDGR GL
PRVWUDUH OD WRWDOH GLSHQGHQ]D GL TXHVWL IHQRPHQL WLSLFDPHQWH XPDQL GD IDWWRUL HVFOXVLYDPHQWH QDWXUDOL.
SL LVFULYH SLHQDPHQWH HQWUR OD SURVSHWWLYD GHO
QHR-UHDOLVPR M. GABRIEL, Il senso dell’esistenza. Per un nuovo realismo ontologico
SIHUH D FXUD GL S.L. MAESTRONE, Presentazione di M. FERRARIS CDURFFL RRPD
SS. ¼ . OELHWWLYR GLFKLDUDWR
GHO WHVWR q OD FRVWUX]LRQH GL XQD QXRYD RQWRORJLD LQ FXL YHQJD URYHVFLDWD OD ULYROX]LRQH
NDQWLDQD TXDOL¿FDWD FRPH WROHPDLFD SLXWWRVWR FKH FRSHUQLFDQD FRPH YROHYD LO VXR DXWRUH SHUFKp QHO FULWLFLVPR WXWWR UXRWD DWWRUQR
al soggetto.
L’RSHUD]LRQH SHUPHWWHUHEEH GL VDOGDUH OR LDWR
WUD ¿ORVR¿D DQJORVDVVRQH H FRQWLQHQWDOH ULFRQFHQWUDQGR O’DWWHQ]LRQH VXL IDWWL LQ FXL ULHQWUDQR WXWWL JOL VWDWL GL FRVH WUD FXL DQFKH OH
DIIHUPD]LRQL DG HVVL UHODWLYL. RLWRUQD OD SROHPLFD FRQWUR OD IUDVH GL NLHW]VFKH JLXGLFDWD
LGHQWL¿FDWLYD GHOO’LQWHUR SRVWPRGHUQR L IDWWL
DVVXPRQR YROWL GLYHUVL GDQGR YLWD D QXRYL IDWWL D VHFRQGD GHO FRQWHVWR LQ FXL VL FROORFDQR
con l’interazione tra fatto e contesto, il proVSHWWLYLVPR WDQWR FULWLFDWR YLHQH FRQIHUPDWR
H LQVLHPH DJJLUDWR GDO PRPHQWR FKH VL q GL
IURQWH D IDWWL DQFKH TXDQGR VL HODERUDQR QXRYH
YLVLRQL GHOO’LGHQWLFR RJJHWWR -. AQFKH
VH QRQ FLWDWR VHPEUD ULWRUQDUH D SL ULSUHVH LO
SULPR :LWWJHQVWHLQ VHFRQGR FXL DQFKH OH DIIHUPD]LRQL OLQJXLVWLFKH VRQR VWDWL GL FRVH UHDOWj GXQTXH SHU LO QXRYR UHDOLVPR.
RIIUH VHFRQGR JOL DXWRUL O’RFFDVLRQH SHU FRUUHJJHUH DOFXQH LQWHUSUHWD]LRQL LQDFFHWWDELOL
O’HTXLYRFR VHFRQGR FXL LQ TXHVWD ¿ORVR¿D QRQ
FL VDUHEEH XQ DSSURFFLR FULWLFR XQR VJXDUGR
HUPHQHXWLFR H XQD YDOXWD]LRQH SRVLWLYD GHOOD
VFLHQ]D. IQ SRVLWLYR VL SHUVHJXH O’LQWHQ]LRQH
GL SURSRUUH XQD ¿ORVR¿D JOREDOL]]DWD IDYRULWD
GDOO’DVVXQ]LRQH GHOOH FRPSHWHQ]H SURSULH GHOOH VFLHQ]H ¿ORORJLD VWRULD VFLHQ]H QDWXUDOL H
sociali).
I VDJJL VRQR VXGGLYLVL LQ WUH SDUWL. LD SULPD
UDFFRJOLH WHVWL FKH GLDORJDQR FRQ DOWUH IRUPH
GL VDSHUH R FRQ WHRULH RJJL SDUWLFRODUPHQWH
GLIIXVH LO FRQIURQWR q VYROWR LQ SDUWLFRODUH FRQ
LO VHQVR FRPXQH LO UHODWLYLVPR LO SUDJPDWLVPR H OD VFLHQ]D. LD VHFRQGD UDFFRJOLH WHVWL
SL LPSHJQDWL QHOOD GH¿QL]LRQH GL FKH FRVD VLD
LO QXRYR UHDOLVPR VL YD GDO UHDOLVPR QHJDWLYR GL EFR DO UHDOLVPR PLQLPDOH GL MDUFRQL
GDOO’LQHPHQGDELOLWj GL FHUUDULV DO QDWXUDOLVPR
VFLHQWLVWD GL SHDUOH. L’XOWLPD SDUWH q GHGLFDWD
DO FRQIURQWR FRQ JOL VWXGL VXOOD VIHUD PHQWDle/psichica condotti da Di Francesco e RecalFDWL. L’LQWHQWR FHUWDPHQWH QRQ QDVFRVWR q GL
PRVWUDUH OD FRQYHUJHQ]D GL DXWRUL H SHQVLHUL
GL GLYHUVD SURYHQLHQ]D PROWL DOWUL VRQR FLWDWL
QHOO’LQWURGX]LRQH DWWRUQR DOO’HVLJHQ]D GL DIIHUPDUH LQ PRGR QXRYR XQ UHDOLVPR JLXGLFDWR
FRQYLQFHQWH H LQHYLWDELOH VRWWR TXHVWR SUR¿OR OD VHFRQGD SDUWH ULVXOWD GHFLVDPHQWH OD SL
LQWHUHVVDQWH. CRVu EFR FRJOLHQGR O’RFFDVLRQH
SHU FRQIHUPDUH WHVL JLj VRVWHQXWH QHO SDVVDWR H
JLXQWH D PDWXUD]LRQH QH , limiti Gell¶interSre
ta]ione SURSRQH LO UHDOLVPR QHJDWLYR
LQWHVR FRPH SRVVLELOLWj GL DIIHUPDUH FKH XQ’LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH VLD VEDJOLDWD SXU DPPHWWHQGR
FKH HVVD SRVVD HVVHUH VHPSUH ULYLVWD MDUFRQL VRVWLHQH O’LQGLSHQGHQ]D GHL IDWWL QDWXUDOL
H XQD SDU]LDOH DXWRQRPLD GL LEULGL H DUWHIDWWL
Ferraris, ripresentando le proprie tesi, coglie
H DIIHUPD LO YDORUH ¿ORVR¿FR GHOOD SHUFH]LRQH QHOOD FRQYLQ]LRQH FKH ©O’aiVtKeViV porta al
UHDOLVPRª SHDUOH FKLHGH GL ULGLPHQVLRQDUH OH WUDGL]LRQL PHWD¿VLFR-UHOLJLRVD H VFLHQWL¿FD SHUFKp DIIHUPDQGR O’HVLVWHQ]D GL HQWL H
. RLVSRQGH LQ IRUPD FULWLFD DOO’RIIHQVLYD ODQFLDWD FRQWUR LO SRVWPRGHUQR 3LHU AOGR RRYDWWL
FXUDWRUH LQVLHPH D GLDQQL VDWWLPR GHOO’RUPDL IDPRVR WHVWR ,l SenViero Gebole (1983).
7
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
SURSRQH XQD FaritaV FKH SHU LO EHQH GHOO’DOWUR
VL DQQXOOD WRWDOPHQWH. SX TXHVWR VIRQGR VDWWLPR DFFHQWXD JOL DVSHWWL FKH DOO’LQWHUQR GHO VXR
SHQVLHUR KDQQR D FKH IDUH FRQ LO QXRYR UHDOLVPR LQ SDUWLFRODUH ULWLHQH FKH O’HUPHQHXWLFD
QLFKLOLVWD VL FRVWLWXLVFD HVVD VWHVVD FRPH XQ IDWWR UHDOH HQWUR OD VWRULD GHOO’HVVHUH HG HYLGHQ]LD
OD IRU]D GL HPDQFLSD]LRQH UDFFKLXVD QHOO’HUPHQHXWLFD D GLIIHUHQ]D GHO QXRYR UHDOLVPR FKH
LQYHFH VL DVVRJJHWWD VXSLQDPHQWH DOOD UHDOWj
VHQ]D PLQLPDPHQWH GLVWDQ]LDUVHQH.
SH OH ©UHSOLFKHª GL RRYDWWL H VDWWLPR VHPEUDQR XQD VFRQWDWD GLIHVD G’XI¿FLR GHL GLUHWWL
LQWHUHVVDWL XQD FULWLFD D WXWWR FDPSR q VYROWD
in D. DI CESARE - C. OCONE - S. REGAZZONI (ed.), Il nuovo realismo q un SoSulismo
OSXVFXOD IO NXRYR MHODQJROR GHQRYD SS. ¼ . I VHL DXWRUL LQWHUYHQHQGR FRQ OLQJXDJJLR DFFDWWLYDQWH H VWLOH
SXQJHQWH VH QRQ VDUFDVWLFR DO SDUL GL FHUUDULV PHWWRQR LQ HYLGHQ]D OR VIRQGR H OH PRWLYD]LRQL H[WUD-WHRUHWLFKH FLRq HWLFR-SROLWLFKH
GHOOD QXRYD FRUUHQWH GL SHQVLHUR GHQXQFLDQGR
FRUWRFLUFXLWL FKH ULGXFRQR OH SRVL]LRQL ¿ORVR¿FKH DG XQD VRUWD GL JLRUQDOLVPR GL LQFKLHVWD
DOOD ULFHUFD GL IDWWL LQWULVR GL SUDJPDWLVPR H
SRSXOLVPR OH RVVHUYD]LRQL TXDOFKH YROWD FDGRQR LQ DUJRPHQWL GHFLVDPHQWH GLVFXWLELOL
ULWDJOLDWL VX PLVXUD HG HODERUDWL aG SerVonam
QRQ DWWLQHQWL DO SHQVLHUR PD LQVLQXDQWL PRWLYD]LRQL UHFRQGLWH GL QRWRULHWj H YLVLELOLWj. SL
SXz ULQWUDFFLDUH XQ IRQGR FRPXQH LQ WXWWH OH
FULWLFKH ULSRUWDWH LO QXRYR UHDOLVPR HODERUHUHEEH XQD YHUVLRQH FDULFDWXUDOH GHOOH ¿ORVR¿H
SUHFHGHQWL FRVWUX]LRQLVPR H SRVWPRGHUQR LQ
VSHFLH SHU PHJOLR FRPEDWWHUOH RIIULUHEEH XQD
UDSSUHVHQWD]LRQH DSSURVVLPDWLYD GHOOD SURSULD
VWHVVD WHRULD FKH QHJOL XOWLPL VFULWWL YHVWH L
SDQQL GL XQD LQFOXVLRQH GL SRVL]LRQL GLYHUVL¿FDWH SXU GL SRWHUOH PDQLSRODUH D SLDFLPHQWR FIU. OFRQH - HOHQFDQGR XQD VHULH
GL WUXLVPL HI¿FDFHPHQWH SUHVHQWDWL PD SRFR
ULOHYDQWL SHU XQ DSSURIRQGLPHQWR GHO SUREOHPD. SRWWR LO SUR¿OR WHRULFR FL SDUH LQWHUHVVDQWH
riportare la contestazione di Milazzo (31-37)
LR ID QHOO’LQWHUYLVWD DG AOHVVDQGUR DL GUD]LD
P.A. ROVATTI, Inattualità del Sensiero debole
VLFLQR ORQWDQR FRUXP 8GLQH SS.
¼ . IQ HVVD GHQXQFLD OD IUDJLOLWj H O’LQFRQVLVWHQ]D GHOOH DUJRPHQWD]LRQL SURGRWWH LQ
IDYRUH GHO UHDOLVPR GLVWLQJXH WUD SRVWPRGHUQR H SHQVLHUR GHEROH DIIHUPDQGR FRPH UHFLWD
LO WLWROR ± GL FKLDUD PDWULFH QLHW]VFKHDQD ± FKH
LO SHQVLHUR GHEROH ©QRQ q XQR VWLOH GL SHQVLHUR
FKH FL VLDPR PHVVL DOOH VSDOOH PD XQ RUL]]RQWH FULWLFR FKH DEELDPR DOORQWDQDWR QHO IXWXUR
XQ WHUULWRULR DQFRUD WXWWR GD JXDGDJQDUHª .
RLFRVWUXHQGR OH LQWHQ]LRQL GHO WHVWR FROOHWWDQHR HYLGHQ]LD LO WUDWWR FULWLFR-HPDQFLSDWLYR
SUHVHQWH QHOOD PDWULFH PDU[LVWD DWWHVWDWD QHOOD
VXD ELRJUD¿D LQWHOOHWWXDOH QRQ O’DIIHUPD]LRQH
GHO QLFKLOLVPR PD O’DQHOLWR SUDWLFR-SROLWLFR
q LO PRWLYR FKH VHSDUD LO SHQVLHUR GHEROH GDO
SRVWPRGHUQR GL TXL FRQ WRQR GL SURYRFD]LRQH ©SURSRQJR DOORUD ± VFULYH ± GL VRVSHQGHUH
a GiYiniV LO WHUPLQH ³QLFKLOLVPR´ FKH q GLYHQWDWR XQD VSHFLH GL VDFFR LQ FXL DPPXFFKLDUH
WXWWR TXHOOR FKH LQWHQGLDPR VTXDOL¿FDUHª .
NH YLHQH GL FRQVHJXHQ]D LO FRVWDQWH UHFXSHUR
GL FRXFDXOW H GHOOH VXH WHRULH VXO SRWHUH O’LQDWWXDOLWj QLHW]VFKHDQD GHO VXR SHQVLHUR UHVWD
DQFRUD XQ SXQWR GL ULIHULPHQWR SHU XQD WHRULD
GHOOD YHULWj FKH QRQ VLD VROR DVWUDWWD H LQFDSDFH
GL GDUH RULHQWDPHQWR DOO’DJLUH SROLWLFR.
AQFKH O’DOWUR FXUDWRUH UHDJLVFH SXEEOLFDQGR
G. VATTIMO, Della realtà. Fini della ¿loso¿a
(= Saggi), Garzanti, Milano 2012, pp. 231, €
. A ULJRUH QRQ VL WUDWWD GL XQ WHVWR VWHVR
SHU ULVSRQGHUH GLUHWWDPHQWH DOOH SURYRFD]LRQL
GL FHUUDULV GDO PRPHQWR FKH q FRPSRVWR GDL
QXFOHL WHPDWLFL GL GXH VHULH GL LQWHUYHQWL GHO
SDVVDWR XQ FRUVR WHQXWR D LRYDQLR QHO H OH GLIIRUG LHFWXUHV GL GODVJRZ GHO . IQ
HVVR ULFRUURQR OH WHVL FDUH DO ¿ORVRIR WRULQHVH
O’HUPHQHXWLFD QRQ SXz FKH HVVHUH QLFKLOLVWD
HVVD VL LQVHULVFH FRPH XQ PRPHQWR GHOOD VWRULD
GHOO’HVVHUH FKH YD SURJUHVVLYDPHQWH LQGHEROHQGRVL O’HYROX]LRQH GHO SHQVLHUR RFFLGHQWDOH
YHUVR LO FRPSLXWR QLFKLOLVPR q DFFRPSDJQDWD H
VRVWHQXWD GDOOD VXD PDWULFH FULVWLDQD LQ TXDQWR
8
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
DOO’DUJRPHQWR GHOO’LQHPHQGDELOLWj SUHQGHQGR
VSXQWR GDOO’HVHPSLR GHOOD FLDEDWWD FIU. Ma
niIeVto Gel nXoYo realiVmo - O’DXWRUH
PRVWUD FRPH O’HVSHULHQ]D GHOO’RJJHWWR ULVXOWL ± FRQWUDULDPHQWH D TXDQWR DIIHUPDWR GDO
QHRUHDOLVPR ± GLYHUVL¿FDWD D VHFRQGD GHOOH
FDSDFLWj HVSHULHQ]LDOL GL FKL VL LPEDWWH LQ HVVD
QRQ q YHUR FKH JOL XRPLQL L FDQL L YHUPL H
O’HGHUD LQFRQWUDQR DOOR VWHVVR PRGR O’XQLFD
QXGD UHDOWj SHUFKp O’DSSURFFLR SHUFHWWLYR q
UDGLFDOPHQWH GLIIHUHQWH.
q DUULFFKLWR GD HVHPSL SDUDGRVVDOL ULSRUWDWL
FRPH LO IRQGDPHQWR R LO QXFOHR GHOOH WHRULH
criticate.
L’HFFHVVLYD VHPSOL¿FD]LRQH H UDGLFDOL]]D]LRQH FRPSRUWD LQHYLWDELOPHQWH XQD VYDOXWD]LRQH FKH VHPEUD YROWD D UHQGHUH FRQYLQFHQWH
O’DOWHUQDWLYD SURSRVWD WDQWR FKH YLHQ GD GRPDQGDUVL SHUFKp QRQ VL VLD JLXQWL SULPD D XQD
FRVu HYLGHQWH FRQFOXVLRQH. IQIDWWL SHU TXDQWR
ULJXDUGD OD SarV FoVtrXenV LO OLQJXDJJLR XVDWR
FHUWDPHQWH DFFDWWLYDQWH H FDSDFH GL SURSRUVL
LQ PRGR FRQYLQFHQWH DQFKH DL QRQ VSHFLDOLVWL
q HODERUDWR DWWUDYHUVR VHPSOL¿FD]LRQL GHFLVDPHQWH HFFHVVLYH FRPH JLj ULFRUGDWR ULVXOWD
SDUWLFRODUPHQWH SUREOHPDWLFD OD ULFRUUHQWH
LGHQWL¿FD]LRQH GHOOD PDWHULD ¿ORVR¿FD FRQ L
VXRL FRQWHQXWL O’HVVHUH SHU O’RQWRORJLD OD FRQRVFHQ]D H LO FRQFHWWR SHU O’HSLVWHPRORJLD«.
3DUDGRVVDOPHQWH YHUUHEEH VSRQWDQHR FRQFOXGHUH FKH LO QXRYR UHDOLVPR Gj O’LPSUHVVLRQH GL
SURFHGHUH QHJOL VWHVVL PRGL GHO WDQWR YLWXSHUDWR SRVWPRGHUQR.
. CL VLD FRQVHQWLWR DEER]]DUH TXDOFKH RVVHUYD]LRQH FRQFOXVLYD.
La SarV GeVtrXenV GHO QXRYR UHDOLVPR LQ
SDUWLFRODUH FRVu FRPH q VYROWD GD FHUUDULV q
XQD ULHVSRVL]LRQH GHOOH ¿ORVR¿H FRQWHVWDWH
IRQGDWD VX LQWHUSUHWD]LRQL IXOPLQDQWL LQ DSSDUHQ]D JHQLDOL PD FHUWDPHQWH D]]DUGDWH
SUHVHQWDWH VHQ]D XQ YHUR H SURSULR VXSSRUWR
DUJRPHQWDWLYR SLXWWRVWR JUD]LH D SDUDOOHOLVPL
FRVWUXLWL VX FLWD]LRQL H VLQWHVL HVWUDSRODWH GDO
FRQWHVWR FKH SHUWDQWR GDQQR DOOD ¿QH XQD YLVLRQH LQHYLWDELOPHQWH ULGXWWLYD VSHVVR LO WXWWR
Prof. Ermenegildo Conti
LIBRI PROFETICI
I
Q TXHVWR VXVVLGLR SUHVHQWHUHPR OD ELEOLRJUD¿D LQ OLQJXD LWDOLDQD ULJXDUGDQWH JOL VFULWWL
SURIHWLFL QHO FRQFUHWR FL LQWHUHVVHUHPR GHO
SURIHWLVPR FRQVLGHUDWR QHOOH VXH OLQHH JHQHUDOL. NHL SURVVLPL VXVVLGL ULWRUQHUHPR LQYHFH
VXOOD ELEOLRJUD¿D GHL VLQJROL OLEUL GHL SURIHWL
IVDLD GHUHPLD E]HFKLHOH H L FRVLGGHWWL 3URIHWL
PLQRUL PHJOLR L 'oGiFi SroIeti). Non prendeUHPR LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH LO OLEUR GL DDQLHOH FKH
YD ULVHUYDWR DOOR VWXGLR VXOO’DSRFDOLWWLFD.
L’DUFR GL WHPSR GD QRL TXL FRQVLGHUDWR q TXHOOR GHJOL XOWLPL YHQW’DQQL DQFKH VH YHURVLPLOPHQWH YDULH SXEEOLFD]LRQL QRQ VRQR SL GL-
VSRQLELOL SHU O’DFTXLVWR PD FRQVXOWDELOL VROR
QHOOH ELEOLRWHFKH VSHFLDOL]]DWH LQ WHPL ELEOLFRteologici.
L’LQWHQWR GHOOD UDVVHJQD QRQ q TXHOOR GL GDUH
XQD OLVWD HVDXVWLYD GHL WLWROL GLVSRQLELOL PD GL
LQGLFDUH L SL XWLOL ± DOPHQR VHFRQGR LO SDUHUH
GHO FXUDWRUH GL TXHVWD SUHVHQWD]LRQH ± SHU XQR
VWXGLR GHOOD OHWWHUDWXUD SURIHWLFD ELEOLFD.
EVFOXGLDPR GD TXHVWD UDVVHJQD TXHOOL FKH LO
FDQRQH HEUDLFR FKLDPD µ3URIHWL DQWHULRUL’ LQ
TXDQWR JLj RJJHWWR GL XQD SUHFHGHQWH SUHVHQWD]LRQH FROORFDWD VRWWR LO WLWROR GL ³LLEUL VWRULFL´.
VD VXELWR VHJQDODWR FKH O’LQGDJLQH VXO SURIH9
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
WLVPR ELEOLFR FRQVLGHUDWR QHOOH VXH OLQHH JHQHUDOL QRQ KD FRQRVFLXWR QHJOL XOWLPL GHFHQQL
VYLOXSSL SDUWLFRODUPHQWH LQQRYDWLYL. DLYHUVR
VDUj LQYHFH LO GLVFRUVR ULJXDUGDQWH L VLQJROL
WHVWL SURIHWLFL GRYH QRQ PDQFDQR VLJQL¿FDWLYH
QRYLWj HVHJHWLFKH HG HUPHQHXWLFKH. MD WXWWR
FLz VDUj DIIURQWDWR LQ XQ SURVVLPR DJJLRUQDPHQWR ELEOLRJUD¿FR.
CRQFUHWDPHQWH OR VWXGLR VXO SURIHWLVPR ELEOLFR
KD SURFHGXWR LQ GLUH]LRQH GL XQD ULFDOLEUD]LRQH
GHOOH YDULH SUREOHPDWLFKH H GL XQD SUHVD GL GLVWDQ]D GD SUHVXSSRVWL ¿ORVR¿FL H WHRORJLFL FKH
KDQQR IRUWHPHQWH FRQGL]LRQDWR OH SURVSHWWLYH
HUPHQHXWLFKH IDFHQGR GL YROWD LQ YROWD GHO
SURIHWD XQ ULYROX]LRQDULR XQ GHWHQWRUH GHOOD
WUDGL]LRQH XQ JHQLR UHOLJLRVR LQQRYDWRUH HFF.
NRQGLPHQR O’HUHGLWj GL TXHVWL DSSURFFL FRQVHJQD GHOOH DWWHQ]LRQL FKH RUPDL VRQR TXDVL QRUPDOPHQWH UHFHSLWH GDOOH LQGDJLQL HVHJHWLFKH H
GL WHRORJLD ELEOLFD VXL Nebv¶vm. L’LQGDJLQH VXO
SURIHWLVPR ELEOLFR FRPH IHQRPHQR FRPSOHVVLYR ULJXDUGD LQQDQ]LWXWWR OD WLSRORJLD OD VRFLRlogia dei profeti d’Israele, i loro rapporti con le
JLOGH R FRQIUDWHUQLWH SURIHWLFKH FRQ LO WHPSLR
FRQ LO FXOWR FRQ OD FRUWH. SL GHOLQHDQR FRVu GXH
WLSL GL SURIHWL SURIHWL SURIHVVLRQDOL H TXLQGL OHJDWL DL FHQWUL GHO SRWHUH H SURIHWL VLQJROL OLEHUL
VSHVVR DOO’RSSRVL]LRQH YHUVR WDOL FHQWUL.
8Q DOWUR SOHVVR GL SUREOHPL ULJXDUGD LO UDSSRUWR WUD LO SURIHWD H LO OLEUR D FXL Gj LO QRPH. SL
GDQQR DOORUD WXWWH OH ULFHUFKH LQ GLUH]LRQH GHOOD
ULFRVWUX]LRQH GL VWUDWL RULJLQDUL H O’LQFUHPHQWR
SURJUHVVLYR GRYXWR DO ODYRUR UHGD]LRQDOH. CRQ
O’DVVXQ]LRQH GHOO’LGHD GL XQ SURFHVVR GL FUHVFLWD GHL OLEUL SURIHWLFL YLHQH DG LQWURGXUVL TXLQGL
anche l’idea del ‘profeta letterario’, o profetatradente e non solo del profeta predicatore.
SL WUDWWD SRL GL ULFRVWUXLUH LO SURFHVVR GL DXWRFRVFLHQ]D H GL ULYHQGLFD]LRQH GHOOD SURIH]LD
canonica d’Israele nel confronto con la ‘falVD’ SURIH]LD H FRQ LO IHQRPHQR GHOOD SURIH]LD
QRQ-LVUDHOLWD QHOO’DPELHQWH GHOO’AQWLFR VLFLQR
Oriente (A.V.O.).
MD LO SXQWR QRGDOH QHOOR VWXGLR GHL SURIHWL SULPRWHVWDPHQWDUL q GL FKLDULUH LO VLJQL¿FDWR WHR-
ORJLFR GHOOD 3URIH]LD ULVSHWWR DOOH DOWUH IRUPH
GL ULYHOD]LRQH µDW-WHVWDWH’ SRL GDOOD SFULWWXUD OD
Legge e la Sapienza.
Ê LQ FLz FKH FRQVLVWH OR VWXGLR ULJXDUGDQWH JOL
DVSHWWL JHQHUDOL GHO SURIHWLVPR ELEOLFR H GHJOL
scritti profetici.
3HU HVVR ROWUH DG RSHUH FODVVLFKH FRPH TXHOOH
GL +. GXQNHO A. NHKHU A.J. +HVFKHO VL UDFFRPDQGDQR OH FRVLGGHWWH µLQWURGX]LRQL DO SURIHWLVPR’ GRYH WDOL DVSHWWL YHQJRQR SUHVHQWDWL
H GLVFXVVL QHO FRQWHVWR GHOOH IRQGDPHQWDOL OLQHH GL ULFHUFD HVHJHWLFD QHOO’HSRFD PRGHUQD H
FRQWHPSRUDQHD. CRQIRUPHPHQWH DL FULWHUL VRSUDLQGLFDWL SUHVHQWHUHPR OH RSHUH GHOO’XOWLPR
YHQWHQQLR LQ VHTXHQ]D WHPSRUDOH VHFRQGR OD
ORUR HGL]LRQH LQ OLQJXD LWDOLDQD.
J.L. SICRE (DIAZ), Profetismo in Israele. Il
Srofeta i Srofeti il messaggio %RUOD RRPD
SS. ¼ AEELDPR PHVVR WUD
SDUHQWHVL LO FRJQRPH DLD] SHUFKp QRQ DSSDUH
QHOOD SXEEOLFD]LRQH LWDOLDQD.
IO YROXPH q SLXWWRVWR SRQGHURVR H VL VWUXWWXUD LQ
WUH IRQGDPHQWDOL SDUWL.
LD SULPD VL LQWHUHVVD DOO’LQGDJLQH VXOOD QDWXUD
GHOOD SURIH]LD VWDELOHQGR L FRQ¿QL FRQ OD GLYLQD]LRQH SUHFLVDQGRQH L PHGLDWRUL H OH PRGDOLWj GL FRPXQLFD]LRQH FRQ FXL DLR UDJJLXQJH LO
SURIHWD. SXFFHVVLYDPHQWH GRSR XQR VJXDUGR DL
UDFFRQWL GL YRFD]LRQH VL DQDOL]]D LO FRPSOHVVR
UDSSRUWR GHO SURIHWD FRQ OD VRFLHWj GHOOD SURSULD HSRFD. L’DXWRUH VL GHGLFD SRL DL PH]]L GL
WUDVPLVVLRQH GHO PHVVDJJLR SDUROD RUDOH D]LRQL VLPEROLFKH SDUROD VFULWWD.
NHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH GRSR DYHU VWXGLDWR LO IHQRPHQR GHO SURIHWLVPR H[WUD-ELEOLFR QHOO’A.V.O.
GHOLQHD XQD VWRULD GHOOD SURIH]LD GDL VXRL DOERUL SDVVDQGR SHU LO VXR VHFROR G’RUR LO VHFROR GL APRV OVHD IVDLD H MLFKHD JLXQJH DL
SURIHWL GHOO’HSRFD LPPHGLDWDPHQWH SUHHVLOLFD
H GHO SULPLVVLPR HVLOLR. Ê LQ TXHVWR FRQWHVWR
FKH FROORFD DQFKH OH SULPH UHGD]LRQL GL VFULWWL
profetici dei secoli precedenti. Il percorso nella
VWRULD GHOOD SURIH]LD DWWUDYHUVD SRL O’DWWLYLWj GL
E]HFKLHOH GHO DHXWHURLVDLD GHL SURIHWL DQRQL10
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
PL H FRPSLODWRUL SHU JLXQJHUH DL SULPL DQQL GHO
JLXGDLVPR FKH O’DXWRUH LGHQWL¿FD DQFRUD FRPH
JOL DQQL GHOOD µUHVWDXUD]LRQH’ ¿QFKp QRQ VFHQGH LO VLOHQ]LR H LO IHQRPHQR SURIHWLFR VHPEUD
arrestarsi.
AOOD FRQRVFHQ]D GHL WUDWWL IRQGDPHQWDOL GHO
PHVVDJJLR SURIHWLFR q GHGLFDWD OD WHU]D SDUWH
che prende in analisi la critica dell’idolatria, la
ORWWD SHU OD JLXVWL]LD OD WHQVLRQH WUD L SURIHWL H
LO PRQGR GHO FXOWR OD YLVLRQH SURIHWLFD GHOOD
storia e la critica profetica al potere.
SL DIIURQWD GD XOWLPR LO
WHPD GL JUDQGH ULOLHYR
SHU XQD OHWWXUD FULVWRORJLFD GHO 3ULPR THVWDPHQWR
H FLRq LO PHVVLDQLVPR
profetico.
Rispetto all’opera preceGHQWH GHOOR VWHVVR DXWRUH
(, SroIeti G¶,Vraele e il
loro meVVaggio, Borla,
RRPD SS. ¼
LO YROXPH q SL
FKH XQ DPSOLDPHQWR SHUFKp SXU FRQVHUYDQGR XQ
OLQJXDJJLR DFFHVVLELOH
PLUD DG HVVHUH XQR VFULWWR FKH QRQ q SL XQ’RSHUD GLYXOJDWLYD PD XQR
VWUXPHQWR SHU FKL YXROH
LQWUDSUHQGHUH XQR VWXGLR SL DSSURIRQGLWR.
A. ROFÉ, Introduzione alla letteratura Srofetica SWXGL ELEOLFL 3DLGHLD %UHVFLD pp. 160, € 12,50.
L’DJLOH YROXPH GL RRIp ULSURSRQH OH OH]LRQL
WHQXWH DJOL VWXGHQWL GHOO’8QLYHUVLWj EEUDLFD GL
GHUXVDOHPPH. IQWHQGH LQWURGXUUH DOOD OHWWHUDWXUD SURIHWLFD H DL PDJJLRUL SUREOHPL VRUWL FRQ
O’LQGDJLQH FULWLFD VX GL HVVD. CRQIRUPHPHQWH
D TXHVWR SURJHWWR VL SUHVHQWD LQQDQ]LWXWWR OD
QDWXUD GHL OLEUL SURIHWLFL FRQ OH UDFFROWH FKH
YL VRQR DOO’RULJLQH FRQ OD ULHODERUD]LRQH QHOOD
VWRULD GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH FRQ OD UDFFROWD LQ XQR
VWHVVR OLEUR ¿QR D JLXQJHUH DOOH YDULH LQWHJUD-
zioni e alle operazioni editoriali presenti nei
OLEUL SURIHWLFL. SL VWXGLD SRL OD VWUXWWXUD GHL OLEUL
SURIHWLFL L FULWHUL GL UDJJUXSSDPHQWR GHOOH YDULH XQLWj GL FXL VRQR FRVWLWXLWL.
L’DXWRUH SURFHGH SRL DG XQD SUHVHQWD]LRQH GHL
JHQHUL OHWWHUDUL XVDWL QHL GHWWL SURIHWLFL QRQ OD
QDUUDWLYD SURIHWLFD D FXL SHUDOWUR KD GHGLFDWR
XQ VXR VWXGLR DEEDVWDQ]D QRWR 6torie Gi SroIe
ti. /a narratiYa VXi SroIeti nella %ibbia generi
letterari e Vtoria >%LEOLRWHFD GL VWRULD H VWRULRJUD¿D GHL WHPSL ELEOLFL @ 3DLGHLD %UHVFLD
1991, pp. 272, € 13,00). Fin
TXL OR VWXGLR VHJXH PDJJLRUPHQWH L FULWHUL GHOO’LQdagine letteraria.
RRIp VL GHGLFD SRL DOOR VWXGLR GHOOD IXQ]LRQH VRFLDOH
GHL SURIHWL H D FRPH OD ORUR
SRVL]LRQH FULWLFD VLD FRQÀXLWD QHL ORUR VFULWWL DWWUDYHUVR
OD PHGLD]LRQH GHL GLVFHSROL.
L’XOWLPR HVLWR GHOOD profezia
q O’DSRFDOLWWLFD" L’XOWLPR
capitolo segnala le relazioni
che l’apocalittica intrattiene
con la profezia, della dipenGHQ]D GDOOD TXDOH KD XQD
chiara coscienza.
IO FRQWULEXWR GL RRIp ULVXOWD
PROWR LQWHUHVVDQWH SHU LO OHWWRUH SHUFKp QHO VXR VYLOXSSR QRQ VL SUHRFFXSD
GL IDUH XQD SUHVHQWD]LRQH FRQWLQXD H VLVWHPDWLFD PD GL LOOXPLQDUH L FRQWHQXWL DWWUDYHUVR XQD
VHOH]LRQH GL HVHPSL EHQ PLUDWL. DHFLVLYD q FRPXQTXH OD GLVWLQ]LRQH WUD OD SDUROD RULJLQDULD
GHO SURIHWD H O’LQVLHPH GHOOH SDUROH UDFFROWH QHO
OLEUR FKH QH SRUWD LO QRPH. DLYHQWD FRVu SRVVLELOH GLVWLQJXHUH O’DPELHQWH VWRULFR-FXOWXUDOH LQ
FXL VL q JHQHUDWD XQD WUDGL]LRQH H OD VXD FULVWDOlizzazione letteraria.
B. MARCONCINI (ed.), Profeti e $Socalittici
LRJRV. CRUVR GL SWXGL %LEOLFL EOOHDLCL
LHXPDQQ TO 2 (1995), pp. 552, € 36,00.
L’RSHUD IUXWWR GHO ODYRUR GL YDUL HVHJHWL LWDOLD-
11
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
QL GHGLFD SURSRU]LRQDOPHQWH SRFKH SDJLQH DO
WHPD JHQHUDOH GHO SURIHWLVPR ELEOLFR -.
Si addentra poi nella presentazione dei singoli scritti profetici, nonché dell’apocalittica
ELEOLFD. SHJXRQR VDJJL GL HVHJHVL GL SHULFRSL
SDUWLFRODUPHQWH VLJQL¿FDWLYH H DOFXQL WHPL GL
WHRORJLD ELEOLFD. D’LQWHUHVVH JHQHUDOH VRQR
TXHOOL ULJXDUGDQWL OD µJLXVWL]LD’ H OD µSROLWLFD’
- SHUFKp FRQFRUURQR EHQH D GHOLQHDUH
OD ¿JXUD GHOOD SURIH]LD ELEOLFD. IO YROXPH SXU
SUHJHYROH DSSDUH XQ SR’ GDWDWR SHUFKp q SRFR
VYLOXSSDWR OR VWXGLR GHL WHVWL SURIHWLFL LQ SURVSHWWLYD FDQRQLFD VSHFLH SHU TXDQWR ULJXDUGD LO
'{GeNaSroSKrton.
J.M. ABREGO DE LACY, I libri Srofetici (IntroGX]LRQH DOOR VWXGLR GHOOD %LEELD 3DLGHLD
Brescia 1996, pp. 264, € 19,63.
CRPH LO SUHFHGHQWH LO YROXPH DSSDUWLHQH D
FROODQH FKH YRJOLRQR RIIULUH GHL PDQXDOL SHU OR
VWXGLR GHOOD %LEELD VHFRQGR L YDUL ForSora caQRQLFL. AO SURIHWLVPR LQ JHQHUDOH YLHQH GHGLFDWD OD SULPD SDUWH GHOO’RSHUD -. 3XUWURSSR
OH YLFHQGH FRPSOHVVH GL UHGD]LRQH GHO WHVWR QRQ
KDQQR FRQVHQWLWR GL GHGLFDUH XQ FDSLWROR DOOD
ULFHUFD VXL OLEUL ELEOLFL DQFKH VH QHOOR VYLOXSSR
GHO YROXPH QRQ PDQFDQR ULIHULPHQWL DG HVVD.
AQFKH OD SDUWH ¿QDOH ULSUHQGH LO WHPD JHQHUDOH GHO VLJQL¿FDWR GHL SURIHWL ELEOLFL LO GLEDWWLWR
FLUFD OD YHUD H OD IDOVD SURIH]LD H VRSUDWWXWWR
il delicato passaggio dalla predicazione orale
DOOD PHVVD SHU LVFULWWR GHO PHVVDJJLR PRPHQto che è anch’esso parte integrante del fenoPHQR SURIHWLFR -. DDO SXQWR GL YLVWD
GL XQ PDQXDOH VFRODVWLFR O’RSHUD GL AEUHJR GH
LDF\ SXz YDQWDUH LO SURSULR YDORUH H XWLOLWj.
J. BLENKINSOPP, Storia della Srofezia in Israele %LEOLRWHFD %LEOLFD 4XHULQLDQD %UHVFLD
1997, pp. 320, € 25,00.
L’edizione italiana riprende la seconda edi]LRQH DXPHQWDWD H ULYHGXWD DSSDUVD LQ OLQJXD
LQJOHVH QHO DQFKH VH O’RSHUD FRPH WDOH
ULVDOH DG ROWUH XQ GHFHQQLR SULPD.
L’DXWRUH FRPH GLFH LO WLWROR FHUFD GL WUDWWDUH
XQD VWRULD GHO IHQRPHQR GHOOD SURIH]LD QHOOD
VWRULD G’IVUDHOH H GHO JLXGDLVPR SRVWHVLOLFR
¿QR DJOL LQL]L GHO SHULRGR HOOHQLVWLFR. EJOL VL
SUHRFFXSD GL QRQ ULGXUOD DOO’DELWXDOH SUHVHQWD]LRQH GHL VLQJROL DXWRUL R VFULWWL ELEOLFL H VRSUDWWXWWR VL VIRU]D GL QRQ VRWWRVWDUH D FHUWH ULFRVWUX]LRQL GHOOR VYLOXSSR GHOOD SURIH]LD WURSSR
GLSHQGHQWL GD VLVWHPL ¿ORVR¿FL H WHRORJLFL. Ê
GXQTXH XQ’LQGDJLQH VXOOD WUDGL]LRQH SURIHWLFD
DOO’LQWHUQR GHOOD TXDOH HPHUJRQR SRL OH VLQJROH SHUVRQDOLWj SURIHWLFKH VLD GHL FRVLGGHWWL
µSURIHWL QRQ VFULWWRUL’ VLD GL SHUVRQDOLWj FRPH
OVHD GHUHPLD E]HFKLHOH HFF. RLFRVWUXHQGR LO
SHUFRUVR GHOOD SURIH]LD ELEOLFD O’DXWRUH VL SUHRFFXSD GL FROOHJDUOD DO SL DPSLR FRQWHVWR SROLWLFR H FXOWXUDOH GHOO’A.V.O. QHO TXDOH HPHUJH
OD VSHFL¿FLWj GHOOD SURIH]LD ELEOLFD OHYDWDVL
VSHVVR LQ SHULRGL HVWUHPDPHQWH FULWLFL.
IO FRQWULEXWR GL %OHQNLQVRSS FRPSRUWD WUDWWL GL
QRYLWj DQ]LWXWWR QHO ULOLHYR FKH HJOL Gj DO IHQRPHQR SURIHWLFR GXUDQWH O’HSRFD GHO SHFRQGR THPSLR FKH SHU OXL QRQ q VHPSOLFHPHQWH
HSLJRQDOH FRPH YRUUHEEHUR DOWUL DXWRUL. AQFKH
LO PRPHQWR GHOOD ¿VVD]LRQH SHU LVFULWWR H GHOOD
FRVWLWX]LRQH LQ XQ FRUSR FDQRQLFR YLHQH YDORUL]]DWR SHU OD FRPSUHQVLRQH GHOOD SURIH]LD
VHQ]D FRQ FLz ULWHQHUOR DXWRVXI¿FLHQWH.
L.L. GRABBE, 6aFerGoti SroIeti inGoYini Va
Sienti nell¶antiFo ,Vraele, S. 3DROR, AOED CN
1998, pp. 350.
IO WHVWR VWDPSD HVDXULWD QRQ VL GHGLFD HVFOXVLYDPHQWH DOOR VWXGLR GHO SURIHWLVPR, PD LQVHULVFH OD ¿JXUD GHO SURIHWD QHOO’LQVLHPH SL
DPSLR GHJOL VSHFLDOLVWL UHOLJLRVL GHOOD VRFLHWj
GHOO’DQWLFR IVUDHOH. L’LQGDJLQH VL PXRYH FRQ LO
PHWRGR GHOOD ULFHUFD VWRULFR-VRFLDOH, H QHFHVVDULDPHQWH FRQIURQWD OH ¿JXUH GL TXHVWL VSHFLDOLVWL VDFHUGRWL, SURIHWL, LQGRYLQL H VDSLHQWL FRQ
IHQRPHQL DQDORJKL DWWHVWDWL QHOOH FRHYH FXOWXUH
GHOO’A.V.O. LR VWXGLR VL DYYDOH DQFKH GHJOL
DSSRUWL GHOOH PRGHUQH ULFHUFKH GL DQWURSRORJLD
FXOWXUDOH H PLUD DG RIIULUH XQ TXDGUR VLQWHWLFR,
SHU µLGHDO-WLSL’, GL TXHVWL SHUVRQDJJL IRQGDPHQWDOL QHOO’DQWLFD VRFLHWj LVUDHOLWLFD.
12
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
L’RSHUD VL LVFULYH GXQTXH QHOO’DOYHR GHOO’DSSURFFLR VRFLRORJLFR H GL DQWURSRORJLD FXOWXUDOH
FKH q FRPXQTXH XQR GHJOL DVSHWWL LPSRUWDQWL
SHU FRPSUHQGHUH LO IHQRPHQR GHO SURIHWLVPR
ELEOLFR.
R. RENDTORFF, 7eologia Gell¶$ntiFo 7eVta
mento, 9olXme , teVti FanoniFi SWUXPHQWL
BLEOLFD, CODXGLDQD, TRULQR ID., Teologia dell’$ntico Testamento 9olume I temi
SWUXPHQWL BLEOLFD, CODXGLDQD, TRULQR ,
pp. 436, € 35,00.
IO SULPR YROXPH VWDPSD HVDXULWD FRVWLWXLVFH
IRQGDPHQWDOPHQWH XQ’LQWURGX]LRQH D WXWWR
O’AQWLFR THVWDPHQWR H SHU TXDQWR ULJXDUGD L
‘profeti posteriori’ li presenta secondo l’ordiQH FDQRQLFR, IDFHQGRQH HPHUJHUH L WHPL . 8QD ULSUHVD VXO VHQVR GHOOD SURIH]LD H
VX DOFXQH IRQGDPHQWDOL SURVSHWWLYH, TXDOL XQD
teologia della storia e l’escatologia, si ha nel
VHFRQGR YROXPH LQ SDUWLFRODUH, -.
LD OHWWXUD GL TXHVW’RSHUD GL RHQGWRUII GHYH
WHQHU SUHVHQWH OD VXD FDUDWWHULVWLFD SULQFLSDOH,
FLRq GL VHJXLUH SDVVR SDVVR O’LPSRVWD]LRQH
FDQRQLFD GHO WHVWR ELEOLFR, H GL GDUH VHPSUH
O’XOWLPD SDUROD DO WHVWR PHGHVLPR QHOOD VXD
IRUPD DWWXDOH. 4XHVWR YDOH DQFKH DOORUFKp DIIURQWD L PDJJLRUL QXFOHL WHPDWLFL GHOOH VLQJROH
SDUWL GHOO’AQWLFR THVWDPHQWR, LQ YLVWD GL RIIULUH
XQ’LPPDJLQH FRPSOHVVLYD GDWD GDO GLDORJR WUD
L WUH FRUSL FDQRQLFL FKH OR VWUXWWXUDQR
A. SPREAFICO, /a voce di Dio. Per caSire i
Srofeti SWXGL BLEOLFL , EDB, BRORJQD 2
(1998), pp. 392, € 34,70.
IO YROXPH VL SUHVHQWD FRPH XQ’LQWURGX]LRQH DL
SURIHWL SHQVDWD SHU O’DPELWR VFRODVWLFR. AJOL
DVSHWWL JHQHUDOL, SUHVHQWDWL SHUz TXDVL VHPSUH DWWUDYHUVR O’DSSURIRQGLPHQWR GL DOFXQL
WHVWL VSHFL¿FL, VRQR GHGLFDWH OH SDJLQH -.
L’DXWRUH DIIURQWD OH TXHVWLRQL GHOOD WHUPLQRORJLD FRQ FXL q LQGLFDWR LO SURIHWD, L WUDWWL FKH
ne caratterizzano la persona, il passaggio dalla
SURIH]LD RUDOH DO WHVWR VFULWWR, ¿QR D GLYHQWDUH
OLEUR, QRQFKp L WHPL GL FULWLFD OHWWHUDULD H OR VWX13
dio dei generi letterari caratterizzanti gli scritti
SURIHWLFL. A TXHVWL WHPL XQ SR’ SL IRUPDOL LO
YROXPH DI¿DQFD XQ LQYLWDQWH DSSURIRQGLPHQWR
VXOOD QDWXUD WHRORJLFD H VSLULWXDOH GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D SURIHWLFD SDUROD, YLVLRQH, WHVWLPRQLDQ]D
GHOO’XPDQLWj GL DLR QHOOD VWRULD, OD ORWWD SHU OD
YHULWj H SHU OD FRQYHUVLRQH, O’DQQXQFLR FKH DLR
SXz H YXROH DQFRUD VDOYDUH.
C. GROTTANELLI, 3roIeti bibliFi (Scienza delle
Religioni), Morcelliana, Brescia 2003, pp. 176.
IO YROXPH, SURSULDPHQWH, UDFFRJOLH VFULWWL HGLWL
H LQHGLWL H ULFHUFD OR VSHFL¿FR GHOOD SURIH]LD ELEOLFD DWWUDYHUVR OH VH]LRQL QDUUDWLYH TXLQGL LQ
SUHYDOHQ]D VWXGLD L 3URIHWL DQWHULRUL. NHO FRQIURQWR FRQ OD SURIH]LD H[WUDELEOLFD HPHUJRQR
WUH DVSHWWL SULQFLSDOL GHO SURIHWLVPR ELEOLFR HVVHQ]LDOPHQWH PRQRODWULFR, DXWRQRPR ULVSHWWR
DO SRWHUH SROLWLFR GHL UH, FDQRQL]]DWR DWWUDYHUVR
LO WHVWR VDFUR. 3HU OR VWXGLR GHO ForSXV canonico
GHL 3URIHWL SRVWHULRUL, SURSULR TXHVW’XOWLPR DUJRPHQWR - q O’DVSHWWR SL LQWHUHVVDQWH
dell’opera.
W. BRUEGGEMANN, Introduzione all’Antico
Testamento. Il canone e l’immaginazione
cristiana, SWUXPHQWL BLEOLFD, CODXGLDQD,
Torino 2005, pp. 472, € 35,00.
L’LQWURGX]LRQH DOO’AQWLFR THVWDPHQWR GL
BUXHJJHPDQQ DQDOL]]D L OLEUL VHJXHQGR O’RUGLQH FDQRQLFR GHOOD BLEELD HEUDLFD H QHOOR
VYLOXSSR QH LQGLFD OH SULQFLSDOL WHPDWLFKH, PD
DQFKH L ULVXOWDWL GHL PHWRGL GHOO’HVHJHVL FRQWHPSRUDQHD GHOO’AQWLFR THVWDPHQWR. IQ TXHVWR
VHQVR O’RSHUD SXz HVVHUH XWLOH SHU XQ SULPR DFFRVWDPHQWR DOOD OHWWXUD GHL WHVWL ELEOLFL, PD VXI¿FLHQWHPHQWH FRQVDSHYROH GDO SXQWR GL YLVWD
FULWLFR. LD SDUWH GHGLFDWD DL SURIHWL YD GD SDJ.
D . 3HU JOL DVSHWWL GL LQWURGX]LRQH JHQHUDOH VL YHGDQR LQ SDUWLFRODUH OD SUHVHQWD]LRQH
GHOOD VWUXWWXUD FDQRQLFD GHO ForSXV profetico
- H OD ULSUHVD ¿QDOH -.
LD VROOHFLWD]LRQH FKH YLHQH GD TXHVWD SUHVHQWD]LRQH q TXHOOD GL DQGDUH ROWUH LO SXUR PHWRGR
VWRULFR-FULWLFR H GL LQWHUURJDUVL SL D IRQGR VXO
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
ForSXV SURIHWLFR H VXO PRGR FRQ FXL OH YDULH
XQLWj OHWWHUDULH, RULJLQDULDPHQWH GLVWLQWH, VRQR
VWDWH XQLWH LQ PRGR VSHFL¿FR.
P. BOVATI, ³Cosu Sarla il Signore´. Studi sul
Srofetismo biblico, D FXUD GL S.M. SESSA, EDB,
Bologna 2008, pp. 264, € 27,90.
IO YROXPH UDFFRJOLH XQD VHULH GL VDJJL SXEEOLFDWL LQ YDULH RFFDVLRQL VX GLYHUVH ULYLVWH H YROXPL. 3HU LO WHPD GHO SURIHWLVPR LQ JHQHUDOH
VL UDFFRPDQGDQR L SULPL TXDWWUR FDSLWROL , GHGLFDWL DOOD TXHVWLRQH GHOOD GH¿QL]LRQH
GHO IHQRPHQR SURIHWLFR. LD GLUH]LRQH SUHVFHOWD
SHU OD ULFHUFD q TXHOOD GHOO’DSSURIRQGLPHQWR
GHL UDFFRQWL GL YRFD]LRQH SURIHWLFD. IO ULIHULPHQWR SULQFLSDOH q DOOD YRFD]LRQH GL GHUHPLD,
PD O’DXWRUH ID HPHUJHUH LO WUDWWR WHRORJLFR ULJXDUGDQWH OD YRFD]LRQH SURIHWLFD LQ TXDQWR
WDOH, FKH GLYHQWD SRL SDUDGLJPD GHOOD VWHVVD
FKLDPDWD DOOD IHGH GHO FULVWLDQR.
IO FDS. - DIIURQWD DQFRUD XQD TXHVWLRQH JHQHUDOH ULJXDUGDQWH LO SURIHWLVPR, H FLRq OD
VXD OHWWXUD GHO VHQVR GHOOD VWRULD, WHPD ULSUHVR
poi nel cap. 11 (/a Vtoria e le Yie Gi gra]ia Gel
6ignore, -. I FDSLWROL UHVWDQWL KDQQR XQ
FDUDWWHUH PDJJLRUPHQWH HVHJHWLFR H ULJXDUGDQR
WHPL SUHVHQWL LQ VLQJROL WHVWL SURIHWLFL, LQ VSHFLH
GHUHPLD. 3HU FKL KD JLj XQD FHUWD FRQRVFHQ]D GHO IHQRPHQR SURIHWLFR, OH SDJLQH GL TXHVWR
YROXPH VRQR SDUWLFRODUPHQWH DGDWWH, LQ TXDQWR
UDFFROJRQR LO IUXWWR GL GHFHQQL GL OHWWXUD DQFKH
DQDOLWLFD GHL WHVWL SURIHWLFL H LQVLHPH PRVWUDQR
XQD SDGURQDQ]D LOOXPLQDQWH GHOOH YDULH TXHVWLRQL GL HUPHQHXWLFD H GL WHRORJLD ELEOLFD GHO
SURIHWLVPR.
E. ZENGER (ed.), Introduzione all’Antico Testamento, NXRYD HGL]LRQH D FXUD GL C. FREVEL,
EGL]LRQH LWDOLDQD D FXUD GL F. DALLA VECCHIA,
4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD 3, pp. 928, € 98,00.
IO YROXPH q OD WUDGX]LRQH GHOO’RWWDYD HGL]LRQH
WHGHVFD , GRYH L FRQWULEXWL GHL VLQJROL
DXWRUL DSSDLRQR VLJQL¿FDWLYDPHQWH ULHODERUDWL
H LQFUHPHQWDWL. 3HU TXDQWR ULJXDUGD O’LQWURGXzione alla profezia (3eFXliaritj e Vigni¿Fato
Gella SroIe]ia G¶,Vraele, -, LO ODYRUR q
GL EULFK =HQJHU, H DQFKH VH EUHYH, LO FRQWULEXWR RIIUH XQD YLVLRQH VLQWHWLFD GHL IRQGDPHQWDOL SUREOHPL GHOOD ULFHUFD VXL PROWL H YDULHJDWL
DVSHWWL GHO IHQRPHQR SURIHWLFR ELEOLFR.
Prof. Patrizio Rota Scalabrini
TEOLOGIA FONDAMENTALE:
SULL’«ESSENZA» DEL CRISTIANESIMO
L’
LQWHUURJDWLYR FLUFD O’HVVHQ]D GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR VL ULSURSRQH FRQ SXQWXDOLWj DG
RJQL VYROWD HSRFDOH, FKH YHQJD D VHJQDUH LO FRUVR GHOOD VWRULD. NHOOD VWDJLRQH FRQWHPSRUDQHD,
WDOH VYROWD q GHWHUPLQDWD LQ SDUWLFRODUH GDOOD
©TXHVWLRQH DQWURSRORJLFDª, RVVLD GDOO’LPSUHVD
VHPSUH SL FRPSOHVVD GL ULFRQRVFHUH ± QHO VHQVR GL GHFLIUDUH, FRPSUHQGHUH H DFFRJOLHUH ± LO
GDUVL GHOO’XPDQR. DL FRQVHJXHQ]D, VL LPSRQH
FRPH LQHOXGLELOH ± GHQWUR H IXRUL LO SHULPHWUR
dell’appartenenza ecclesiale – l’esigenza di
ULÀHWWHUH DQFRUD GL SL VXOO’HVVHQ]LDOH GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR FRPH FKanFe SHU DWWXDUH XQ XPDQHVLPR QXRYR, RYYHUR VXO ULIHULPHQWR DOO’EYDQJHOR GL GHV LQ TXDQWR FDSDFH GL DSULUH OD YLD
SHU OD UHDOL]]D]LRQH GHOOD YLWD EXRQD.
. 8Q DFFHVVR GL VLFXUR LQWHUHVVH DO ULSHQVDPHQWR FLUFD O’HVVHQ]D GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR OR
IRUQLVFH LO GLEDWWLWR UDFFROWR QH S. äIäEK - J.
14
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
MILBANK, La mostruosità di Cristo. Paradosso o dialettica?, TUDQVHXURSD, MDVVD , SS.
415, € 21,00. Si tratta del confronto serrato tra
LO ¿ORVRIR VORYHQR ± VRVWHQLWRUH GL XQ QHRPDWHULDOLVPR EDVDWR VXOO’LQFRQWUR WUD OH SURVSHWWLYH
GL HHJHO, MDU[ H LDFDQ ± H LO WHRORJR LQJOHVH,
HVSRQHQWH GL VSLFFR GHO ¿ORQH QRWR FRPH ©RUtodossia radicale».
THPD GL WDOH FRQIURQWR q FKH FRVD UHVWD GHO
FULVWLDQHVLPR GRSR LO SDVVDJJLR DWWUDYHUVR OD
PRGHUQD GLFRWRPLD WUD UDJLRQH H IHGH, OD TXDOH
FRQWLQXD D PRGHOODUH OH IRUPH FRQWHPSRUDQHH
GHO 3URWHVWDQWHVLPR H GHO CDWWROLFHVLPR OLEHUDOL, PD FKH HQWUDPEL L SHQVDWRUL ULWHQJRQR
QHFHVVDULR VXSHUDUH, VHEEHQH LQ PRGDOLWj GLIIHUHQWL. äLåHN H MLOEDQN VL PLVXUDQR FRQ JOL
aspetti essenziali della teologia cristiana: la
PRUWH H ULVXUUH]LRQH GL CULVWR, OD TULQLWj, OD
CKLHVD, DQGDQGR PROWR DO GL Oj GHOOH XVXDOL
FRQWURYHUVLH WUD WHLVPR H DWHLVPR, WUD VFLHQ]D H
religione. Infatti l’oggetto del loro contendere
QRQ q XQD FUHGHQ]D IRUPDOL]]DWD, EHQVu O’DXWHQWLFR QRFFLROR RULJLQDULR GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR H
OD VXD ULOHYDQ]D SROLWLFD, RVVLD OD VXD FDSDFLWj
GL ROWUHSDVVDUH XQ FHUWR WLSR GL UDJLRQH, DXWRreferenziale ed ideologica, che non si propone
DOWUR VH QRQ ULSURGXUUH OR VtatXV TXo sociale
HG HFRQRPLFR. AFFRPXQD L GXH SHQVDWRUL OD
FRQYLQ]LRQH FKH LO QHR-OLEHULVPR FULVWLDQR VLD
QHOOD YHUVLRQH SURWHVWDQWH DOOD NLHEXKU, VLD QHOOD YHUVLRQH FDWWROLFD DOOD NRYDN VLD VROWDQWR
LO GRSSLR URYHVFLDWR GHOOD YLVLRQH QHR-IRQGDPHQWDOLVWD QHOOD GHFOLQD]LRQH WDQWR UHOLJLRVD
TXDQWR FDSLWDOLVWLFD, H GXQTXH QRQ FRQVHQWD
GL XVFLUH UHDOPHQWH GDO YLFROR FLHFR, LQ FXL q
DSSURGDWD OD MRGHUQLWj QHOOD VXD PHWDPRUIRVL
FRQWHPSRUDQHD.
TDOH XVFLWD VL SXz JXDGDJQDUH XQLFDPHQWH ULDIIHUPDQGR FKH LO FHQWUR GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR
VLD LGHQWL¿FDELOH LQ XQD ©RQWRORJLD GL DJDSHª,
FKH LPSOLFD FRVWLWXWLYDPHQWH XQD GHWHUPLQDWD
FRQ¿JXUD]LRQH GHOOD UD]LRQDOLWj FRPH LVWDQ]D
GHOO’XQLYHUVDOH. LD GLYHUJHQ]D WUD L SHUFRUVL GL
äLåHN H MLOEDQN HPHUJH DSSXQWR QHOOD GHOLQHD]LRQH SUHFLVD GL WDOH UD]LRQDOLWj GHOO’DPRUH. IO
15
SHQVDWRUH VORYHQR ULYHQGLFD O’HVLJHQ]D GL XQD
©GLDOHWWLFD GHO SDEDWR VDQWRª, OD TXDOH LQWHQGH
OD QRYLWj FULVWLDQD FRPH LO GDUVL GL XQD OLEHUWj
LQ¿QLWD VHQ]D WHOHRORJLD FRPH EDVH SHU O’HPHUJHUH GL XQ DPRUH GLVLOOXVR H GLVLQFDQWDWR ©XQ
PRVWUR HWLFR SULYR GL HPSDWLD, FKH ID TXHOOR
FKH GHYH HVVHUH IDWWR FRQ XQD VWUDQD FRLQFLGHQ]D GL FLHFD VSRQWDQHLWj H GLVWDQ]D ULÀHVVLYD, FKH DLXWD JOL DOWUL HYLWDQGRQH OD GLVJXVWRVD
SURVVLPLWjª . AO FRQWUDULR, LO WHRORJR LQJOHVH DIIHUPD OD QHFHVVLWj GHO ©SDUDGRVVR GHOOD DRPHQLFD GL RLVXUUH]LRQHª, FKH LGHQWL¿FD
OD EXRQD QRWL]LD GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR FRQ O’RQGD
LQFRQWHQLELOH GHOO’DPRUH FDSDFH GL WUDVSRUWDUH
RJQL HVVHUH XPDQR QHOOD OXFH GHOOD JORULD GLYLQD ©L’LGHD GHOOD TULQLWj DVVLFXUD FKH DLR VLD
SXUR GRQDWRUH, SXUR GRQR H SXUR ULQQRYR GHO
GRQR, VHQ]D UHVLGXR. LD QR]LRQH TXL LPSOLFLWD GL SHUVRQDOLWj H SXUR GRQR FRPH UHOD]LRQH
VRVWDQ]LDOH LPSOLFD XQD VRUWD GL JUDGR PDVVLPR GL SDUWHFLSD]LRQH. DLR 3DGUH FRQGLYLGH VH
VWHVVR FRPSOHWDPHQWH, DO GL Oj GHOOD FRQGLYLsione» (276).
IO GLEDWWLWR WUD L GXH DXWRUL SURVHJXH VX XQ WHUUHQR PHQR VSHFXODWLYR H SL SUDWLFR QHO YROXPH
S. äIäEK - J. MILBANK, San Paolo Reloaded.
Sul futuro del cristianesimo, TUDQVHXURSD,
MDVVD , SS. , ¼ ,. CRPH QHO WHVWR SUHFHGHQWH, LO GLDORJR VL SRJJLD VXOOD FRQYLQ]LRQH FRQGLYLVD FKH LO UHFXSHUR GHO QXFOHR
RULJLQDULR GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR VLD OD FRQGL]LRQH
SULYLOHJLDWD SHU RSSRUUH XQD VDOXWDUH UHVLVWHQ]D DOO’DWWXDOH DSSURGR DO QLFKLOLVPR GHO PRQGR LPEULJOLDWR QHOOH PDJOLH GHO FDSLWDOLVPR
HVWUHPR. IQ TXHVWR QXRYR FRQIURQWR GLDORJLFR
è la lezione offerta da Paolo di Tarso a fare da
SHUQR, DWWRUQR DO TXDOH VL FRQFHQWUD OD ULFHUFD
GL XQD YLVLRQH WHRORJLFD FDSDFH GL VSULJLRQDUH
XQ DXWHQWLFR SRWHQ]LDOH GL OLEHUD]LRQH ULVSHWWR
DOOH DSRULH GHOO’HSRFD FRQWHPSRUDQHD. IO ¿ORVRIR VORYHQR SUHQGH OH PRVVH GDO SUREOHPD GHO
UDSSRUWR WUD SDUWLFRODUH H XQLYHUVDOH, GHFOLQDQdolo nel senso del rapporto tra il soggetto e la
FRPXQLWj. LD UHOD]LRQH WUD CULVWR ULVRUWR H OH
FRPXQLWj FULVWLDQH GHOOH RULJLQL, GL FXL 3DROR
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
WUDWWD QHOOH VXH OHWWHUH, q LQWHUSUHWDWD UDGLFDOPHQWH FRPH XQD UHOD]LRQH ©QHOOR SSLULWRª, LQWHVR FRPH FLz FKH ULPDQH GL GHV GRSR FKH
FRQ OD CURFH OD VXD SDUWLFRODULWj VWRULFD q VWDWD
FRPSOHWDPHQWH VXSHUDWD. LR SSLULWR q SHUFLz LO
SRJJHWWR LGHDOH, FKH KD ELVRJQR GHOOD FRPXQLWj
FULVWLDQD DI¿QFKp TXHVWD, WUDPLWH OD VXD WHVWLPRQLDQ]D, DWWHVWL OD UHDOWj H OD SRWHQ]D ULYROX]LRQDULD GHO VDQJHOR. IO FULVWLDQHVLPR SDROLQR,
LQ YLUW GHOOD VXD FRPSRQHQWH VSLULWXDOH, q SHUFLz SRUWDWRUH GL XQD YHULWj SROLWLFD HPDQFLSDWRULD, FKH q LQ VH VWHVVD XQLYHUVDOH WDOH YHULWj KD
DYXWR ELVRJQR GL DVVXPHUH XQD IRUPD UHOLJLRVD
DSSXQWR, TXHOOD HFFOHVLDOH, SULPD GL WURYDUH OD
VXD PDJJLRUH PDQLIHVWD]LRQH QHO FRPXQLVPR.
SL WUDWWHUHEEH GXQTXH GL VSRJOLDUH LO PHVVDJJLR FULVWLDQR GHO VXR ULYHVWLPHQWR WHRORJLFR
DI¿QFKp SRVVD ULHPHUJHUH VHQ]D YHODWXUH OD
VXD SRUWDWD ULYROX]LRQDULD. SLPPHWULFDPHQWH, q QHFHVVDULR QRQ ULGXUUH LO PHVVDJJLR FRPXQLVWD DG XQ SXUR PDWHULDOLVPR HFRQRPLFR,
ODVFLDQGRQH HPHUJHUH SLXWWRVWR L OLQHDPHQWL
SURIHWLFL H DSRFDOLWWLFL, HUHGLWDWL GDOOD PDWULFH
GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR SDROLQR ©IR H PROWL DOWUL ¿ORVR¿ GL VLQLVWUD, FRPH AODLQ BDGLRX HG DOWUL,
VLDPR LQWHUHVVDWL D ULOHJJHUH, ULDELOLWDUH H ULDSSURSULDUFL GHOO’HUHGLWj GL 3DROR. NRQ q VROWDQWR
TXHVWLRQH GL FRQYLQ]LRQL UHOLJLRVH SULYDWH. IR
VRVWHQJR FKH VH SHUGLDPR TXHVWR PRPHQWR
FUXFLDOH ± LO PRPHQWR GHOOD UHDOL]]D]LRQH GHOOR
SSLULWR SDQWR FRPH FRPXQLWj GL FUHGHQWL ± QRL
YLYUHPR LQ XQD VRFLHWj GDYYHUR WULVWH, LQ FXL
O’XQLFD VFHOWD VDUj WUD LO YROJDUH OLEHULVPR HJRLVWLFR R LO IRQGDPHQWDOLVPR FKH OR FRQWUDWWDFFDª . DD SDUWH VXD, MLOEDQN DSSURIRQGLVFH LO WHPD GHOOD SROLWLFD ©VSLULWXDOHª LPSOLFDWD
QHOOD WHRORJLD SDROLQD, PHWWHQGROD LQ UDSSRUWR
FRQ TXHOOD FRQWHQXWD QHOOH WUDGL]LRQL JLXGDLFD,
JUHFD H URPDQD. 4XHVWH XOWLPH ULWHQJRQR FKH
OD FRPXQLWj VL SRVVD IRQGDUH VROR WUDPLWH O’REEHGLHQ]D DG XQD OHJJH HVWULQVHFD, SURGRWWD GDO
WHQWDWLYR GL OLPLWDUH OD QDWXUDOH FRQGL]LRQH GL
FRQÀLWWR. AO FRQWUDULR, O’HYHQWR LQFDOFRODELOH
GHOOD ULVXUUH]LRQH, GLVVROYHQGR RJQL SDUWLFRODULVPR, GD RULJLQH DG XQD FRPXQLWj QRQ SL ED-
VDWD VXOOD ORJLFD GHO FRQWUDWWR, EHQVu VX TXHOOD
GHOOD IHGH, LQWHVD FRPH ¿GXFLD UHFLSURFD H LQWLPD SHUVXDVLRQH ©>«@ OD SULRULWj RQWRORJLFD
GHO EHQH LPSOLFD DQFKH OD SULRULWj RQWRORJLFD
GHOOD YLWD H GHOO’LPSHUDWLYR GL YLYHUH, HWLFDPHQWH H SROLWLFDPHQWH, LQ TXHVWD SULRULWj H QRQ
LQ TXHOOD GHOOD OLPLWD]LRQH GHOO’HVHUFL]LR GHOOD
OHJDOLWj FRPH OLPLWD]LRQH GHL GDQQL. IO QRVWUR
LPSHUDWLYR HWLFR GRYUHEEH, TXLQGL, HVVHUH TXHOOR GL XQD EXRQD VRFLHWj FKH HYRFKHUHEEH GL SHU
Vp, RVFXUDPHQWH, O’LPPDJLQH GL XQ’XPDQLWj ULVRUWD HWHUQDª -. DXQTXH MLOEDQN, LQ
XQD SURVSHWWLYD IHGHOH DOOD WUDGL]LRQH WHRORJLFD
FULVWLDQD, ULOHJJH OD ULVXUUH]LRQH GHO CURFL¿VVR FRPH XQ GRQR JUDWXLWR G’DPRUH, DWWUDYHUVR LO TXDOH DLR ULYHOD FKH, SL RULJLQDOH GHOOD
YLROHQ]D, q OD ORJLFD GHOO’DI¿GDPHQWR H GHOOD
GHGL]LRQH, GHVWLQDWD DG HVVHUH DFFROWD H PHVVD
LQ DWWR IUD JOL XRPLQL FRPH IRQGDPHQWR GL XQD
FRQYLYHQ]D SDFL¿FD H VROLGDOH.
. L’REELHWWLYR GL ULSHQVDUH SURIRQGDPHQWH LO
PRGR GL HVVHUH FULVWLDQL QHOO’DWWXDOH VRFLHWj
VHFRODUL]]DWD q SRVWR LQ OXFH QH G. FERRETTI,
Essere cristiani oggi. Il «nostro» Cristianesimo nel moderno mondo secolare, EllediFL, LHXPDQQ TO , SS. , ¼ ,. IO
VDJJLR SUHQGH DYYLR GDOOD FRQVLGHUD]LRQH GHOOD FULVL RUPDL LUUHYHUVLELOH GHOOD ©FULVWLDQLWjª,
GXQTXH GL XQD VRFLHWj JOREDOPHQWH LPSURQWDWD
DO FULVWLDQHVLPR LQ RJQL VXR DVSHWWR. TDOH FULVL q LQWHUSUHWDWD QRQ FRPH XQD VFLDJXUD, EHQVu
FRPH O’RFFDVLRQH IDYRUHYROH SHU FRPSLHUH XQ
HVRGR SURYYLGHQ]LDOH H DO FRQWHPSR GLI¿FLOH.
IQIDWWL TXL q LQ JLRFR QRQ VROR OD OLEHUD]LRQH GD
YLQFROL RUPDL RSSULPHQWL, PD SXUH DVSHWWL FRQVLGHUDELOL FRPH SHUGLWH GRORURVH, FKH SRVVRQR
ingenerare tentazioni nostalgiche di ritorno
all’indietro. La direzione da intraprendere è al
FRQWUDULR TXHOOD ULYROWD GHFLVDPHQWH DO IXWXUR,
FRPH VL VRVWLHQH QHO VHFRQGR FDSLWROR. L’DOWHUQDWLYD QHWWD VL SRQH LQ HIIHWWL IUD LO WUDPRQWR H
OD WUDV¿JXUD]LRQH GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR, RYYHUR WUD
LO ULVFKLR GL DIIRVVDUOR H LO FRUDJJLR GL XQD QXRYD LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH, FKH OR UHQGD YLYR, FUHGLELOH
16
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
DQFKH QHO QXRYR FRQWHVWR FXOWXUDOH. IO SHUFRUVR
DSSURGD FRVu DO YHUR QXFOHR GHOO’RSHUD, RVVLD L
FDSLWROL WHU]R H TXDUWR, GHGLFDWL ULVSHWWLYDPHQWH
DOOD XPDQLWj ULYHODWLYD GL GHV H DOOD VXD GHVWLQD]LRQH DOOD SLHQH]]D SDVTXDOH. Ê D SURFHGHUH GDO ULIHULPHQWR DOOD ¿JXUD GL CULVWR FKH
ULVXOWD SUDWLFDELOH DIIURQWDUH XQR GHL SUREOHPL
SL XUJHQWL H FULWLFL GHOO’RJJL, RVVLD QRQ VROWDQWR TXHOOR GHO WUDPRQWR GHOOD FULVWLDQLWj, PD
SXUH TXHOOR GHO WUDPRQWR GHOOD WUDVFHQGHQ]D LQ
TXDQWR WDOH, LQ QRPH GL XQ XPDQHVLPR GHO WXWWR
LPPDQHQWH. DL FRQVHJXHQ]D, ©ULÀHWWHUH VXOO’XPDQLWj GL GHV QRQ q VROR LPSRUWDQWH SHU FDSLUH PHJOLR GHV, SHU FRPSUHQGHUH PHJOLR OD
³¿JXUD´ GHOOD VXD GLYLQLWj H GHOOD GLYLQLWj FRVu
³XPDQD´ GL DLR, PD DQFKH SHU FDSLUH PHJOLR OD
³¿JXUD´ GHOOD QRVWUD
XPDQLWj, FKH FRVD
VLJQL¿FKL
HVVHUH
YHUDPHQWH XRPLQL,
contrastando la diVXPDQLWj GLODJDQWH
QHO PRQGRª .
ASULUVL DO PLVWHUR
GHO GHVWLQR XOWLPR GL
GHV q DOORUD DSULUVL
VLPXOWDQHDPHQWH DO
PLVWHUR GHO GHVWLQR
XOWLPR GL RJQL HVVHUH XPDQR, H QXWULUH
TXHOOD VSHUDQ]D XPDQD UDGLFDOH FKH FRQIHULVFH
VHQVR DOOD YLWD QRQRVWDQWH JOL LQQXPHUHYROL
VFDFFKL LQ FXL HVVD FRVWDQWHPHQWH LQFRUUH. TDOH
VHQVR q GHFOLQDWR DOO’LQWHUQR GHO TXLQWR FDSLWROR QHOOD VXD IRUPD IRQGDPHQWDOH FRVWLWXLWD GDOOD FDULWj. EVVD, DOORUTXDQGR VLD SUDWLFDWD DO GL Oj
GHOOH VXH FRQWUDIID]LRQL H VLD FROOHJDWD DG XQD
SL DGHJXDWD FRQVDSHYROH]]D GL FLz FKH q GRYXWR SHU JLXVWL]LD DG RJQL XRPR, SXz GDYYHUR
GLYHQWDUH LO IXOFUR GHO ULEDOWDPHQWR FULWLFR GHOOD YHUVLRQH SL QHJDWLYD GHOOD VHFRODUL]]D]LRQH.
IO WHVWR VL FRQFOXGH FRQ XQ’LQWHUHVVDQWH PHVVD
DOOD SURYD GHO ©SULQFLSLR FDULWjª QHO GLDORJR
FRQ LO SHQVLHUR ODLFR FLUFD LO GLEDWWLWR D SURSRVLWR GL YDORUL DVVROXWL R UHODWLYL, QHJR]LDELOL R QRQ
17
QHJR]LDELOL WHPD FKH FRVWLWXLVFH XQD FDUWLQD GL
WRUQDVROH SHU OD YHUL¿FD GHOOD HIIHWWLYD GLVSRQLELOLWj SHU L FDWWROLFL GL IXRULXVFLUH GDO UHJLPH GL
FULVWLDQLWj H LQFDPPLQDUVL YHUVR OD FDSDFLWj GL
DPDUH LO PRQGR VHFRODUL]]DWR, RSHUDQGR SHU XQ
IXWXUR VHPSUH SL XPDQR.
IQFHQWUDWR VXO WHPD FUXFLDOH GHO GLDORJR q LO
saggio di J.-M. PLOUX, Il dialogo cambia la
fede?, EGL]LRQL 4LTDMRQ, MDJQDQR BI ,
SS. , ¼ ,. LD WHVL q FKH OD GLQDPLFD GLDORJLFD DSSDUWHQJD DSSXQWR GL GLULWWR DOOD HVVHQ]D GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR, SRLFKp WHPD IRQGDPHQtale della fede cristiana è che il dialogo di Dio
FRQ O’XRPR, GL FXL GHV q LO OXRJR SHUVRQDOH
GL LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH, q DQFKH XQ GLDORJR LQWHULRUH D DLR, FKH DSSDUWLHQH DO VXR HVVHUH VWHVVR,
in forza del fatto
FKH CULVWR q OD VXD
3DUROD LPSHJQDWD
nella carne. Tale
SURVSHWWLYD
LQWULgante è dispiegata
LQ WUH PRVVH. NHOOD
SULPD SDUWH, O’AXWRUH VL RFFXSD GHOOR
spirito del dialogo,
DWWUDYHUVR OD FKLDUL¿FD]LRQH GHOOH VXH
condizioni: parlare
OD PHGHVLPD OLQJXD
OD OLEHUWj LQWHULRUH XQLWD DOOD OXFLGLWj GL OHWWXUD
GHOOD SURSULD H DOWUXL VWRULD ULVSHWWDUH OH GLIIHUHQ]H ULVFKLDUH OD SURSULD LGHQWLWj DFFRJOLHUH
O’DOWUR GHQWUR GL Vp. L’HVHUFL]LR GHOO’RVSLWDOLWj
LQWHULRUH q LO ¿OR FRQGXWWRUH GHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH, LQFHQWUDWD VXOOD LQWHUORFX]LRQH FRQ TXDWWUR
IRUPH GL ©SRVL]LRQH DOWUDª ULVSHWWR D TXHOOD
UDSSUHVHQWDWD GDO FULVWLDQHVLPR O’EEUDLVPR
O’IVODP LO BXGGLVPR H O’AWHLVPR.
TDOH FRQIURQWR VIRFLD LQ XQD ULÀHVVLRQH FLUFD OR
VWDWXWR GHOOD YHULWj FRPH JLXVWR VHQVR GHOOD UHOD]LRQH ©SH OD IHGH DSUH DOOD UDJLRQH XQ FDPSR GL LQWHOOHJLELOLWj H GL FRVWUX]LRQH GHOO’XRPR,
TXHVWR SXz IDUVL VROR QHO GLDORJR FRQ WXWWL JOL
DOWUL FDPPLQL GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D H GHOOD UDJLRQH.
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
IQIDWWL VH LO YDQJHOR LQWHUYLHQH FRPH LVWDQ]D
critica della credenza, anche la ragione inWHUYLHQH FRPH LVWDQ]D FULWLFD GHOOD UHOLJLRQHª
. NHOOD WHU]D SDUWH, GRSR DYHU HYLGHQ]LDWR
O’LUUHYHUVLELOLWj GHOO’LPSHJQR GHOOD CKLHVD FDWWROLFD QHO GLDORJR, VL HVSORUD OD FRQYLQ]LRQH SHU
FXL OD SUHVHQ]D GL FKLXVXUH QHL FRQIURQWL GHOOD
GLDORJLFLWj QHO FRUVR GHOOR VYLOXSSR GHOOD VWDJLRQH PRGHUQD q SHU JUDQ SDUWH GRYXWD DG XQD
YLVLRQH WHRORJLFD HFFHVVLYDPHQWH ULJLGD, GLYHQXWD RJJL WURSSR ULGXWWLYD SHU HVVHUH FDSDFH GL
HVSRUVL QHOO’DSHUWXUD.
OFFRUUH SHUFLz HODERUDUH XQD YLVLRQH DOWHUQDWLYD, EDVDWD VXOOD FRQVDSHYROH]]D FKH LO GLDORgo appartiene all’essenza della fede cristiana
LQ TXDQWR LO VXR HYHQWR IRQGDWRUH q FRVWLWXLWR
GDO GLDORJR LQWUHFFLDWR GD GHV FRQ OD SURSULD
WUDGL]LRQH H FRQ L FRQWHPSRUDQHL, ULSUHVR GDO
GLDORJR GHJOL DSRVWROL FRQ LO PRQGR SDJDQR H
dal dialogo ecclesiale tra i cristiani di origiQH HEUDLFD H TXHOOL GL RULJLQH HOOHQLVWD. IQ WDOH
processo dialogico si sottolinea la presenza
DWWLYD GHOOR SSLULWR, FKH RSHUD SHU UDFFRJOLHUH
LQFHVVDQWHPHQWH DOO’XQLWj ULVSHWWDQGR H DWWUDYHUVDQGR WXWWH OH GLIIHUHQ]H ©LH GLIIHUHQ]H
LUULGXFLELOL, FKH VL ULYHODQR D QRL QHO GLDORJR,
FL ULFKLDPDQR VRSUDWWXWWR DO IDWWR FKH DLR WUDVFHQGH H WUDVFHQGHUj VHPSUH TXHO FKH SRVVLDPR FRJOLHUH H GLUH GL OXL. L’HVSHULHQ]D FRVWDQWH
GHL SDGUL GHOOD CKLHVD VL ULFRQJLXQJH VX TXHVWR
SXQWR FRQ TXHOOD GL WXWWL L PLVWLFL GL WXWWH OH YLH
VSLULWXDOL GHOO’XPDQLWj. AO WHUPLQH GHOOR VIRU]R SL VLQFHUR YHUVR OD YHULWj, DO WHUPLQH GHO
FDPPLQR SL VSRJOLR YHUVR O’DPRUH, ULPDQH
O’IQFRPPHQVXUDELOHª -.
. SRWWR LO SUR¿OR WHRULFR IRQGDPHQWDOH, RIIUH
XQ VRVWDQ]LRVR FRQWULEXWR DOOD TXHVWLRQH, FKH
VWLDPR DIIURQWDQGR, J.-L. MARION, Credere
Ser vedere. RiÀessioni sulla razionalità della
Rivelazione e l’irrazionalità di alcuni credenti, LLQGDX, TRULQR , SS. , ¼ ,. SL
WUDWWD GHOOD UDFFROWD GL GRGLFL VDJJL, JLj SXEEOLFDWL WUDQQH XQR QHOO’DPSLR DUFR GL WHPSR FKH
YD GDO DO . L’LQWHUHVVH GHO YROXPH q
dato in particolare dal fatto che gli articoli colOH]LRQDWL ULSURSRQJRQR LQ XQD FKLDYH QRQ VWUHWWDPHQWH VSHFLDOLVWLFD WXWWL L WHPL GRPLQDQWL GHOOD FRPSOHVVD SURVSHWWLYD GL SHQVLHUR HODERUDWD
GDOO’AXWRUH. LD WHVL, FKH VRUUHJJH O’DUFKLWHWWXUD
GHOOD UDFFROWD, q EHQH HVSUHVVD GDO WLWROR ©NRQ
VL WUDWWD GL YHGHUH, FLRq GL FRQRVFHUH LQ PRGR
UD]LRQDOPHQWH HYLGHQWH QHOOD OXFH VHQVLELOH H
LQWHOOHWWXDOH SHU FUHGHUH DVVXPHUH SHU YHUR R
DIIHUPDUH VHPSUH GL SL, PD, DO FRQWUDULR, GL
FUHGHUH SHU YHGHUH H FRPSUHQGHUHª . LD
IHGH VL SUHVHQWD FRPH OD FRQGL]LRQH SHU O’LQWHOOLJLELOLWj GL XQ’LQWHUD FODVVH GL IHQRPHQL, FKH
SL WRFFDQR GD YLFLQR OD FRVFLHQ]D GHOO’XRPR
H SURSULR SHU TXHVWR LPPHGLDWDPHQWH DSSDLRQR DL VXRL RFFKL FRPH L SL QDVFRVWL DOOD FRQRVFHQ]D LO ULPDQGR q DOOD UHDOWj FKH DSSDUWLHQH
DOO’RUGLQH GHO ©FXRUHª SHU GLUOD FRQ LO OLQJXDJJLR GL 3DVFDO, RVVLD DO SLDQR GHOOD FDULWj H GXQTXH GHOOD VDQWLWj. A TXHVWR OLYHOOR, QRQ VL SXz
YHGHUH QXOOD VH QRQ VL GLVSRQH GHO SXQWR GL YLVWD DSSURSULDWR, FKH q TXHOOR IRUQLWR GDOOD FDULWj
VWHVVD DOOD TXDOH, SHU DOWUR, VL DFFHGH FRVu FRPH
HVVD VL RIIUH VROWDQWR DWWUDYHUVR OD IHGH.
EFFR SHUFKp TXL ± DJRVWLQLDQDPHQWH ± SHU YHGHUH RFFRUUH FUHGHUH, PD FUHGHQGR VL PHWWH LQ
RSHUD FLz FKH VL GLPRVWUD FRPH XQD ©JUDQGH
UDJLRQHª R PHJOLR FRPH PROWR GL SL GHOOD
SUHVXQWD R SUHVXQWXRVD ©VHPSOLFHª UDJLRQH, OD
TXDOH LQ HIIHWWL SHUVHJXH O’LGHDOH GHO GRPLQLR
LQWHOOHWWXDOH VXOOH FRVH H VXJOL DOWUL. Ê GXQTXH
GD XQD SURVSHWWLYD GL TXHVWR JHQHUH FKH MDULRQ PHWWH DOOD SURYD LO VXR LPSLDQWR PLVXUDQGRVL FRQ TXHVWLRQL FKH IXRULHVFRQR GDOOD VIHUD
SXUDPHQWH VSHFXODWLYD LO VHUYL]LR GHOOD UD]LRQDOLWj QHOOD CKLHVD, O’DYYHQLUH GHO CDWWROLFHVLPR, OD SHFXOLDULWj GHO VDFUDPHQWR, LO ULFRQRVFLPHQWR GHO DRQR. NH ULVXOWD XQ HVHUFL]LR XWLOH
SHU LO OHWWRUH FKH YROHVVH DFFRVWDUVL SHU OD SULPD
YROWD DOO’RULJLQDOH LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH IHQRPHQRORJLFD GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR HODERUDWD GDO SHQVDWRUH IUDQFHVH, FRJOLHQGROD WUDPLWH XQR VJXDUGR
G’LQVLHPH FKH SXz SHU FRVu GLUH ©LQL]LDUHª DO
FRQIURQWR FRQ OH VXH RSHUH SL WHRUHWLFDPHQWH
LPSHJQDWLYH.
18
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
3RQHQGRVL GD XQ SXQWR GL YLVWD SL VLVWHPDtico, il saggio di C. ISOARDI, Cristianesimo e antroSologia. La Sromessa e la croce,
G. Giappichelli Ed., Torino 2012, pp. 185, €
,, DIIURQWD FRQ OXFLGLWj H SURIRQGLWj XQR
GHL FRPSLWL FUXFLDOL, FKH OD FRQWHPSRUDQHLWj
FL FRQVHJQD, RVVLD TXHOOR GL LPSRVWDUH LQ WHUPLQL ULQQRYDWL LO UDSSRUWR WUD FULVWLDQHVLPR H
DQWURSRORJLD, QHOOH VXH LPSOLFD]LRQL VXO SLDQR
GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D SHUVRQDOH, GHOOH GLQDPLFKH FXOWXUDOL H GHOOH SUDWLFKH VRFLDOL. IO FDUDWWHUH GHFLVLYR GL WDOH FRPSLWR VL FRPSUHQGH, QRQ DSSHQD
VL ULÀHWWD VXO GDWR LQGXELWDELOH, SHU FXL VSHVVR
O’LQGLIIHUHQ]D R LO UL¿XWR QHL FRQIURQWL GHOOD
IHGH FULVWLDQD GLSHQGRQR GD YLVLRQL GLVWRUWH GHO
UDSSRUWR IUD DLR H O’XRPR, LQ SDUWLFRODUH WUD
O’LQL]LDWLYD GLYLQD H OD OLEHUWj XPDQD, HUHGLWDWH
GD XQD SUHFLVD WUDGL]LRQH GRWWULQDOH, WHRORJLFD
H VSLULWXDOH, FKH HVLJH LO ODYRUR SD]LHQWH GL XQ
UDGLFDOH ULHTXLOLEULR. CRPH O’AXWRUH ULPDUFD,
QHOOD 3DUWH SULPD GHO VDJJLR GHGLFDWD DG XQD
VLQWHWLFD ULFRVWUX]LRQH GHOOR VWDWR GHO SUREOHPD, LO IXOFUR GHOOD TXHVWLRQH VWD QHO SUHQGHUH
FULWLFDPHQWH OH GLVWDQ]H GD XQD FRQFH]LRQH
GHOOD VDOYH]]D ULGXWWLYDPHQWH FRQFHQWUDWD VXOOD
«redenzione dal peccato», per spalancare l’oUL]]RQWH ¿QR D IDU FRLQFLGHUH OD VDOYH]]D VWHVVD FRQ ©OD EXRQD DWWXD]LRQH H LO FRPSLPHQWR
GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D XPDQDª . TDOH REELHWWLYR GL
IRQGR q SHUVHJXLWR GD IVRDUGL DQ]LWXWWR, QHOOD
3DUWH VHFRQGD, WUDPLWH XQ’DQDOLVL OXFLGD H PHWLFRORVD GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH ULFHYXWD, FRVu FRPH q
ULQWUDFFLDELOH QHOOH VXH OLQHH HVVHQ]LDOL DWWUDYHUVR LO ULIHULPHQWR HVHPSODUH DO PDQXDOH GL
AGROSKH TDQTXHUD\. CLz FKH TXL YLHQH SRVWR
LQ ULVDOWR q OD JLXVWDSSRVL]LRQH IUD ©FUHD]LRQHª H ©UHGHQ]LRQHª, OD TXDOH ULVXOWD D SDUWLUH
GD XQ TXDGUR VLVWHPDWLFR, GRYH OD FUHD]LRQH q
FRPSUHVD PHWD¿VLFDPHQWH FRPH RSHUD GL DLR
FKLDUL¿FDELOH D SUHVFLQGHUH GDO ULIHULPHQWR D
CULVWR ULIHULPHQWR FKH YLHQH LQYHFH PHVVR LQ
DWWR SHU TXDQWR ULJXDUGD OD UHGHQ]LRQH. D’DOtra parte la redenzione è pensata a partire dalla
PRUWH HVSLDWULFH GL GHV, DOOD TXDOH q DVVHJQDWR
LO FRPSLWR GL ©UHVWDXUDUHª LO GLVHJQR RULJLQDULR
19
GHOOD FUHD]LRQH, LQ Vp JLj FRPSLXWR PD GL IDWWR
©V¿JXUDWRª GDO SHFFDWR GL AGDPR. IQ PDQLHUD
GHO WXWWR FRHUHQWH FRQ TXHVWD LPSRVWD]LRQH, OD
QHFHVVLWj GHOOD PHGLD]LRQH GL GHV VXO SLDQR
GHOOD UHGHQ]LRQH ULVXOWD PRWLYDWD VROWDQWR GDOOD
FRQWLQJHQ]D HVWULQVHFD GHO SHFFDWR GL AGDPR
q FLz FKH FRLQFLGH FRQ OD FRVLGGHWWD ©OHWWXUD
DPDUWLRORJLFDª GHOOD VWRULD VDOYL¿FD. L’HVLJHQ]D GL HODERUDUH XQD GLYHUVD FRQ¿JXUD]LRQH
JOREDOH GHO GLVFRUVR FLUFD OD VDOYH]]D LPSOLFD
XQ LPSHJQR HUPHQHXWLFR DVVDL FRPSOHVVR, FKH
QRQ SXz HVLPHUVL GD XQ’DWWHQWD ULFHUFD, YROWD
D ULFRVWUXLUH D ULWURVR OH WDSSH GL XQ SHUFRUVR,
FKH KDQQR FRQIHULWR FUHGLELOLWj H FRQVLVWHQ]D
DOOR VFHQDULR WHRORJLFR GHOO’DPDUWLRFHQWULVPR.
Ê LO FRPSLWR DVVHJQDWR DOOD 3DUWH WHU]D GHOO’RSHUD, GRYH O’LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH GHOOD VDOYH]]D LQ
TXDQWR UHGHQ]LRQH GDO SHFFDWR YLHQH DSSXQWR
UHWURVSHWWLYDPHQWH LQGDJDWD QHO VXR SUHQGHUH
IRUPD FRQ OD OH]LRQH GL AQVHOPR, SHU ULVDOLUH DO
VXR DVFHQGHQWH QHO SHQVLHUR GL AJRVWLQR, ¿QR D
JLXQJHUH DOOD VXD IRQWH RULJLQDULD QHOO’HSLVWRODULR GL 3DROR. NHOOH FRQFOXVLRQL GHO VDJJLR, LO
QRVWUR AXWRUH GHOLQHD OH FRRUGLQDWH, HQWUR OH
TXDOL RFFRUUH PXRYHUVL SHU HODERUDUH XQD ULÀHVVLRQH FRHUHQWH VXOOD VRWHULRORJLD, FKH LQWHQGD VRWWUDUVL FULWLFDPHQWH DOOD ULGX]LRQH DPDUWLRORJLFD. AQ]LWXWWR, FRQGL]LRQH GHWHUPLQDQWH q
FKH LO OXRJR GL FRPSUHQVLRQH IRQGDPHQWDOH VLD
LQGLYLGXDWR QHOOD VWRULD, FKH YD LQWHUSUHWDWD LQ
PRGR XQLWDULR, FRPH XQ LQL]LR ULYROWR DOOD VXD
realizzazione.
LD SHUIH]LRQH YD GXQTXH FROORFDWD DOOD ¿QH,
LQ TXDQWR FRPSLPHQWR GL XQD IRUPD]LRQH FULVWLDQD GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D VWRULFD. DL FRQVHJXHQ]D,
OD ERQWj GHOOD FUHD]LRQH GL DLR, FKH O’DPDUWLRORJLD ULWHQHYD GL SRWHU JDUDQWLUH DGGRVVDQGR
LO PDOH DOOD UHVSRQVDELOLWj GHOO’XRPR, DWWHQGH
SLXWWRVWR GL HVVHUH ULSHQVDWD LQ ULIHULPHQWR
DOO’HVFDWRORJLD, TXLQGL DOOD UHDOL]]D]LRQH HIIHWWLYD GHOOD SURPHVVD GL DLR LQ CULVWR. CRVu,
OD VLJQRULD VDOYL¿FD H DI¿GDELOH GL DLR SXz HVVHUH FRQFHSLWD LQ PDQLHUD FRQVHJXHQWH FRPH
QRQ GLVSRWLFD, PD WDOH GD IDU HVVHUH H DELOLWDUH
OD OLEHUWj GHOO’XRPR FRPH FRVWLWXWLYD H GHWHU-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
PLQDQWH, LQ YLVWD GL XQD UHDOL]]D]LRQH GHOOD
VDOYH]]D FKH FRLQFLGH FRQ O’DWWXD]LRQH SLHQD
GHOOD OLEHUWj VWHVVD. IQ¿QH, OD FHQWUDOLWj GHO SHFFDWR ODVFLD LO SRVWR DOOD FHQWUDOLWj GHOO’HYHQWR GL
GHV CULVWR, ULFRQRVFLXWR FRPH GDYYHUR IRQGDQWH DWWUDYHUVR OD WUDPD DUWLFRODWD GHL UDSSRUWL
LQ HVVR LPSOLFDWL GDO ODWR WHRORJLFR, LO UDSSRUWR
FRQ O’LQL]LDWLYD GHO 3DGUH H LO GRQR GHOOR SSLrito Santo; dal lato antropologico, il rapporto
FRQ O’HVLVWHQ]D GHOO’XRPR, QHOOD VXD GLVWHQVLRQH WHPSRUDOH H QHOOD VXD GLPHQVLRQH SHUVRQDOH,
VRFLDOH H PRQGDQD.
Si propone sin dal titolo FRPH XQ DFFRPSDJQDPHQWR D ULVFRSULUH
l’essenziale dell’espeULHQ]D FUHGHQWH LO YROXPH GL J. WERBICK, Padre nostro. Meditazioni
teologiche come introduzione alla vita cristiana JGW , 4XHriniana, Brescia 2013,
pp. 319, € 26,00. IO ¿OR
FRQGXWWRUH GHO WHVWR q
LO FRPPHQWR DOOD SUHJKLHUD GL GHV, DQDOL]]DWD H PHGLWDWD GDOO’LQGLUL]]R LQL]LDOH VLQR DOO’DPHQ FRQFOXVLYR. L’LQWHQWR q TXHOOR GL LQGLYLGXDUH H FKLDUL¿FDUH JOL
HOHPHQWL FRVWLWXWLYL GL TXHOOD VLQJRODUH PDQLHUD GL DWWXDUH O’XPDQR FRPXQH UHVD SRVVLELOH
GDOOD IHGH UDGLFDWD QHOO’EYDQJHOR. SL WUDWWD DQ]LWXWWR GL DVVXPHUH OR VJXDUGR GHO 3DGUH H GHO
FLJOLR FKH OR SUHJD FRPH LO PRGR JLXVWR GL YHGHUH H GL YDOXWDUH LO PRQGR H JOL XRPLQL FKH OR
DELWDQR. SL SDVVD SRL D ULFRQRVFHUH OD EHQHGL]LRQH GL DLR, FKH YXROH YHQLUH QHOOD UHDOWj FUHDWD SHU ULYLYL¿FDUH FLz FKH LQ HVVD q VWDWR SRVWR LQ HVVHUH FRQ OD FUHD]LRQH. 8OWHULRUPHQWH,
O’DWWHQ]LRQH q LQYLWDWD D ULYROJHUVL DG XQ IXWXUR ©WHRORJDOHª, FKH SUHQGH DYYLR QHO PH]]R GL
TXDQWR VHPEUD GHVWLQDWR D GLULJHUVL YHUVR OD
¿QH H FKH G’DOWUR FDQWR QRQ VPHWWH GL ULFRPLQFLDUH VHPSUH FRQ LO VXFFHGHUVL GHOOH JHQHUD]LRQL. AQFRUD, OD FRVFLHQ]D XPDQD q FRQGRW-
WD D SHUFHSLUH DLR FRPH XQD UHDOWj ©SL FKH
SHUVRQDOHª, OD FXL YRORQWj EXRQD GLYHQWD VSHULPHQWDELOH SHU JOL XRPLQL H OL VSLQJH DG DWWXDUH OD ORUR OLEHUWj ¿OLDOH.
3URSULR FRVu GLYHQWD SRVVLELOH VWDELOLUH FRQ DXWHQWLFLWj LO UDSSRUWR WUD ¿QLWR HG LQ¿QLWR, WUD SHQXOWLPR H XOWLPR, FRQFHQWUDQGRVL VX FLz FKH
DGHVVR VL SURSRQH FRPH XWLOH H QHFHVVDULR. IQROWUH, GLYHQWD SUDWLFDELOH IDUH HVSHULHQ]D GL YLYHUH LO SHUGRQR H PHGLDQWH HVVR GL GRQDUH YLWD DG
DOWUL, LQ PDQLHUD WDOH FKH LO PDOH, SXU ULFRQRVFLXWR RSHUDQWH QHO
PRQGR FRQ XQ’LUULGXFLELOH YLUXOHQ]D,
non condanni alla
PHUD UDVVHJQD]LRQH H QRQ LPSHGLVFD
GL FRQ¿GDUH QHOOD
potenza della proPHVVD GLYLQD.
3HU JLXQJHUH D gioiUH FRQ JUDWLWXGLQH GL QRQ ULPDQHUH LPSLJOLDWL QHOOD
WHQDJOLD GHOO’XVDUH
H GHOO’HVVHUH XVDWL ¿QR DOO’LQHVRUDELOH FRQVXPD]LRQH, QHOOD PLVXUD LQ FXL FL q GRQDWR GL ©HVVHUH DO VLFXURª
GHQWUR O’DEEUDFFLR RQQLDFFRJOLHQWH GHOOD YLWD
H GHOO’DPRUH GHOO’abbj GL GHV ©AOOD ¿QH GHO
WHPSR F’q O’DPHQ GL DLR, OD VXD DXWRULYHOD]LRQH, QHOOD TXDOH HJOL VL PRVWUHUj FRPH FLz FKH q
SUHVDJLWR H VSHUDWR LQ WXWWH OH DVSLUD]LRQL GHJOL XRPLQL FRPH OD YDVWLWj GLYLQD, QHOOD TXDOH
O’DVSLUD]LRQH XPDQD-WURSSR XPDQD SHUGHUj OD
VXD PHVFKLQLWj H LO VXR DXWRULIHULPHQWR. IO VXR
DPHQ q OD SDUROD FKH DQQXQFLD LO VDEDWR GH¿QLWLYR DOORUD HJOL JLRLUj GHOOD SURSULD FUHD]LRQH DOORUD OD FUHD]LRQH JLRLUj GH¿QLWLYDPHQWH
GHOOD VXD EHQHYROHQ]D. E TXHVWD JLRLD QRQ VDUj
SL WXUEDWD GD DOFXQD VRIIHUHQ]Dª .
Prof. Duilio Albarello
20
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
CRISTOLOGIA
T
UD OH QRYLWj GHJQH G’LQWHUHVVH QHO SDQRUDPD GHOOH SXEEOLFD]LRQL D FDUDWWHUH FULVWRORJLFR GL OLQJXD LWDOLDQD ¿JXUD FHUWDPHQWH E.
SCOGNAMIGLIO, Gesù Cristo il rivelatore celeste. Qui videt me videt et Patrem, San PaoOR, CLQLVHOOR BDOVDPR , SS. , ¼ ,.
CRQ VFULWWXUD JRGLELOH O’DXWRUH SURSRQH, D SDUtire dall’esegesi di *Y ,, XQD OHWWXUD HTXLOLEUDWD H FRPSHWHQWH GHO UDSSRUWR WUD YLVLELOLWj
H LQYLVLELOLWj GL DLR, FKH DWWUDYHUVD WXWWH OH SDFUH SFULWWXUH H OD VWRULD GHO SHQVLHUR UHOLJLRVR
H QRQ. IO JLXQWR FDUGDQLFR FKH Gj PHGHVLPR
PRYLPHQWR DL GLYHUVL DVVL GHOOD YLVLELOLWj H
GHOO’LQYLVLELOLWj GL DLR q LGHQWL¿FDWR GHOOD VWRULD FRQFUHWD GL GHV, PDL SHUz VFROOHJDWD GDOOD
propria origine e destinazione trinitaria. È proSULR TXHVWD FRUUHWWD DUWLFROD]LRQH GHO PLVWHUR
GL CULVWR H TXHOOR GHO DLR TULQR, FRVu FRPH
UHVWLWXLWR GDOOH SDFUH SFULWWXUH, D YHUL¿FDUH
VLD LO JLXVWR UDSSRUWR WUD FULVWRORJLD H WHRORJLD
WULQLWDULD VLD OD ³VROX]LRQH´ ELEOLFDPHQWH FRPSDWLELOH GHOOD TXHVWLRQH GHOOD YLVLELOLWj UHDOH H
LQYLVLELOLWj PDQWHQXWD GL DLR. DRSR OD ³SRVL]LRQH GHO SUREOHPD´, SFRJQDPLJOLR SURSRQH
XQ’HVHJHVL FRQYLQFHQWH GL *Y 14,9, collocato
QHOO’LQVLHPH GHL ³GLVFRUVL G’DGGLR´ H VXOOR
VIRQGR GHO UDSSRUWR WUD YHGHUH H FUHGHUH, WLSLFR GHOO’RSHUD JLRYDQQHD. SXFFHVVLYDPHQWH OR
VJXDUGR VL DOODUJD DO FRUSR SDROLQR H DOOD Lette
ra agli Ebrei SHU SRL VRIIHUPDUVL VX XQ’DWWHQWD
H TXDQWR PDL SUH]LRVD VLQWHVL GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH
WHRORJLFD FLUFD LO UDSSRUWR YLVLELOLWj H LQYLVLELOLWj GL DLR, SDUWHQGR GD IUHQHR H DUULYDQGR D
BDOWKDVDU, SDVVDQGR LQ UDVVHJQD PROWH ¿JXUH
GHO SHQVDUH WHRORJLFR, FKH ± SXU ULVXOWDWR GL
VFHOWH FKH LPSOLFDQR HVFOXVLRQL ± UDSSUHVHQWDQR EHQH OD VSLQD GRUVDOH GHOOD VWRULD GHOOD
teologia occidentale e orientale. Tra l’altro è
DSSUH]]DELOH OD FDSDFLWj GL SFRJQDPLJOLR GL
HYLGHQ]LDUH L ULOLHYL H OH ULFDGXWH PHWRGRORJL21
che a partire dalla storia della teologia.
8Q DOWUR VDJJLR LWDOLDQR, DFFDWWLYDQWH QHO WLWRlo e interessante nella proposta è A. BISCARDI,
Un corSo mi hai dato. Per una cristologia
sessuata, Cittadella, Assisi 2012, pp. 451,
¼ ,. SL WUDWWD GL XQD WHVL GL GRWWRUDWR. LD
VFHOWD GL FDPSR LQWHUSUHWDWLYD GHO PLVWHUR GL
GHV, FRVu FRPH DWWHVWDWR GDOOH SDFUH SFULWWXUH, q TXHOOD ³IHQRPHQRORJLFD´, GLFKLDUDWDPHQWH DVVXQWD GDOOD SFXROD MLODQHVH, FRQ HVSOLFLWR
ULIHULPHQWR DO SHQVLHUR GL 3LHUDQJHOR SHTXHUL
H GLXVHSSH AQJHOLQL. MHVVR D VLFXUR LO PHWRGR, BLVFDUGL VL ODVFLD FRUDJJLRVDPHQWH VROOHFLWDUH GD DOFXQH TXHVWLRQL DQWURSRORJLFKH,
©FULVWRORJLFDPHQWH VHQVLELOLª, FRQ SDUWLFRODUH
ULIHULPHQWR DOO’DPELWR GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj.
LR VSXQWR FULWLFR FKH SHUPHWWH OD ULFRVWUX]LRQH GHOOH SUHVH GL SRVL]LRQH ¿ORVR¿FKH H WHRORJLFKH QHL ULJXDUGL GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj q RIIHUWR
dall’antropologia personalista, sottesa alla
SURGX]LRQH PDJLVWHULDOH, H GDOOD IHQRPHQRORJLD GL MDXULFH MHUOHDX-3RQW\. GXDGDJQDWD
O’LGHD GL VHVVXDOLWj FRQQHVVD DO UHDOLVPR GHO
FRUSR H OD VXD SRWHQ]LDOLWj LQWHQ]LRQDOH, WDQWR
FKH GLUH ³VHVVXDOLWj´ QRQ HVDXULELOH QHOOD JHQLWDOLWj VLJQL¿FD ULFRQRVFHUH LQ PRGR RULJLnario la posizione intenzionale del corpo che
DJLVFH LO PRQGR, BLVFDUGL GLFKLDUD O’LQWHQWR GL
«raccogliere l’eiGoV GHOOD YLFHQGD GL GHV LQ
XQD VIDFFHWWDWXUD SDUWLFRODUH OD VXD FRUSRUHLWj
VHVVXDWD, O’eiGoV GHOOD VHVVXDOLWjª , GDWR
FKH ©OD VHVVXDOLWj q XQD GHOOH HVSHULHQ]H FKH
KD OD FDSDFLWj GL HVSULPHUH O’XQLWj LQWHQ]LRQDOH, PRUDOH, SVLFRORJLFD H VSLULWXDOH GHOOD SHUVRQD FRPH VSLULWR LQFDUQDWR, QHOOD VXD OLPLWDWH]]D, FRVFLHQ]D, YRORQWj, FRUSRUHLWj, DSHUWXUD DG
RUL]]RQWL GL VHQVR, YRFD]LRQH SURIRQGD. AQ]L,
OD VHVVXDOLWj q IRUVH OD SL SRWHQWH OXRJR GL
DPRUH H GL SRWHUH, YLROHQ]D H GRQR, VRSUDIID]LRQH H WHQHUH]]D. LD VHVVXDOLWj HVSULPH PRO-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
WR GHOOD FRPSOHVVLWj GHO YLVVXWR QHOOD FDUQH H
GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj GL XQD SHUVRQDª -,
VLFFKp ULVXOWD TXDQWRPHQR GLVLQFDUQDWR H LPSURSULR IDUH VLQWHVL WUD LGHQWLWj H UHOD]LRQDOLWj,
VSLULWXDOLWj H FRUSRUHLWj, QDWXUD XPDQD H QDWXUD
GLYLQD QHOOD SHUVRQD GL GHV, D SUHVFLQGHUH GDO
VXR HVVHUH VHVVXDWR.
IO TXLQWR FDSLWROR ULSUHQGH OH LQWXL]LRQL GHO
TXDUWR SRUWDQGROH DG XQD PDJJLRUH RUJDQL]]D]LRQH VLVWHPDWLFD ©SH GHV IRVVH VWDWR DVHVVXDWR R VH OD VXD PDVFKLOLWj IRVVH VWDWD LQ
TXDOFKH PRGR DQHVWHWL]]DWD, JOL VDUHEEH PDQFDWR LO IRQGDPHQWR XPDQR SULQFLSDOH GHOOD
WHQVLRQH JOREDOH YHUVR O’DOWUR YHUVR JOL DOWUL
>...@. SDUHEEH PDQFDWD TXHOOD VWUXWWXUD GL EDVH
FKH SHUPHWWH GL VHQWLUH LQ VH VWHVVL OD JLRLD, LO
WLPRUH, OD WHQVLRQH, OD WHQHUH]]D, OD IRU]D, OD
YLROHQ]D GHO ELVRJQR GL LQFRQWUDUVL H GL HQWUDUH LQ LQWLPLWj FRQ OD YLWD DOWUXL H LQ TXHVWR
GL WUDVFHQGHUVL. >«@ NHO TXDGUR FKH DEELDPR
WUDFFLDWL, GXQTXH, OD VeVVXalitj non q oVtaFolo
alla rela]ione benVu la raGiFe Gi eVVa» (314. IO ODYRUR GL BLVFDUGL QRQ q VROR FRUDJJLRVR, PD DQFKH QHFHVVDULR H EHQ ULXVFLWR. IO
OHWWRUH VL WURYD D SURSULR DJLR LQ XQD VFULWWXUD
JHQWLOH H VFRUUHYROH, DQFKH VH D YROWH q DIIDWLFDWR GDOO’HFFHVVLYD OXQJKH]]D GL DOFXQL SDUDJUD¿. SLDPR SHUz GL IURQWH D XQ EHO ODYRUR FKH
FRQGXFH FRQ JDUER OH VROOHFLWD]LRQL FXOWXUDOL
± FRVu FRPSOHVVH H FRLQYROJHQWL, FRPH TXHOOH
SURGRWWH GDOOD GLPHQVLRQH VHVVXDOH GHOO’XRPR
± DOOD SURIRQGLWj GHOOD GRPDQGD WHRORJLFD VX
TXHOOD FDUQH QHOOD TXDOH LO FLJOLR GL DLR VL q
LGHQWL¿FDWR XQD YROWD SHU WXWWH.
8WLOH VWUXPHQWR VLD SHU LO GRFHQWH VLD SHU OR
VWXGHQWH GL FULVWRORJLD q R. PENNA, Gesù di
1azaret nelle culture del suo temSo. Alcuni asSetti del Gesù storico, EDB, Bologna
, SS. , ¼ ,. IO OLEUR VL SXz GHVFULYHUH FRPH XQD SUHVHQWD]LRQH in aFtX delle caUDWWHULVWLFKH H SRWHQ]LDOLWj GHOOD WHU]D ULFHUFD
VXO GHV VWRULFR, FKH ± FRPH ULVDSXWR ± PLUD
D HYLGHQ]LDUH OD FRQWLQXLWj GHO ND]DUHQR FRQ
O’DPELHQWH VRFLR-UHOLJLRVR GHO SURSULR WHPSR,
OD VXD DSSDUWHQHQ]D DOOD WUDGL]LRQH PRVDLFD H
SURIHWLFD. TUD L SUHJL GHO WHVWR GL 3HQQD VWD SHUz
DQFKH TXHOOR GL QRQ GLPHQWLFDUH OD FRPXQTXH
LUULQXQFLDELOH HVLJHQ]D FKH LGHQWL¿FDYD OD VHFRQGD ULFHUFD VXO GHV VWRULFR, YDOH D GLUH OD
GLVFRQWLQXLWj GHO SHUVRQDJJLR GHV ULVSHWWR
DOO’DPELHQWH FXOWXUDOH H UHOLJLRVR FRHYR, D YROWH D WDO SXQWR PLQLPL]]DWD GD DOFXQH SURGX]LRQH GHOOD ³WHU]D´ GD ULVXOWDUH TXDVL LUULOHYDQWH.
IO VDJJLR SDUWH FROO’HYLGHQ]LDUH XQD GXSOLFH
FRPSOHVVLWj QHOO’DPELHQWH YLWDOH GL GHV GD
XQD SDUWH YL q LQIDWWL XQ JLXGDLVPR FKH D VWHQWR
VL SRWUHEEH GH¿QLUH ³XQLFR´, JLDFFKp PROWHSOLci e non di rado contrastanti sono le correnti
GHO ¿XPH JLXGDLFR FRVu QH ULVXOWD XQ DPELHQWH UHOLJLRVR PROWR ©PRVVRª. DDOO’DOWUD, VWD LO
GLI¿FLOH UDSSRUWR WUD JLXGDLVPR HG HOOHQLVPR
FKH GL IDWWR L OLEUL SDSLHQ]LDOL DYHYDQR LQ SDUWH
VGRJDQDWR, FRPH OH ULFHUFKH GL MDUWLQ HHQJHO
KDQQR DFFXUDWDPHQWH GLPRVWUDWR -XGaiVm
anG +elleniVm. 6tXGieV in tKeir EnFoXnter in
3aleVtine GXring tKe Earl\ +elleniVtiF 3erioG,
SCM Press, London 1981).
4XHVWL GXH FHVSLWL GL FRPSOHVVLWj DPELHQWDOH
RUJDQL]]DQR OR VWXGLR GL 3HQQD FKH GHGLFD WUH
FDSLWROL DO UDSSRUWR WUD GHV H LO JLXGDLVPR H
DOWUHWWDQWL D TXHOOR FRQ O’HOOHQLVPR. IQWHUHVVDQWH DQFKH OD EUHYH SDUWH FRQFOXVLYD ULVHUYDWD D
3DROR, DQFK’HJOL, FRPH GHV, SHUVRQDJJLR GL
VRJOLD WUD JLXGDLVPR HG HOOHQLVPR, DQFK’HJOL
SHUz EHQ ¿VVR VX IVUDHOH FRPH ©SXQWR GL ULIHULPHQWR LQVRVWLWXLELOH H OXPLQRVR SHU SUHFLVDUH XOWHULRUPHQWH LQ FKH FRVD FRQVLVWD O’LGHQWLWj
cristiana» (207).
RLPDQHQGR QHOO’DPELWR GHOOD ULFHUFD VXO GHV
VWRULFR, PHULWD OD OHWWXUD GHO EUHYH OLEUR, GDO
WRFFR TXDVL DXWRELRJUD¿FR, GL D.C. ALLISSON
JR., Cristo storico e Gesù teologico, Paideia,
BUHVFLD , SS. , ¼ ,. A YROWH FRQ
JXVWRVD LURQLD, O’DXWRUH LQWHUURJD FULVWLDQL H
WHRORJL FLUFD O’HIIHWWLYD LPSRUWDQ]D GD HVVL ULFRQRVFLXWD DOOD ULFHUFD VWRULFD VX GHV, D YROWH
GD ORUR TXDVL GHQLJUDWD D PRWLYR GHL ULVXOWDWL
³SURYYLVRUL´ FKH, QHFHVVDULDPHQWH, XQ DSSURFFLR GL WLSR VFLHQWL¿FR FRPSRUWD.
MDQWLHQH OD SURPHVVD GHOO’LQWULJDQWH, OXQJR
22
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
VRWWRWLWROR LO OLEUR GL M. INGHILESI, L’incontro fra Gesù e Pilato. Processo al Srocesso
e teologia di Giovanni 18–19. Percorso storico giuridico ed esegetico, EDB, Bologna
, SS. , ¼ ,. IO OLEUR WURYD OR VSXQWR
QHO GDWR DQWURSRORJLFR FKH YHGH WXWWL H WXWWH
OH FRVH VHPSUH ³VRWWR JLXGL]LR´. CLz q YDOVR
QDWXUDOPHQWH DQFKH SHU GHV, FRVWDQWHPHQWH
³VRWWR JLXGL]LR´, IRVVH HVVR D IDYRUH R FRQWUDULR. L’HVVHUH ³VRWWR JLXGL]LR´ GD SDUWH GL GHV
WURYD XQ OXRJR GL HFODWDQWH DI¿RUDPHQWR QHO
SURFHVVR UHOLJLRVR D FXL q VRWWRSRVWR GD SDUte del Sinedrio e in
TXHOOR FLYLOH SHU RSHUD
GHO SURFXUDWRUH 3LODWR.
3URSULR VX TXHVW’XOWLPR VL FRQFHQWUD OR
VWXGLR. ASSURSULDQGRVL
GL XQ DSSURFFLR YLFLQR
DOOD ³WHU]D ULFHUFD VXO
GHV VWRULFR´, IQJKLOHVL ULFRVWUXLVFH OD ¿JXUD
GL 3LODWR, SHU TXDQWR SRVVLELOH, JUD]LH D
fonti QHRWHVWDPHQWDULH,
H[WUDELEOLFKH H DUFKHRORJLFKH. IO SURFXUDWRUH
q GL IDWWR XQ SHUVRQDJJLR GL SULPR ULOLHYR QHO
4XDUWR VDQJHOR, DQFKH
SHUFKp QHOOH GRPDQGH
GD OXL SRVWH GXUDQWH LO
SURFHVVR FRQÀXLVFRQR
DOFXQH FRVWDQWL FULVWRORJLFKH GHO WHVWR HYDQJHOLFR, FRPH OD TXHVWLRQH FLUFD O’RULJLQH GL
GHV ©DL GRYH VHL"ª H TXHOOD ULJXDUGDQWH
OD YHULWj FKH GHV q ©CKH FRV’q OD YHULWj"ª.
L’RULJLQDOLWj GHO ODYRUR VWD VLD QHOO’HYLGHQ]LDUH O’LPSRUWDQ]D ULFRQRVFLXWD D 3LODWR GDOOD
FULVWRORJLD JLRYDQQHD FRPH ULVDSXWR, HVVD q
FRVWUXLWD DQFKH JUD]LH DL SHUVRQDJJL FKH FRVWHOODQR LO 4XDUWR VDQJHOR VLD QHOOD SXQWLJOLRVD ULFRVWUX]LRQH GHO FRQWHVWR JLXULGLFR GHO
SURFHVVR URPDQR. RLFRVWUX]LRQH FKH, QHOOD
23
SDUWH SL HVHJHWLFD GHO OLEUR, UHQGH DQFRU SL
VWDJOLDWD OD ¿JXUD GL 3LODWR H LO VXR FRQWULEXWR
DOOD FULVWRORJLD GHO 4XDUWR VDQJHOR.
DL VLFXUR SUR¿WWR q OD OHWWXUD GL M. KARRER,
Gesù Cristo nel Nuovo Testamento, Paideia,
Brescia 2011, pp. 434, € 44,80. Il testo rapSUHVHQWD XQD FULVWRORJLD GHO NXRYR THVWDPHQto, dall’organizzazione interessante, poiché
ULFDOFD LO SURFHVVR FRQRVFLWLYR GHO PLVWHUR GL
CULVWR, FKH, FRPH q QRWR, KD XQD GLUH]LRQH LQYHUVD ULVSHWWR DOOD URWWD QDUUDWLYD GHL VDQJHOL.
LR VWXGLR SDUWH TXLQGL GDL WHVWL ULJXDUGDQWL OD
RLVXUUH]LRQH GL GHV,
per retrocedere alle
narrazioni della passioQH H PRUWH, DUUHWUDQGR
¿QR DL UDFFRQWL FLUFD OD
YLWD WHUUHQD GHO ND]Dreno, per indietreggiaUH ¿QR DOOH SDJLQH FKH
hanno per oggetto l’Incarnazione e la preesistenza. I singoli «setWRUL WHPDWLFLª SDUWRQR
GDOOR VWXGLR DFFXUDWR
GHOOH WUDGL]LRQL IRUPXODUL HIIHWWLYDPHQWH SL
DQWLFKH OH TXDOL SHUz
QRQ YHQJRQR DVWUDWWDPHQWH VJDQFLDWH GDOOD
ORUR FRUQLFH QDUUDWLYD,
UHVWLWXHQGR FRVu VLD L
passaggi della storia
della cristologia neoteVWDPHQWDULD VLD O’XQLWj
D FXL HVVD JLXQJH XQLWj FKH WURYD QHO QDUUDWLYR
OD IRUPD FRPSLXWD.
A RJQL ©VHWWRUH WHPDWLFRª .DUUHU ID FRUULVSRQGHUH XQ ³WLWROR´ FULVWRORJLFR, FKH DOWUR
QRQ VDUHEEH VH QRQ LO FRQVROLGDPHQWR GL
DWWULEXWL OLQJXLVWLFL, DYHQWH SHUz XQR VSD]LR
GL VLJQL¿FDWL EHQ DSHUWR LQVRPPD, QRQ DOOD
PDQLHUD GHOOD SDVVDWD ³FULVWRORJLD GHL WLWROL´.
SLFFKp DO ©VHWWRUH WHPDWLFRª GHOOD RLVXUUH]LRQH q FRQQHVVR LO ³WLWROR´ GL SDOYDWRUH D TXHO-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
OR GHOOD PRUWH H SDVVLRQH, LO MHVVLD DOO’Dzione terrena e all’Incarnazione il Figlio. Il
WLWROR ³SLJQRUH´ q YLVWR FRPH VLQWHWLFR GL WXWWR
JOL DVSHWWL GHOOD FULVWRORJLD QHRWHVWDPHQWDULD.
LD VHULHWj GL TXHVW’RSHUD VFLHQWL¿FD ULVDOWD LQ
RJQL SDJLQD. FRUVH OD TXDOLWj PROWR DOWD GHO
ODYRUR DYUHEEH DQFRU SL JXDGDJQDWR TXDORUD
LO WLWROR GL ³FLJOLR GHOO’XRPR´ ± VHQ]’DOWUR LO
PRGR SUHGLOHWWR GL GHV GL DXWRGHVLJQDUVL ±
IRVVH VWDWR SUHVHQWDWR FRQ PDJJLRUH LQVLVWHQ]D DQFKH QHOOD VXD SRUWDWD ³VLQWHWLFD´. IQIDWWL
³FLJOLR GHOO’XRPR´ q JLj XQ WLWROR ³PHVVLDQLFR´ FKH, WUD O’DOWUR, ULYHOD OD VLQJRODUH SUHWHVD
GL GHV GL DWWULEXLUVHOR GD Vp, D GLIIHUHQ]D GL
DOWUL DG HVHPSLR E]HFKLHOH FKH OR ULFHYRQR
± D PR’ GL WLWROR G’LQFDULFR ± HVFOXVLYDPHQWH
da Dio.
BXRQ PDQXDOH GL FULVWRORJLD q D. HERCSIK,
Il Signore Gesù. Saggio di cristologia e
soteriologia, EDB, Bologna 2010, pp. 384,
¼ ,. L’LPSLDQWR WUDGL]LRQDOH H RUGLQDWR UHQGH LO WHVWR DSSUH]]DELOH FRPH LQL]LDOH
DFFHVVR DOOD FULVWRORJLD ORGHYROH DQFKH OD
FDSDFLWj VLQWHWLFD GHO VDJJLR FKH ULVSHWWD LQ
SLHQR LO JHQHUH OHWWHUDULR GL ³PDQXDOH´, YDOH
D GLUH ³OLEUR FKH XQD PDQR ULHVFH D UHJJHUH´.
3XUWURSSR OD YHVWH WLSRJUD¿FD OLPLWD OH LQGLFD]LRQL ELEOLRJUD¿FKH DOOH QRWH D SLq SDJLQD
FLz UHQGH GLVDJHYROH OR VJXDUGR G’LQVLHPH
DJOL VWXGL D FXL O’DXWRUH ID ULIHULPHQWR.
3L FRQVLVWHQWH LO EHO PDQXDOH GL N. CIOLA,
Gesù Cristo Figlio di Dio. I. 9icenda storica
e sviluSSi della tradizione ecclesiale, Borla,
RRPD , SS. , ¼ ,. IO WHVWR UDSSUHVHQWD VROR OD SULPD SDUWH GL XQ SURJHWWR FKH VL
FRQFOXGHUj FRQ XQD VHFRQGD, SL VLVWHPDWLFD,
ULJXDUGDQWH OD VRWHULRORJLD, O’LQFDUQD]LRQH H
O’RQWRORJLD GL GHV CULVWR. NRQRVWDQWH O’DXWRUH ULQYLL OD ULSUHVD VLVWHPDWLFD DOOD VHFRQGD
VH]LRQH GHO VXR SLDQR, O’RSHUD YDOH DQFKH D
Vp H VHEEHQH VL FRQFHQWUL VX XQ’DFFXUDWD LQGDJLQH ELEOLFD H XQD VHULD ULFRVWUX]LRQH GHOOD
VWRULD GHOOD FULVWRORJLD, OD JULQWD VLVWHPDWLFD
HPHUJH GL FRQWLQXR SHU HVHPSLR QHO SHUIHWWR ELODQFLDPHQWR GHOOH SDUWL GHO OLEUR H QHO
PRGR GL VYROJHUH TXHVWLRQL FRPH O’DWWLQJLELOLWj VWRULFD GL GHV GL ND]DUHW H LO UDSSRUWR
IHGH-YHULWj-VWRULD VXO TXDOH VWD R FDGH TXDOsiasi proposta cristologica. Lo stile letterario
q DIIDELOH H SHU QXOOD DIIDWLFDQWH DQFKH QHOOH
SDJLQH SL LPSHJQDWLYH. 3UH]LRVD SHU LO GRFHQWH, OR VWXGHQWH H SHU LO SDVWRUH FKH LQWHQGH
VHQWLUH LO SROVR GHO GLEDWWLWR FULVWRORJLFR q OD
ELEOLRJUD¿D UDJLRQDWD FKH FKLXGH GLYHUVH VHzioni del testo.
SHQ]D GXEELR LO ODYRUR GL CLROD VL FROORFD WUD
L SL ULXVFLWL PDQXDOL D GLVSRVL]LRQH. AWWHQGLDPR OD VHFRQGD SDUWH.
CRQFOXGR VHJQDODQGR XQ WHVWR QRQ DFFDGHPLFR, XWLOH DOO’HGL¿FD]LRQH, QHO VHQVR DOWLVVLPR FKH LO NXRYR THVWDPHQWR ULFRQRVFH D
TXHVWR WHUPLQH G. COLOMBO, Gesù e il Suo
SSirito, CHQWUR APEURVLDQR, MLODQR ,
SS. , ¼ ,. SL WUDWWD GL XQD UDFFROWD
GL EUHYL DUWLFROL XVFLWL GDOOD SHQQD GL 3LQR
CRORPER, SXOLWD, PDL HQIDWLFD, HSSXUH SURIRQGDPHQWH FRLQYROWD LQ FLz FKH VFULYH. GOL
DUWLFROL DSSDUYHUR VX ³AYYHQLUH´ D FRPPHQWR GHOOH ³CDWHFKHVL GHO PHUFROHGu´, WHQXWH
GD GLRYDQQL 3DROR II WUD LO H LO .
I WHVWL VRQR VWDWL UDFFROWL LQ GXH VH]LRQL OD SULPD &riVtologia e la seconda 3neXmatologia.
LR VWLOH VHPSUH SHQVRVR GL CRORPER ULYHOD LQ
TXHVWR YROXPH WRQDOLWj DIIHWWLYH LQVRVSHWWDWH
FKH UHQGRQR OH PHGLWD]LRQL VX GHV H LO VXR
SSLULWR SDUWLFRODUPHQWH LQYLWDQWL H QXWULHQWL.
THUPLQR ULSRUWDQGR XQ SDVVR GHOOD FDWHFKHVL
©VHUR DLR H YHUR XRPRª ©NRQ q IDFLOH DOO’XRPR GLUH FKL q DLR QRQ GHY’HVVHUH IDFLOH QHSSXUH SHU DLR H QRQ GHY’HVVHUH VWDWR IDFLOH D
GHV CULVWR. 3HU VLJQL¿FDUH DLR, OH SDUROH, L
FRQFHWWL, OH LPPDJLQL GHO OLQJXDJJLR XPDQR
GHYRQR WHQGHUVL, GLODWDUVL TXDVL D URPSHUVL.
FLQR D FKH SXQWR OR VD GHV GL ND]DUHW FKH KD
YLVVXWR LO GUDPPD LUULSHWLELOH GHOOD LQFRPXQLFDELOLWjULYHOD]LRQH GHO PLVWHUR GL DLRª .
Prof. Giovanni Cesare Pagazzi
24
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
TEOLOGIA SISTEMATICA: L’ANIMA
D
D VHPSUH O’DQLPD q VWDWD DO FHQWUR GHOO’LQWHUHVVH VLD GHL ¿ORVR¿ VLD GHL WHRORJL. IQ
JHQHUH SHUz VL GDYD SHU VFRQWDWR FKH O’DQLPD
VSLULWXDOH IRVVH O’HOHPHQWR GLVWLQWLYR GHJOL
XPDQL ULVSHWWR DJOL DOWUL DQLPDOL. SH GLVFXVVLRQH F’HUD, ULJXDUGDYD OD VXD LPPRUWDOLWj R OD VXD
IXQ]LRQH LQ UDSSRUWR DO FRUSR. NHJOL XOWLPL GHFHQQL O’DQLPD q WRUQDWD DO FHQWUR GHOO’LQWHUHVVH
LQ IRUPD QXRYD GD XQD SDUWH, VXOOD VFRUWD GHOOH
LQGDJLQL VXO IXQ]LRQDPHQWR GHO FHUYHOOR XPDQR VL q JLXQWL D QHJDUH O’HVLVWHQ]D GL XQ SULQFLSLR VSLULWXDOH FKH SUHVLHGD DOOH D]LRQL µVXSHULRUL’ GHOOH SHUVRQH XPDQH GDOO’DOWUD, LQ IRU]D
GL XQD OHWWXUD QRQ SUHJLXGLFDWD GHOO’DQWURSRORJLD ELEOLFD, VL q JLXQWL D QHJDUH FKH YL VLD
QHJOL XPDQL XQ HOHPHQWR GLVWLQWRVHSDUDWR GDO
FRUSR. DL FRQVHJXHQ]D, WXWWR TXDQWR VL ULVFRQWUD QHOOD WUDGL]LRQH VLD ¿ORVR¿FD VLD WHRORJLFD
YLHQH ULWHQXWR IUXWWR GL PDQFDWH FRQRVFHQ]H
¿VLRORJLFKH HR GL XQ WUDYDVR GL QR]LRQL ¿ORVR¿FKH QHOO’DPELWR WHRORJLFR VHQ]D DGHJXDWD
YDOXWD]LRQH FULWLFD.
IO SUREOHPD FKH YLHQH LQ FDXVD GL IURQWH D WDOL
RULHQWDPHQWL GHOOD ULFHUFD q GL FDUDWWHUH PHWRGRORJLFR. 3HU XQ YHUVR, UHVWD GD YHUL¿FDUH FRQ TXDOH DSSURFFLR VL SRVVD FRQRVFHUH LO
IHQRPHQR XPDQR EDVWD TXHOOR µVFLHQWL¿FR’"
LD VLQJRODULWj GHO IHQRPHQR XPDQR VWD VROR
QHOOD PDJJLRUH FRPSOHVVLWj GHO VXR FHUYHOOR
ULVSHWWR D TXHOOR GHOOH DOWUH VSHFLH DQLPDOL"
3HU XQ DOWUR, O’DQWURSRORJLD ELEOLFD, SHUDOWUR
PHQR XQLIRUPH GL TXDQWR QRQ VL SHQVL, KD YDORUH QRUPDWLYR TXDQGR SUHVHQWD OD FRPSOHVVLWj GHOO’HVVHUH XPDQR, DO SXQWR GD SUHJLXGLFDUH
OD SRVVLELOLWj GL PDQWHQHUH OD FRSSLD DQLPDFRUSR TXDQGR VL YRJOLDQR LQGLFDUH JOL DVSHWWL
FRVWLWXWLYL GHJOL XPDQL"
LD V¿GD FKH OD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFD GHYH DIIURQWDUH q QRWHYROH, HG q VWDWD DFFHWWDWD GD
XQD VHULH GL SXEEOLFD]LRQL D YROWH RULJLQDOL, D
25
YROWH ULSHWLWLYH, D YROWH DQFRUD ULSURSRQHQGR
SRVL]LRQL DQWLFKH FRPH IRVVHUR RULJLQDOL. VD
FRPXQTXH UHJLVWUDWR FKH ©LO FRQFHWWR GL DQLPD
VWD ULHPHUJHQGR FRQ XQD IRU]D LQVRVSHWWDELOH
DQFRUD SRFKL DQQL IDª, FRPH VHJQDOD L. VANZAGO QHO YROXPH Breve storia dell’anima, Il
MXOLQR, BRORJQD , SS. , ¼ ,. IO
SHUFRUVR GL OHWWXUD, SUHYDOHQWHPHQWH ¿ORVR¿FR, YD GDOOD ¿ORVR¿D JUHFD ¿QR DOOH VFLHQ]H FRJQLWLYH GHL QRVWUL JLRUQL. AOOD YLVLRQH FULVWLDQD
sono dedicate solo le pp. 53-76 con attenzione
SDUWLFRODUH DG AJRVWLQR H TRPPDVR. L’RSHUD
VHUYH WXWWDYLD D UHQGHUVL FRQWR GHOO’LQWHUHVVH
FKH LO WHPD LQ TXHVWLRQH KD VHPSUH RWWHQXWR
nella storia del pensiero. Stante il fatto che si
WUDWWD GL XQD ³EUHYH´ VWRULD QRQ FL VL SXz DWWHQGHUH XQD HVSRVL]LRQH DPSLD, PD VROWDQWR
XQD SULPD, XWLOH, LQIRUPD]LRQH. 4XHVWD SXz
HVVHUH DFFRVWDWD DQFKH PHGLDQWH LO VDJJLR GL
N. GALANTINO, 'all¶anima alla mente nomi
FonFetti taSSe Gi Xn itinerario (19-54), nel
YROXPH N. GALANTINO (ed.), Sull’anima. È
in gioco l’uomo e la sua libertà, Cittadella,
AVVLVL , SS. , ¼ ,. IO YROXPH, GRSR
O’LQWURGX]LRQH GL GDODQWLQR H GXH VDJJL UHODWLYL DO SDVVDJJLR GDOO’DQLPD DOOR VSLULWR H DOO’DQLPD FRPH FRVFLHQ]D, UDFFRJOLH DQFKH DOFXQL
FRQWULEXWL ³GL QLFFKLD´, FKH FRQVLGHUDQR DOFXQL
DXWRUL MD[ DHOEUFN, EGPXQG HXVVHUO, BHUQDUG LRQHUJDQ. I VDJJL SRVVRQR DLXWDUH D OHJJHUH FULWLFDPHQWH JOL RULHQWDPHQWL UHFHQWL VXO
WHPD GHOO’DQLPD, LQ SDUWLFRODUH LO QHRGDUZLQLVPR H OD ULGX]LRQH GHOO’DQLPD DOOD FRVFLHQ]D.
SHPSUH LQ SURVSHWWLYD VWRULFD, FRQ XQD HVSRVL]LRQH DQFKH VXOO’DWWXDOLWj H XQ WHQWDWLYR GL
SURSRVWD ULVROXWLYD FKH IDFFLD GLDORJDUH WHRORJLD H QHXURVFLHQ]H, VL SRQH LO YROXPH IUXWWR GL
XQ GRWWRUDWR LQ WHRORJLD GL N. D’ONGHIA, Il
concetto di anima tra neuroscienze e teologia, LDWHUDQ 8QLYHUVLW\ 3UHVV, RRPD , SS.
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
, ¼ ,. IO OHWWRUH QRQ GHYH DWWHQGHUVL RULJLQDOLWj GD XQ’RSHUD LQ EXRQD SDUWH FRPSLODWRULD, SHUDOWUR VFULWWD FRQ XQ OLQJXDJJLR XQ SR’
IDUUDJLQRVR, PD SXz DOPHQR UHQGHUVL FRQWR
GHOOD YDVWLWj GHO FDPSR GL LQGDJLQH VXOO’DQLPD.
DD TXHVWL VWXGL VL KD JLj XQD SDQRUDPLFD GHOOD V¿GD SL SURYRFDWRULD FKH OD WHRORJLD GHYH
DIIURQWDUH, VRSUDWWXWWR GD SDUWH GHOOH FRUUHQWL
ULGX]LRQLVWH GL PDWULFH VFLHQWLVWD. L’XVR GHO
SOXUDOH ³FRUUHQWL´ q G’REEOLJR SHUFKp OH QHXURVFLHQ]HQHXUR¿ORVR¿H VRQR PHQR RPRJHQHH GL TXDQWR QRQ VL
YRJOLD DOFXQH YROWH IDU
apparire. Una rassegna
seria delle principali
FRUUHQWL QHXURVFLHQWL¿FKH VL SXz WURYDUH,
ROWUH FKH QHO FRQWULEXto di G. BONACCORSO
FKH YHUUj LQGLFDWR TXL
VRWWR FXL VL GRYUHEEH
DJJLXQJHUH ,l ForSo
e le VFien]e Xmane,
©THRORJLDª >@
-, QHO YROXPH GL A. VACCARO, Perché
rinunziare all’anima? La questione dell’anima nella ¿loso¿a della mente e nella teologia, EDB, Bologna 20012, pp.132, € 12,90, in
SDUWLFRODUH DOOH SS. -. DL TXHVWR DXWRUH VL
SXz OHJJHUH FRQ SUR¿WWR DQFKH LO VDJJLR ID.,
NeXro¿loVo¿a Xna V¿Ga Ser la FonFe]ione
FriVtiana Gi anima", «Rassegna di teologia»
-, FKH PHWWH LQ HYLGHQ]D OH
FRQWUDSSRVL]LRQL SUHVHQWL QHL QHXUR ¿ORVR¿
TXDQGR FL VL DYYLFLQL D TXHVWL SHQVDWRUL, FL
VL DFFRUJH FKH VL JXDUGDQR VSHVVR FRQ VXI¿FLHQ]D H FRQ UHFLSURFKH LURQLH. DHO PHGHVLPR
DXWRUH PHULWD DWWHQ]LRQH LO FRQWULEXWR FKH ID
FRQRVFHUH DOFXQL QXRYL UHFHQWL RULHQWDPHQWL
GHOOH VFLHQ]H FRJQLWLYH, QHOOH TXDOL VL DVVXPRQR PRGHOOL µGLJLWDOL’ SHU VWXGLDUH OD SHUVRQD
XPDQD VL SDVVD GDJOL DWRPL DL ELW, QRQFKp
JOL RULHQWDPHQWL FRQWUDUL, TXHOOL FKH ULGDQQR
VSD]LR DOO’DQLPD SHU¿QR FRQ DVVRQDQ]H SODtoniche), ID., &oVFien]a anima e pattern. Un
nXoYo moGello Ser le VFien]e FognitiYe la
neXro¿loVo¿a e l¶intelligen]a arti¿Fiale, 223242, in A. SABETTA (ed.), Ambula Ser hominem et Servenies ad Deum. SWXGL LQ RQRUH
GL S. EFF.]D MRQV. IJQD]LR SDQQD, SWXGLXP,
RRPD , SS. , ¼ ,.
3HU DYHUH XQR VJXDUGR FRPSOHVVLYR VXL GLYHUVL DVSHWWL GHO SUREOHPD FRPH SRVWR QHL WHPSL UHFHQWL H FRPH OD WHRORJLD VL VWLD ODVFLDQGR
SURYRFDUH VX TXHVWR WHPD, VL SRVVRQR FRQVLGHUDUH GXH YROXPL. IO SULPR SRUWD LO WLWROR
L¶anima, Mondadori,
Milano 2004, pp. 351,
¼ ,, UDFFRJOLH XQD
VHULH GL FRQWULEXWL DOFXQL LQ IRUPD GL LQWHUYLVWD D E. BRQFLQHOOL,
J.R. SHDUOH VXO YHUVDQWH GHOOH QHXURVFLHQ]H
D C. RXLQL VXO YHUVDQWH
teologico) che spaziano dai recenti orienWDPHQWL VXO UDSSRUWR
PHQWH-FRUSR ¿QR DO
WHPD GHOOD LPPRUWDOLWj H ULVXUUH]LRQH. L’RSHUD, SXU FRPSRVLWD SHUPHWWH GL DYHUH XQ TXDGUR
DEEDVWDQ]D FRPSOHWR GHOOH TXHVWLRQL FKH VRQR
LQ FDXVD TXDQGR VL WUDWWD GL DQLPD. IO VHFRQGR
UDFFRJOLH JOL AWWL GHO FRUVR GL DJJLRUQDPHQWR
organizzato dall’Associazione Teologica ItaOLDQD SHU GRFHQWL GL WHRORJLD D RRPD GDO DO GLFHPEUH H SRUWD LO WLWROR Per una
scienza dell’anima. La teologia s¿data, Glossa, Milano 2009, pp. 235 € 20,00. Si prende
DYYLR GDO FRQWULEXWR GL G. CDQREELR FKH DIIURQWD L QRGL HUPHQHXWLFL GHOOD TXHVWLRQH, VL
FRQVLGHUDQR LQ VHJXLWR DOFXQL SHUFRUVL VWRULFR¿ORVR¿FL M. DRQj H SVLFDQDOLWLFL M. AOHWWL VXO WHPD. SL SDVVD SRL D XQD SUHVHQWD]LRQH
GHO FRQWULEXWR H GHL OLPLWL GHOOH QHXURVFLHQ]H,
FKH DSSDLRQR PHQR RPRJHQHH GL TXDQWR QRQ
VL FUHGD G. BRQDFFRUVR, SHU JLXQJHUH D XQD
OHWWXUD GHL WHVWL ELEOLFL QHL TXDOL O’DQLPD LQGLFD DQ]LWXWWR OD SHUVRQD XPDQD QHOOD VXD SURWHQVLRQH, VRSUDWWXWWR RUDQWH, YHUVR DLR M.
26
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
NLFRODFL, H FRQFOXGHUH XQR VJXDUGR VLQWHWLFR
VXOOD YLVLRQH GHOO’DQLPD QHOOD WUDGL]LRQH RFFLGHQWDOH. L’RSHUD q FRPSRVLWD, PD SHUPHWWH GL
FDSLUH VX TXDOL IURQWL OD WHRORJLD VL VWLD PXRYHQGR UDFFRJOLHQGR OH SURYRFD]LRQL FKH GDOOD
FXOWXUD DWWXDOH SURYHQJRQR VXO WHPD GHOOD VLQJRODULWj GHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQD. IO FRQWULEXWR GL
G. CANOBBIO q VWDWR ULYLVWR HG q GLYHQWDWR XQ
OLEUHWWR D SDUWH FRQ LO WLWROR Il destino dell’anima. Elementi Ser una teologia, Morcelliana, Brescia 20092, pp. 152, € 12,00. In esso si
SUHQGRQR LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH OH GXH V¿GH DOOD
WHRORJLD GHOO’DQLPD VRSUD ULFKLDPDWH SUHVWDQdo attenzione alle ragioni che hanno portato la
teologia ‘tradizionale’ a difendere la presenza
QHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQD GL XQ SULQFLSLR VSLULWXDOH.
LD FRQFOXVLRQH FXL VL JLXQJH GRSR XQ SHUFRUVR
VWRULFR-HUPHQHXWLFR q FKH O’DQLPD q ©OD WUDFFLD PDL FDQFHOODWD GHO GHVWLQR ULVHUYDWR GD DLR
DJOL XPDQL, QHOOD TXDOH WURYD LO VXR IRQGDPHQWR LO GHVLGHULR GL YLWD DWWHVWDWR QHOOD SFULWWXUD
FRQ LO WHUPLQH neIe㪠. G. CDQREELR KD
ULSUHVR LO WHPD LQ XQ VDJJLR GDO WLWROR ID., 'al
GeViGerio all¶anima. $SSXnti inattXali Ser Xna
GiIeVa Gell¶anima, QHO YROXPH VRSUD FLWDWR GL
A. SABETTA (ed.), $mbXla Ser Kominem et Ser
YenieV aG 'eXm, 243-263. IQ TXHVWR FRQWULEXWR, ULSUHQGHQGR OD WHPDWLFD DJRVWLQLDQD H WRPPDVLDQD GHO GHVLGHULR, VL FHUFD GL PRVWUDUH FKH
TXHVWR SRWUHEEH HVVHUH XQ SXQWR GL DYYLR SHU
ULGDUH VSD]LR DOO’DQLPD DQFKH LQ WHRORJLD, DO GL
Oj GHOOD QHFHVVLWj GL XWLOL]]DUH LO WHUPLQH µDQLPD’ FKH OD WUDGL]LRQH ¿ORVR¿FR-WHRORJLFD FL KD
WUDVPHVVR. 3Xz HVVHUH XWLOH DQFKH OD VH]LRQH
FHQWUDOH - GHO YROXPH GL G. CANOBBIO (ed.), Dio l’anima la morte, LD SFXROD
Editrice, Brescia 2012, pp. 192, € 11,00, nella
TXDOH FRQ FRQWULEXWL GL A. MDJULV, F. TRPDVRQL, I. BHUWROHWWL, G. CDQREELR, VL SUHVHQWDQR
DOFXQL PRPHQWL GHOOD VWRULD GHO SHQVLHUR DQWLFR H PRGHUQR, QRQFKp DOFXQH FRQVLGHUD]LRQL
WHRORJLFKH UHODWLYDPHQWH DO QRVWUR WHPD.
SL SXz SHUWDQWR DIIHUPDUH FKH OD WHRORJLD FULVWLDQD GHOO’DQLPD, EHQFKp DEELD PXWXDWR IRUPH OLQJXLVWLFKH GL VDSRUH GXDOLVWLFR, QHOOD VXD
27
HVSUHVVLRQH SL PDWXUD QRQ VL q DOORQWDQDWD
GDOOD YLVLRQH ELEOLFD SHU DVVXPHUH OD YLVLRQH
JUHFD VRSUDWWXWWR SODWRQLFD, PD KD YROXWR
VRWWROLQHDUH OD VLQJRODULWj XPDQD VLD QHOOD VXD
VWUXWWXUD VLD QHOOD VXD GHVWLQD]LRQH. 3HU UHQGHUVHQH FRQWR YDOH DQFRUD OD SHQD ULIHULUVL al
YROXPH GL G. RAVASI, Breve storia dell’anima,
Mondadori, Milano 2003, pp. 341, € 16.00.
SL WUDWWD GL XQD YLYDFH HVSRVL]LRQH GHOOH WDSSH
FRPSLXWH GDOOD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFD D SDUWLUH
GDO WHVWR ELEOLFR OD FKLDUH]]D GHO GHWWDWR H OD
ULFFKH]]D GHOOH LQIRUPD]LRQL DLXWDQR LO OHWWRUH DQFKH D VIDWDUH DOFXQL OXRJKL FRPXQL VXOOD
VWRULD GHO SHQVLHUR FULVWLDQR, PHQR EDQDOH GL
FRPH D YROWH VL YRJOLD IDU FUHGHUH. IQGLVFXWLELOH FKH VH FL VL IHUPD DOOD GLYXOJD]LRQH R DOOD
OHWWHUDOLWj GHL WHVWL VHQ]D FHUFDUQH LO VHQVR H
O’LQWHQ]LRQDOLWj VL SXz DFFXVDUH LO SDVVDWR GL
DYHU GLPHQWLFDWR OD YLVLRQH ELEOLFD R GL DYHU
IDWWR GHOO’DQLPD XQ SULQFLSLR D Vp VWDQWH. AQFKH LQ WHRORJLD FDSLWD FKH VL SHQVL GL WURYDUH
YLVLRQL R DFFXVH RULJLQDOL TXDQGR QRQ VL OHJJH
LQ IRUPD DWWHQWD LO IUXWWR GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQH FODVVLFD. SHPEUD TXHVWR LO OLPLWH SULQFLSDOH GHOO’RSHUD GL JUDQGH VXFFHVVR GL V. MANCUSO, L’anima e il suo destino, Cortina, Milano 2007,
SS. , ¼ ,. L’DXWRUH YXRO SURSRUUH XQD
WHRORJLD ³ODLFD´, ULWHQHQGR FKH TXHVWD VDUHEEH
SL OLEHUD SHUFKp QRQ FRQGL]LRQDWD GDO MDJLVWHUR FDWWROLFR. L’LGHD GHOO’DQLPD FKH MDQFXVR DVVXPH, GL SULPR DFFKLWR DSSDUH QXRYD LQ
YHULWj ULSURSRQH FRQFH]LRQL JLj GLVFXVVH QHO
PHGLRHYR, VHQ]D SHUDOWUR IDUYL ULIHULPHQWR. IO
OLQJXDJJLR DOOXVLYR H DFFDWWLYDQWH, LO VRVSHWWR
JHWWDWR VXOOH FRQFH]LRQL WUDGL]LRQDOL, TXDOFKH
FHGLPHQWR D YLVLRQL New $ge, OD QRWHYROH FDSDFLWj GL LQWHUFHWWDUH OH GRPDQGH VHUSHJJLDQWL QHOOD PHQWH GL WDQWL, KDQQR IDWWR GL TXHVWR
OLEUR XQ beVtVeller. CKL YROHVVH DFFRVWDUOR LQ
PRGR FULWLFR SRWUj DYYDOHUVL GHO EUHYH VDJJLR
di C. MARUCCI, L¶anima e il VXo GeVtino Gi 9ito
ManFXVo DSSDUVR VX ©CLYLOWj Cattolica» 3783
IHEEUDLR -.
DL DFFRVWDPHQWR FULWLFR SDUH FL VLD SDUWLFRODUPHQWH ELVRJQR VRSUDWWXWWR LQ UDSSRUWR DOOD
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
GLYXOJD]LRQH GHL ULVXOWDWL GHOOH QHXURVFLHQ]H,
FKH VFRQ¿QDQR VSHVVR LQ QHXUR¿ORVR¿H.
L’DFFRVWDPHQWR FULWLFR FRPSRUWD DQ]LWXWWR XQD
ripresa dei classici del pensiero. In rapporto a
HVVL, FRPH VRSUD VL IDFHYD QRWDUH, D YROWH VL
JXDUGD FRQ VXI¿FLHQ]D FRPH IRVVHUR RUPDL
VXSHUDWL, PHQWUH LO PRGR FRQ FXL HVVL DIIURQWDYDQR OD TXHVWLRQH GHOOD RULJLQDOLWj GHOO’HVVHU
XPDQR SRWUHEEH HVVHUH LVWUXWWLYR DQFKH RJJL.
IQ TXHVWD OXFH QHOOD QXRYD DWWHQ]LRQH FKH LO
SHQVLHUR GL SDQ TRPPDVR VWD ULFHYHQGR, PHULWD ULOHJJHUH DQFKH OD VXD FRQFH]LRQH GHOO’DQLPD, FKH QRWRULDPHQWH ULSUHQGH DOFXQL DVSHWWL
GHOOD FRQFH]LRQH DULVWRWHOLFD, PD FRUUHJJHQGROD. A TXHVWR ULJXDUGR DOPHQR XQR VWXGLR
YD ULFRUGDWR, FKH DLXWD D VIDWDUH O’LGHD GL XQD
FRQFH]LRQH GXDOLVWD S. SIMONETTI, L¶anima in
V. 7ommaVo G¶$TXino, AUPDQGR, RRPD ,
SS. , ¼ , TXL, LQ VHL FDSLWROL, VL SDVVDQR LQ UDVVHJQD, VHFRQGR XQD VFDQVLRQH FURQRORJLFD, WXWWL L WHVWL QHL TXDOL TRPPDVR SDUOD
GHOO’DQLPD, SUHVWDQGR DWWHQ]LRQH VRSUDWWXWWR
alla 6Xmma, H VL JLXQJH D GHVFULYHUH O’DQLPD
FRPH IRUPD VRVWDQ]LDOH H FRUUHOD]LRQH VRVWDQ]LDOH. NHOOD ULSUHVD GL WHVWL DQWLFKL YD VHJQDODWD
O’HGL]LRQH ELOLQJXH GHOO’RSHUD GL CASSIODORO,
De anima, D FXUD GL A. TRPEROLQL, FRQ 3UHVHQtazione di I. BIFFI, JDFD BRRN, MLODQR ,
pp. XXIII-133, € 16,00, che in dodici passagJL, GDO VLJQL¿FDWR GHO WHUPLQH DQLPD ¿QR DOOD
FRQGL]LRQH, GLYHUVD D VHFRQGD GL FRPH VL VLD
YLVVXWR, GHOO’DQLPD GRSR OD PRUWH HVSRQH L
WHPL FODVVLFL GHOOD TXHVWLRQH, LQ EXRQD GLSHQdenza da Agostino.
UQR GHJOL DVSHWWL GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQH VXOO’DQLPD
DWWLHQH DOOD VXD LPPRUWDOLWj. SX GL HVVD OD ¿ORVR¿D H OD WHRORJLD VL VRQR QRWHYROPHQWH LPSHJQDWH ULSUHQGHQGR LQWXL]LRQL GL PDWULFH SODWRQLFD. 3ODWRQH, LQIDWWL, VHFRQGR LO PRGR FRPXQH
GL SHQVDUH VDUHEEH VWDWR LO ¿ORVRIR FKH, VRSUDWWXWWR QHO GLDORJR )eGone, SL GL WXWWL DYUHEEH
GLPRVWUDWR O’LPPRUWDOLWj GHOO’DQLPD, GDQGR
RULJLQH DO FRVLGGHWWR GXDOLVPR DQWURSRORJLFR
GHO TXDOH VL DFFXVD VSHVVR DQFKH OD WHRORJLD.
UQD LQWHUHVVDQWH ULSUHVD GHOOD YLVLRQH GHOO’DQ-
WLFR SHQVDWRUH VL KD LQ XQ’RSHUD GHO GL
M. MEDELSSOHN, Fedone. Sull’immortalità
dell’anima in tre dialoghi, riedita in italiaQR FRQ XQD SUHJHYROH LQWURGX]LRQH GL F. TOMASONI, Morcelliana, Brescia 2009, pp. 213,
¼ ,. L’RSHUD PHULWD DWWHQ]LRQH SHUFKp VL
propone, riprendendo il pensatore pagano
TXDOH VLPEROR GHOOD VDQD UDJLRQH, GL LOOXVWUDUH O’LPPRUWDOLWj GHOO’DQLPD DQGDQGR ROWUH OH
SRVL]LRQL FRQIHVVLRQDOL H QHOOR VWHVVR WHPSR
DYYLFLQDQGR LO FULVWLDQHVLPR DOOD UHOLJLRQH QDWXUDOH FRQ XQ LQWHQWR FKH SRWUHPPR GLUH HFXPHQLFR.
CRQ XQD RULJLQDOLWj FKH VFRQ¿QD QHOOD VWUDQH]]D VL SRQH LO YROXPH GL A. STAGNITTA, L’anima e i suoi Srodotti. Da DarZin giurassico a
Platone celeste, EDI, Napoli 2011, pp. 379,
¼ ,, QHO TXDOH VL ULSUHQGRQR DOFXQL WHPL
FODVVLFL GHOOD VWRULD GHO SHQVLHUR, VRSUDWWXWWR
UHODWLYL DO FRQRVFHUH, SHU IDU YDOHUH FRQWUR LO
GDUZLQLVPR, OD QHFHVVLWj GL ULFRQRVFHUH O’DQLPD XPDQD.
3L GLYXOJDWLYR H FRQQRWDWR GD XQ FHUWR IDscino si presenta il dialogo tra A. GRÜN - W.
MÜLLER, Che cos’è l’anima? Il mio mistero
- la mia forza, 4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD , SS.
, ¼ ,. RLSUHQGHQGR LGHH VRSUDWWXWWR GL
C.G. JXQJ, OR SVLFRWHUDSHXWD MOOHU H LO PRQDFR GUQ FHUFDQR GL ULGDUH VSD]LR DOO’DQLPD,
che negli anni ’60-’70 del secolo scorso era
TXDVL PHVVD IXRUL JLRFR, GHVFULYHQGROD FRQ OH
SDUROH GHO VRWWRWLWROR H PRVWUDQGR FKH, LQ IRQGR, O’DQLPD q OD IRQWH GL RJQL IRUPD GL DPRUH,
SHUFKp FRQ LO WHUPLQH DQLPD QRQ VL LQGLFD DOWUR
FKH O’LQWHULRULWj GHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQD.
CRPH VL IDFHYD QRWDUH LQ DSHUWXUD, LO WHPD
GHOO’DQLPD q WRUQDWR DOOD ULEDOWD. CLz FKH SRWHYD VHPEUDUH XQ SHULFROR q GLYHQWDWR XQ’RSSRUWXQLWj DQFKH SHU OD WHRORJLD, FKH SURYRFDWD
GDOOH QXRYH LQGDJLQL FHUFD GL VDOYDJXDUGDUH OD
VLQJRODULWj GHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQD. SH LO WHUPLQH µDQLPD’ SXz DSSDULUH REVROHWR, FLz FKH QRQ
FRQ HVVR VL q YROXWR LQGLFDUH QRQ OR q DIIDWWR.
Prof. Giacomo Canobbio
28
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
MORALE SESSUALE
N
HOO’LQWHQWR GL RIIULUH XQR VJXDUGR VLQWHWLFR
VXOO’DWWXDOH WHRORJLD PRUDOH VHVVXDOH FRQVLGHULDPR L PDQXDOL SXEEOLFDWL LQ TXHVWR SULPR
VFRUFLR GL WHU]R PLOOHQQLR GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR,
SURYDQGR D SUHVHQWDUOL, QRQ VHQ]D DSSURVVLPD]LRQH, VHFRQGR XQ RUGLQH GHFUHVFHQWH VRWWR LO
SUR¿OR GHOOD VLVWHPDWLFLWj QHOO’LPSRVWD]LRQH,
GHOOD FULWLFLWj QHOO’HVSRVL]LRQH H GHOO’DPSLH]]D
nella trattazione.
NRQ VHQ]D VHPSOL¿FD]LRQH, PD FRQ O’LQWHQto di VHJXLUH XQ RUGLQH RPRJHQHR QHOOD SUHVHQWD]LRQH, GHL VLQJROL PDQXDOL FHUFKHUHPR GL
PHWWHUH LQ OXFH, DQ]LWXWWR, LO PDJJLRU
ULIHULPHQWR LVSLUDWLYR H, TXLQGL, GL LOOXVWUDUH DUJRPHQWL H
FRQWHQXWL GHOOH GXH
SDUWL LQ FXL, SUHVVRFKp WXWWL, ULVXOWDQR
VXGGLYLVL, YDOH D GLUH
OD SDUWH UHODWLYD DOOH
TXHVWLRQL SL IRQGDPHQWDOL H OD SDUWH GHdicata alla trattazioQH GHOOH WHPDWLFKH
SDUWLFRODUL. 4XDOFKH
EUHYH RVVHUYD]LRQH
FRPSOHWHUj OD SUHsentazione.
H. WEBER, Teologia morale sSeciale. Questioni fondamentali della vita cristiana (=
L’DEVLGH - SDJJL GL THRORJLD , SDQ 3DROR,
CLQLVHOOR BDOVDPR MI , SS. 393, € 42,00 (originale tedesco: 6Se]ielle Mo
raltKeologie. *rXnGIragen GeV FKriVtliFKen Le
benV, VHUODJ SW\ULD, GUD] - :LHQ - .|OQ .
,VSira]ione. IQ OLQHD FRQ O’LVSLUD]LRQH GHO VXR
SUHFHGHQWH PDQXDOH GL WHRORJLD PRUDOH JHQHUDOH, DQFKH LQ TXHVWR PDQXDOH GL WHRORJLD
29
PRUDOH VSHFLDOH, FRPSUHQVLYR GHOOD PRUDOH
VHVVXDOH, O’DXWRUH VL ULIHULVFH HVSOLFLWDPHQWH DO
©SHUVRQDOLVPR WHOHRORJLFRª, FKH SDUWHQGR GDOOH FRQVHJXHQ]H GHOO’DJLUH, FRQVLGHUD SRL JOL
DVSHWWL GHRQWRORJLFL LQ HVVR LPSOLFDWL, H TXLQGL LQWHJUD OD ULÀHVVLRQH PRUDOH DOOD OXFH GHOOD
IHGH FULVWLDQD. IO VXR SULQFLSLR XOWLPR, YDOLGR
DQFKH LQ DPELWR VHVVXDOH, q FKH ©q EXRQR ±
TXLQGL VL SXz OHFLWDPHQWH IDUH ± FLz FKH WXWHOD
H SURPXRYH LO EHQH GHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQD FLz
FKH LQYHFH LQWDFFD, PLQDFFLD R GLVWUXJJH TXHVWR EHQH q HWLFDPHQWH QHJDWLYR H YD TXLQGL WUDlasciato» (326).
4XeVtioni
IonGa
mentali. Intitolando
©SHVVXDOLWj H PDWULPRQLRª OD VXD WUDWWD]LRQH GHOOD PRUDOH
VHVVXDOH, O’DXWRUH
YXROH HYLGHQ]LDUH
lo stretto rapporto
che intercorre tra i
GXH WHUPLQL H FKH
sconsiglia la loro
separata trattazione.
AO WHUPLQH VHVVXDOLWj YLHQH, LQIDWWL,
DWWULEXLWR ©LO VLJQL¿FDWR SL XPDQR H
SHUVRQDOH SRVVLELOH,
SXU VHQ]D HVFOXGHUH JOL DVSHWWL ¿VLRORJLFL HG HURWLFL LPSOLFDWLª.
E SRLFKp O’HVVHUH XPDQR HVLVWH H VL HVSULPH
SULQFLSDOPHQWH QHOOD UHOD]LRQH LQWHUSHUVRQDOH,
O’DVVRFLD]LRQH GHO WHUPLQH VHVVXDOLWj D TXHOOR
GL PDWULPRQLR, ©HVSULPH OD FRQYLQ]LRQH FKH
VROWDQWR LQ XQ VLPLOH FRQWHVWR GL VWDELOLWj H GL
IHGHOWj HVFOXVLYD WDOH GLPHQVLRQH SRVVD HVVHUH
YLVVXWD LQ PRGR SLHQDPHQWH FRQIRUPH DOO’DOWLVVLPD GLJQLWj GHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQDª .
SXOOD EDVH GHO PHWRGR VHJXLWR DQFKH SHU JOL
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
DOWUL GXH VHWWRUL GHOOD PRUDOH VSHFLDOH DIIURQWDWL QHO YROXPH, ULJXDUGDQWL ©VHULWj H VHUDFLWjª
LQ DPELWR VRFLDOH, H ©CRUSR H VLWDª LQ DPELWR
ELRHWLFR, OD WUDWWD]LRQH GL ©SHVVXDOLWj H PDWULPRQLRª FRQWHPSOD TXDWWUR HOHPHQWL. IQL]LDOPHQWH VL SURYYHGH DOOD GHVFUL]LRQH GHOOD UHDOWj,
LQGLFDQGR JOL HOHPHQWL DQWURSRORJLFL EDVLODUL
GHOOD SHUVRQD LQ TXDQWR HVVHUH VHVVXDWR H OH
FDUDWWHULVWLFKH FRVWDQWL GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD.
AOWUR HOHPHQWR q OD UDVVHJQD GHOOH LGHH, GHL
FRPSRUWDPHQWL H GHL SURJHWWL UHODWLYL DOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD FKH FRQWUDGGLVWLQJXRQR O’DWWXDOH FXOWXUD H[WUD-WHRORJLFD. UOWHULRUH HOHPHQWR
q LO UHFXSHUR GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH WHRORJLFD VXOOD
VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD, FRPSUHQVLYR GHOOD YLVLRQH
ELEOLFD H GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH WHRORJLFD. UOWLPR
HOHPHQWR q OD GLVFXVVLRQH GHL SUHFHWWL H GHOOH
QRUPH FRVWLWXWLYL GHOO’HWLFD VHVVXDOH FDWWROLca odierna, condotta all’insegna della ragione
RULHQWDWD GDOOD IHGH. IQ WDOH GLVFXVVLRQH JRGH GL
ULOLHYR LO FRQFHWWR GL FDVWLWj, FXL q ULVHUYDWR XQ
apposito e[FXrVXV.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. RLQXQFLDQGR D WUDWWDUH
GL WXWWL L SRVVLELOL WHPL ULJXDUGDQWL OD VHVVXDOLWj
H LO PDWULPRQLR, O’DXWRUH VL FRQFHQWUD VROR VX
DOFXQL ULWHQXWL SL XUJHQWL, UDFFRJOLHQGROL LQ WUH
JUXSSL. NHO SULPR JUXSSR, ULJXDUGDQWH LO FRPSRUWDPHQWR VHVVXDOH IXRUL GHO PDWULPRQLR, VL
considerano: il rapporto tra persone (eterosesVXDOL QRQ VSRVDWH LO FRPSRUWDPHQWR RPRVHVVXDOH DOFXQL DOWUL FRPSRUWDPHQWL PDVWXUED]LRQH, SHQVLHUL H IDQWDVLH HURWLFKH, SRUQRJUD¿D,
SURVWLWX]LRQH, SHUYHUVLRQL VHVVXDOL, YLROHQ]D
FDUQDOH. IO VHFRQGR JUXSSR GL WHPL FRQVLGHUD
LO FRPSRUWDPHQWR VHVVXDOH QHO PDWULPRQLR,
FRQ SDUWLFRODUH ULIHULPHQWR DOOD SLDQL¿FD]LRQH
IDPLOLDUH, DOOD VFHOWD GHL PHWRGL SHU OD UHJROD]LRQH GHOOH QDVFLWH, SHU L TXDOL O’HQFLFOLFD +X
manae Vitae UDSSUHVHQWD LO ULIHULPHQWR SL DXWRUHYROH. NHO WHU]R JUXSSR, LQ¿QH, D WHPD q OD
VWDELOLWj H O’LQGLVVROXELOLWj GHO PDWULPRQLR, FROWD VXOOR VIRQGR GHOOD VWRULD SURIDQD H FULVWLDQD.
OVVerYa]ioni. LD FKLDUD LPSRVWD]LRQH, O’RUGLQH HVSRVLWLYR, LO ULXVFLWR HTXLOLEULR WUD DQDOLVL H
VLQWHVL, LO OLQJXDJJLR VFRUUHYROH VRQR WXWWL HOH-
PHQWL FKH DWWHVWDQR OD VSLFFDWD DWWHQ]LRQH GLGDWWLFD GL TXHVWR PDQXDOH ± IUXWWR GL XQD OXQJD
HVSHULHQ]D G’LQVHJQDPHQWR GD SDUWH GHOO’DXWRUH ± H FKH OR DFFUHGLWDQR FRPH WUD L PLJOLRUL
PDQXDOL RJJL IUXLELOL VXO PHUFDWR LWDOLDQR. MD
O’HOHPHQWR GL PDJJLRU YDORUH FRQVLVWH QHOO’HVVHUH HVSUHVVLRQH HTXLOLEUDWD, EHQFKp SL GHVFULWWLYD FKH FULWLFD, GL TXHOOD ULQQRYDWD YLVLRQH
GHOOD PRUDOH VHVVXDOH SURPRVVD GDOOH LVWDQ]H
GHO FRQFLOLR VDWLFDQR II FLz UHQGH LO PDQXDOH GL H. :HEHU VRSUDWWXWWR DGDWWR SHU O’LQVHJQDPHQWR QHL FRUVL DFFDGHPLFL LVWLWX]LRQDOL.
LD SUHVVRFKp HVFOXVLYD DWWHQ]LRQH DO PRQGR
WHGHVFR, FRPSURYDWD GDOOD ELEOLRJUD¿D TXDVL
HVFOXVLYDPHQWH LQ OLQJXD WHGHVFD, q WHPSHUDWD GDOO’DGDWWDPHQWR GL DOFXQL WHPL DOOH QRUPH
OHJLVODWLYH GHOOD VLWXD]LRQH LWDOLDQD SUHGLVSRVWR
dall’editore.
J. VICO PEINADO, Liberazione sessuale ed etica cristiana. Contributi Ser la vita di coSSia
L’AEVLGH. SDJJL GL WHRORJLD, SDQ 3DROR, CLQLVHOOR BDOVDPR MI , SS. , ¼ ,
(originale spagnolo: LiberaFiyn Ve[Xal \ ptiFa
FriVtiana. $SortaFioneV a la YiGa en SareMa,
SDQ 3DEOR CRPXQLFDFLyQ SS3, MDGULG .
,VSira]ione. CRPH GLFKLDUDWR QHO WLWROR, OD ULÀHVVLRQH HWLFD LQWRUQR DOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD q
FRPSLXWD LQ TXHVWR PDQXDOH DOO’LQVHJQD GHOOD
FDWHJRULD GL ©OLEHUD]LRQH VHVVXDOHª, ULWHQXWD
SHUWLQHQWH, SHUFKp FRQQHVVD DOOD FXOWXUD FRQWHPSRUDQHD, H DSSURSULDWD, SHUFKp ULPDQGD
DOO’HWLFD VHVVXDOH LQ TXDQWR SURFHVVR GLQDPLFR
SLXWWRVWR FKH PRGHOOR VWDWLFR. TDOH FDWHJRULD
FRQGHQVD TXHOO’LWLQHUDULR SURSULR GHOO’HWLFD
VHVVXDOH FKH, SDUWHQGR GD TXDQWR QHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD q JLj GDWR, LO SátKoV, LQJLXQJH
DOO’XRPR LO FRPSLWR ULVSHWWR DOOD VXD VHVVXDOLWj, O’pWKRV, FRQVLVWHQWH QHO SURVSHWWDUH O’LGHDOH
GHVLGHUDELOH H L FULWHUL GL FRPSRUWDPHQWR SHU
SHUVHJXLUOR.
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. MLUDQGR DOOD JLXVWL¿FD]LRQH GHO SURJHWWR HWLFR GL OLEHUD]LRQH VHVVXDOH, OD SULPD SDUWH GHO PDQXDOH V’LPSHJQD,
QHO SULPR FDSLWROR, QHOOR VWXGLR GHOOH IRQWL ± OD
30
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
RLYHOD]LRQH H O’HVSHULHQ]D XPDQD ± GHOO’HWLFD
WHRORJLFD VHVVXDOH. NHO VHFRQGR FDSLWROR, PHGLDQWH XQ’LQGDJLQH VWRULFR-VRFLRORJLFD GHOOD
VHVVXDOLWj LQ HSRFD FRQWHPSRUDQHD, VL SURFHGH
D XQD OHWWXUD GHL µVHJQL GHL WHPSL’. IO WHU]R H
TXDUWR FDSLWROR, GHFLVLYL LQ RUGLQH DOOD JLXVWL¿FD]LRQH GHO SURJHWWR GL OLEHUD]LRQH VHVVXDOH H
VWUXWWXUDWL VHFRQGR OD ORJLFD GHO SitKoV étKoV,
LQGDJDQR, LQ SURVSHWWLYD DQWURSRORJLFD, LO FDUDWWHUH SURSULDPHQWH XPDQR GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj, H
LQ SURVSHWWLYD WHRORJLFD, OH VXH UDGLFL FULVWLDQH.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. In corrispondenza
all’oggetto indicato dal sottotitolo, la seconda
SDUWH GHO PDQXDOH DIIURQWD LO GHFRUVR GHOOD YLWD
GL FRSSLD, FKH LGHDOPHQWH, FRQWHPSOD LO ¿GDQ]DPHQWR, LO PDWULPRQLR, LQ TXDQWR LVWLWX]LRQH H
LQ TXDQWR FRPXQLWj GL YLWD H G’DPRUH, OD SDWHUQLWj UHVSRQVDELOH, O’XQLWj HVFOXVLYD H OD O’LQGLVVROXELOLWj IHGHOH LQ FRQWUROXFH, ULVSHWWLYDPHQWH, DOOD SROLJDPLD H DO GLYRU]LR. AQFKH XOWHULRUL
GXH WHPL VRQR FROWL LQ UHOD]LRQH DOOD FRSSLD OH
UHOD]LRQL RPRVHVVXDOL, LQ TXDQWR IRUPD DOWHUQDWLYD GL YLYHUH LQ FRSSLD, H O’DXWRHURWLVPR, TXDOH
IRUPD GL HURWLVPR VHQ]D FRSSLD.
OVVerYa]ioni. IO QRWHYROH LPSHJQR PHWRGRORJLFR DWWHVWDWR GDOOD FRHUHQ]D FRQ FXL OD FDWHJRULD GL ©OLEHUD]LRQH VHVVXDOHª YLHQH JLXVWL¿FDWD
H LQWHUYLHQH QHOO’HODERUD]LRQH GL TXHVWR WHVWR,
OR TXDOL¿FDQR FRPH WUD JOL VWXGL SL LPSHJQDWL GHOOD UHFHQWH PDQXDOLVWLFD GL HWLFD VHVVXDOH,
FROORFDQGROR VHQ]’DOWUR DO OLYHOOR GHOO’LQVHJQDPHQWR DFFDGHPLFR. IO FKLDUR SULYLOHJLR DVVHJQDWR DOOD FDWHJRULD LQWHUSUHWDWLYD GHOOD OLEHUD]LRQH VHVVXDOH, FRPH SXUH LO ULOLHYR FKH HVVD
DVVXPH QHOO’LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH H QHOOD YDOXWD]LRQH
GHL SUREOHPL SDUWLFRODUL, LQGXFH IRUVH D FROORcare il testo di Vico Peinado tra i saggi interSUHWDWLYL SLXWWRVWR FKH WUD L PDQXDOL FRPSUHQVLYL. LD SXU ULFFD ELEOLRJUD¿D, FRPH SXUH YDUL
GLUHWWL ULIHULPHQWL QHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH VRQR VSHFL¿FL GHOOD OHWWHUDWXUD H GHOOD QD]LRQH VSDJQROD.
M.P. FAGGIONI, Sessualità matrimonio famiglia, Bologna, EDB 2010, pp. 365, € 35,20.
,VSira]ione. L’LQWHUR YROXPH q LPSHUQLDWR VX
31
TXHO SDUDGLJPD GL DQWURSRORJLD HG HWLFD VHVVXDOH, GH¿QLWR GDOO’DXWRUH ©QXRYR PRGHOOR
SHUVRQDOLVWDª , FKH WURYD HVSUHVVLRQH QHO
Magistero post-conciliare, attento a cogliere
O’LQWLPD DVVRQDQ]D IUD OH DWWLWXGLQL DQWURSRORgiche della teologia cristiana e l’accento persoQDOLVWD GL YDULH FRUUHQWL ¿ORVR¿FKH GHOOD FXOWXUD
VHVVXDOH FRQWHPSRUDQHD.
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. NHOOD SULPD VH]LRQH
GHO PDQXDOH, GHGLFDWD DOOH TXHVWLRQL VWRULFRIRQGDWLYH, YHQJRQR DQ]LWXWWR HVDPLQDWH OH IRUPH FKH LO SDUDGLJPD teologico di antropologia
H GL HWLFD VHVVXDOH KD DVVXQWR QHOOD VWRULD, D SDUWLUH GDOOD SFULWWXUD H OXQJR OD TUDGL]LRQH. AFTXLVHQGR SRL JOL HOHPHQWL TXDOL¿FDQWL GHOO’DQWURSRORJLD VHVVXDOH FRQWHPSRUDQHD, IRUQLWL
GDOOH VFLHQ]H XPDQH H GDOO’DQWURSRORJLD ¿ORVR¿FD, YLHQH SURVSHWWDWR, VRSUDWWXWWR DWWUDYHUVR L
WHVWL GHO MDJLVWHUR, LO PRGHOOR FRQWHPSRUDQHR
GL DQWURSRORJLD HG HWLFD VHVVXDOH FDWWROLFD, FKH
IRQGD H VWUXWWXUD LO PRGHOOR HWLFR FULVWLDQR, LO
TXDOH ©DOWUR QRQ q FKH OR VWUXWWXUDUVL LQ QRUPH
DUJRPHQWDWH GL XQ’LQWXL]LRQH DQWURSRORJLFR
IRQGDPHQWDOH VXO VHQVR GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD
H VXOOH VXH FRQGL]LRQL GL DXWHQWLFLWjª . A
OLYHOOR GHOO’DWWLWXGLQH DG DJLUH, LO PRGHOOR HWLFR
FULVWLDQR FRQWHPSOD OD YLUW GHOOD FDVWLWj. CLUFD
OH QRUPH GHOO’DJLUH VHVVXDOH, GDO SULQFLSLR SHU
FXL ©O’XQLRQH VHVVXDOH, FXL WHQGH OD VHVVXDOLWj QHO VXR GDUVL FRUSRUHR, q YHUD VROR TXDQGR
HVSULPH H PDQLIHVWD O’XQLRQH GHOO’XRPR H GHOOD
GRQQD QHOO’DPRUH FRQLXJDOHª , YHQJRQR
WUDWWH WUH QRUPH JHQHUDOL QRQ VHSDUDUH O’XQLRQH
VHVVXDOH GDOO’DPRUH FRQLXJDOH QRQ VHSDUDUH LO
VLJQL¿FDWR XQLWLYR H TXHOOR SURFUHDWLYR GHOO’DWWR FRQLXJDOH QRQ VHSDUDUH OD SURFUHD]LRQH
GDOO’XQLRQH VHVVXDOH.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. AOOD OXFH GHO PRGHOOR
GL DQWURSRORJLD HG HWLFD VHVVXDOH SURVSHWWDWR
QHOOD SULPD VH]LRQH GHO PDQXDOH, VL HVDPLQDQR
QHOOD VHFRQGD DOFXQH TXHVWLRQL HWLFR-SDVWRUDOL,
UDFFROWH LQ GXH SDUWL. UQD SULPD SDUWH ULJXDUGD LO PDWULPRQLR H OD IDPLJOLD, FRQVLGHUDQGR
OD IDPLJOLD LQ XQ PRQGR FKH FDPELD, OD SDWHUQLWj UHVSRQVDELOH, L UDSSRUWL SUHPDWULPRQLDOL H
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
L FDWWROLFL GLYRU]LDWL H ULVSRVDWL FLYLOPHQWH. LD
VHFRQGD SDUWH DIIURQWD LQYHFH DOFXQH VLWXD]LRQL
WUD ORUR PROWH GLYHUVH ± OD PDVWXUED]LRQH, O’RPRVHVVXDOLWj, OD SHGR¿OLD, JOL VWDWL LQWHUVHVVXDOL, LO WUDQVHVVXDOLVPR ± FKH YHQJRQR DVFULWWH DO
WLWROR GL GLVRUGLQL VHVVXDOL.
OVVerYa]ioni. CKLDUR QHOO’LPSRVWD]LRQH IRQGDPHQWDOH H ULFFR QHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH GHL WHPL
SDUWLFRODUL LO WHVWR SULYLOHJLD, QHOOD ORJLFD H QHL
FRQWHQXWL, O’LQVHJQDPHQWR PDJLVWHULDOH UHFHQWH
ULVSHWWR DOOD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFD FRUUHQWH.
G. DIANIN, Matrimonio sessualità fecondità.
Corso di morale familiare SRSKuDDLGDFKq
MDQXDOL, EM3, 3DGRYD 2 (2006), pp. 448,
€ 35,00.
,VSira]ione. UQ ©RPDJJLRª DO FRQFLOLR VDWLFDQR II FRVu O’DXWRUH GL TXHVWR PDQXDOH, GHVWLQDWR DJOL VWXGHQWL GHO FRUVR LVWLWX]LRQDOH GL
WHRORJLD, GLFKLDUD LO VXR LQWHQWR GL PXRYHUVL,
QHOO’LPSRVWD]LRQH H QHL FRQWHQXWL, VHFRQGR OH
LQGLFD]LRQL FRQFLOLDUL. 3L SUHFLVDPHQWH O’LVSLUD]LRQH FRQFLOLDUH q PXWXDWD, VRWWR LO SUR¿OR
PHWRGRORJLFR, GDO GXSOLFH ULIHULPHQWR DL FHOHEUL SDVVL GL OStatam 7otiXV 16 e *aXGiXm et
6SeV , H, VRWWR LO SUR¿OR FRQWHQXWLVWLFR, GD
*aXGiXm et 6SeV 47-52.
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. Per dichiarata afferPD]LRQH GHOO’DXWRUH, O’LPSRVWD]LRQH IRQGDPHQWDOH q PXWXDWD GDO VXR PDHVWUR DOO’UQLYHUVLWj GUHJRULDQD, .ODXV DHPPHU. LD OXQJD
LQWURGX]LRQH DOOH WUH SDUWL LQ FXL VL DUWLFROD LO
YROXPH VYLOXSSD, LQIDWWL, O’LGHD VHFRQGR FXL OD
FLUFRODULWj WUD O’HYHQWR GL CULVWR FULVWRORJLD H
OD UHDOWj GHOO’XRPR DQWURSRORJLD FRVWLWXLVFRQR L SUHVXSSRVWL GHOO’DJLUH XPDQR PRUDOH.
TXWWH OH WUH SDUWL LQ FXL ULVXOWD GLYLVR LO YROXPH ULSUHQGRQR TXHVWD DUWLFROD]LRQH, SURSRQHQGR DQ]LWXWWR OD FKLDPDWD LQ CULVWR, TXLQGL
OD FRUULVSRQGHQ]D DQWURSRORJLFD, SHU JLXQJHUH
LQ¿QH DOO’LVWDQ]D PRUDOH. L’LOOXVWUD]LRQH GHOOD
FKLDPDWD LQ CULVWR q UDSSUHVHQWDWD DWWLQJHQGR
DOO’LQVHJQDPHQWR ELEOLFR, DOOD WUDGL]LRQH WHRORJLFD H DOOD GRWWULQD PDJLVWHULDOH. NHOOD GHOLQHDzione dell’antropologia corrispondente inter-
YLHQH OD ULÀHVVLRQH GL FDUDWWHUH SL ¿ORVR¿FR.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. CLDVFXQD GHOOH WUH SDUWL
GHO YROXPH JLXQJH, D VHJXLWR GHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH
SL WHRORJLFD H SRL DQWURSRORJLFD, DOOD ULÀHVVLRQH SL SURSULDPHQWH HWLFD, VHGH DQFKH GHOOH WHPDWLFKH SL VSHFL¿FKH. A WDO ULJXDUGR QHOOD SULPD SDUWH, UHODWLYD DOO’LVWLWXWR GHO PDWULPRQLR,
GL FXL VL FRQVLGHUDQR OH YDULH IDVL D SDUWLUH GDO
¿GDQ]DPHQWR H VLQR DOOD IHGHOWj OXQJR LO FRUVR
GHOOD YLWD FRQLXJDOH, VSHFLDOH FRQVLGHUD]LRQH q
prestata alla posizione della Chiesa di fronte ai
OHJDPL FRQLXJDOL VSH]]DWL, VRSUDWWXWWR QHO FDVR
GHL GLYRU]LDWL ULVSRVDWL. NHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH,
GHGLFDWD DOO’DPRUH FRQLXJDOH H DOOD VHVVXDOLWj,
WURYDQR VSD]LR DQFKH L WHPL GHOO’DXWRHURWLVPR,
GHL UDSSRUWL VHVVXDOL SUHPDWULPRQLDOL H GHOOD
FRQGL]LRQH RPRVHVVXDOH. LD WHU]D SDUWH, FRQ D
WHPD OD IHFRQGLWj, GHGLFD DPSLD DWWHQ]LRQH DO
WHPD GHOOD SURFUHD]LRQH UHVSRQVDELOH.
OVVerYa]ioni. IO PDQXDOH GHGLFD DPSLD, IRUVH DQFKH HFFHVVLYD DWWHQ]LRQH D TXHVWLRQL GL
PHWRGR, GLVFXWHQGR WHPL SL SURSUL GHO FRUVR
GL PRUDOH IRQGDPHQWDOH. 3LXWWRVWR DUWL¿FLRVD
DSSDUH OD VFHOWD GL DVVXPHUH OD VHTXHQ]D GHL
capitoli di *aXGiXm et 6SeV per articolare la
PDWHULD. SSLFFDWD q O’DWWHQ]LRQH DOOD GLPHQVLRne pastorale.
L. CICCONE, Etica sessuale. Persona matrimonio vita verginale MDQXDOL , AUHV,
Milano 2004, pp. 508, € 30,00.
,VSira]ione. IO YROXPH, SHQVDWR SULQFLSDOPHQWH FRPH OLEUR GL WHVWR SHU O’LQVHJQDPHQWR GHOOD PRUDOH VHVVXDOH QHJOL VWXGL WHRORJLFL, VLD LQ
YLVWD GHO PLQLVWHUR RUGLQDWR FKH GL DOWUL VHUYL]L SDVWRUDOL, PXRYH GDOO’LQWHQWR SUHYDOHQWH GL
esporre la dottrina consolidata, corredata, in
VXERUGLQH, GDOO’LQIRUPD]LRQH FLUFD OD ULFHUFD
WHRORJLFD. LR DWWHVWD O’DPSLD FLWD]LRQH GHO MDgistero.
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. IQWURGRWWR GD DOFXQH
TXHVWLRQL SUHOLPLQDUL FLUFD OD FRPSOHVVD UHDOWj
GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD H OD VXD FRQWHVWXDOL]]D]LRQH QHO PRQGR RFFLGHQWDOH, LO PDQXDOH q VXGGLYLVR LQ WUH SDUWL FKH, ULSUHQGHQGR OD VFDQVLRQH
32
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
indicata dalle tre parole del sottotitolo, presenWDQR OD SULPD, XQ’HWLFD GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj OD VHFRQGD, XQ’HWLFD GHOOD YLWD FRQLXJDOH-IDPLOLDUH
OD WHU]D, XQ’HWLFD GHOOD YLWD YHUJLQDOH.
NHOOD SULPD SDUWH, GHOLQHDQGR LQ WHUPLQL SL JHQHUDOL H IRQGDPHQWDOL O’HWLFD VHVVXDOH, OD ORJLFD DUJRPHQWDWLYD GLVWLQJXH QHWWDPHQWH LO SLDQR
SXUDPHQWH UD]LRQDOH GDOO’DSSRUWR GHOOD RLYHOD]LRQH. IO SLDQR UD]LRQDOH ULVXOWD, D VXD YROWD, QHWWDPHQWH VXGGLYLVR LQ ULIHULPHQWR DOOD VHVVXDOLWj
JHQHUDOH, TXDOH GLPHQVLRQH FRVWLWXWLYD GL WXWWD
OD SHUVRQD, H DOOD VHVVXDOLWj JHQLWDOH, TXDOH VXD
FRPSRQHQWH SL FHQWUDOH H GHWHUPLQDQWH. GOL
DUJRPHQWL UD]LRQDOL H TXHOOL ULYHODWL, YHLFRODWL
GDOOD SFULWWXUD, GDOOD TUDGL]LRQH H GDO MDJLVWHUR, FRQÀXLVFRQR QHO SULQFLSLR IRQGDPHQWDOH GL
WXWWD O’HWLFD VHVVXDOH, VHFRQGR FXL ©O’HVHUFL]LR
GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj JHQLWDOH q OHFLWR, FLRq ULVSHWWD H
VYLOXSSD L YDORUL GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD, XQLFDPHQWH WUD XQ XRPR H XQD GRQQD XQLWL LQ PDWULPRQLRª . L’HIIHWWLYD SUDWLFD GL WDOH SULQFLSLR LQYRFD HG HVLJH OD YLUW GHOOD FDVWLWj H TXHOOD
GHOOD SXGLFL]LD, D VFDQVR GHO SHFFDWR GL OXVVXULD.
NHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH, SULPD GL SDVVDUH LQ UDVVHJQD L WHPL VSHFL¿FL, YLHQH HQXQFLDWR H JLXVWL¿FDWR LO SULQFLSLR JHQHUDOH GHOO’HWLFD FRQLXJDOH,
RYYHUR ©LO SULQFLSLR GHOO’LQVFLQGLELOLWj GHL GXH
VLJQL¿FDWL SURSUL GL RJQL DWWR FRQLXJDOH, TXHOOR
XQLWLYR H TXHOOR SURFUHDWLYRª -.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. LH WUH SDUWL LQ FXL q GLVWLQWD O’HWLFD VHVVXDOH UDFFROJRQR DQFKH OH WHPDWLFKH SDUWLFRODUL SL FRUULVSRQGHQWL D FLDVFXQD GL HVVH. NHOOD SULPD SDUWH, FKH SUHVFLQGH GD
XQR VSHFL¿FR VWDWR GL YLWD, YHQJRQR FRQVLGHUDWH
OD PDVWXUED]LRQH, L UDSSRUWL VHVVXDOL SUHPDWULPRQLDOL, O’RPRVHVVXDOLWj, LO WUDQVHVVXDOLVPR H
OD SHGR¿OLD. LD VHFRQGD SDUWH, OHJDWD DOOR VWDWR
GL YLWD FRQLXJDOH, DIIURQWD LO WHPD GHOOD SURFUHD]LRQH UHVSRQVDELOH, GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH GHL ¿JOL
GD SDUWH GHL JHQLWRUL, GHL GRYHUL GHL ¿JOL QHL
FRQIURQWL GHL JHQLWRUL, GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH VHVVXDOH, GHOOH VLWXD]LRQL PDWULPRQLDOL LUUHJRODUL. LD
WHU]D SDUWH, GRSR OD FRQVLGHUD]LRQH GHOOD YHUJLQLWj FRQVDFUDWD QHO VXR LQVLHPH, VL FRQFHQWUD
VXO FHOLEDWR HFFOHVLDVWLFR H TXLQGL VXL FULWHUL GL
33
GLVFHUQLPHQWR GL WDOH FDULVPD QHL FDQGLGDWL DO
SUHVELWHUDWR.
OVVerYa]ioni. IO YROXPH PDQWLHQH WDOXQL WUDWWL
GHOOD GLVSHQVD, ULVHQWHQGR GHOOD IRUPXOD]LRQH RUDOH H GL XQD SUHVHQWD]LRQH GHL FRQWHQXWL WDOYROWD VROR LQFLSLHQWH. LD FKLDUH]]D GHOOD
VXGGLYLVLRQH PHWRGRORJLFD H FRQWHQXWLVWLFD
VHPEUD SL IXQ]LRQDOH DOOD GLGDWWLFD FKH DOOD
VWUXWWXUD]LRQH FULWLFD GHOOD PDWHULD. LD SUHRFFXSD]LRQH GRWWULQDOH SULYLOHJLD LO UHJLVWUR QRUPDWLYR, GHPDQGDQGR OD FRQVLGHUD]LRQH GHOOH
VFLHQ]H XPDQH, GHOO’DQWURSRORJLD ¿ORVR¿FD H
GHOOD WHRORJLD VLVWHPDWLFD VXO PDWULPRQLR DG
altre discipline.
S. LEONE, Sessualità e Sersona. Un’etica sessuale tra memoria e Srofezia (= Trattati di etica teologica), EDB, Bologna 2012, pp. 400, €
35,00.
,VSira]ione. FUXWWR GHOO’DPSLD ULSUHVD PD DQFKH GHOOD UHYLVLRQH FULWLFD GL XQ SUHFHGHQWH WHsto: EtiFa Gella Yita aIIettiYa (= Trattati di etica
WHRORJLFD, EDB, BRORJQD , LO PDQXDOH
YLHQH LQWURGRWWR SUHFLVDQGR FRPH LO QXRYR WLWROR YRUUHEEH HYLGHQ]LDUH, ©QHO SHUPDQHUH GL XQD
FHUWD SULRULWj ELRORJLFR-QDWXUDOLVWD, O’HOHPHQWR
SL FULWLFR GL XQ’HWLFD VHVVXDOH FKH GRYUHEEH
HVVHUH LQYHFH PDJJLRUPHQWH LPSURQWDWD DOOD
GLPHQVLRQH DQWURSRORJLFR-SHUVRQDOLVWDª, FRPH
SXUH, VHFRQGR LO VRWWRWLWROR, FKH ©DQFRUDQGRVL
DOOD WUDGL]LRQH >VL@ YXROH WXWWDYLD HVSORUDUH FRQ
SUXGHQ]D H SarreVua L QXRYL RUL]]RQWL FKH OD
VHQVLELOLWj HWLFD H OD ULÀHVVLRQH PRUDO-WHRORJLFD
postconciliare ci additano» (7-8).
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. IO PHWRGR DUJRPHQWDWLYR GLFKLDUDWR SHU OD UHGD]LRQH GHOOH WUH SDUWL
LQ FXL q VXGGLYLVR LO YROXPH SUHYHGH XQD FLUFRODULWj HUPHQHXWLFD FKH, D SDUWLUH GDOOD SUHVHQWD]LRQH GHOOD VLWXD]LRQH VRFLR-FXOWXUDOH, GHVFULWWD FRQ O’DXVLOLR GHOOH VFLHQ]H XPDQH, SURFHGH
DOOD IRQGD]LRQH ELEOLFD GHOOD QRUPDWLYD HWLFD
H TXLQGL DOOD UHFHQVLRQH GHOOD VXFFHVVLYD WUDGL]LRQH WHRORJLFD H PDJLVWHULDOH, SHU SRL DGGLYHQLUH, VXOOD EDVH GHOOH DFTXLVL]LRQL UDJJLXQWH,
DOOD SUREOHPDWL]]D]LRQH H DQDOLVL SUHWWDPHQWH
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
HWLFD, PHGLDWD GDO VDSHUH ¿ORVR¿FR H GDL FRQWULEXWL GHOOH VFLHQ]H XPDQH, H JLXQJHUH, LQ¿QH,
D FRQVLGHUDUH DOFXQH SRVVLELOL ULFDGXWH SDVWRUDOL. NHOOD VH]LRQH SUHWWDPHQWH PRUDOH GHOOD
SULPD SDUWH, YHQJRQR IRUPXODWL H EUHYHPHQWH
FRPPHQWDWL L FULWHUL JHQHUDOL GL GLVFHUQLPHQWR
HWLFR, ULQYHQXWL QHOOD WRWDOLWj, YHULWj, REODWLYLWj,
IHFRQGLWj, IHGHOWj, VRFLDOLWj, FDVWLWj.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. AOOD SULPD SDUWH GHO
PDQXDOH, UHODWLYD DOO’HWLFD VHVVXDOH JHQHUDOH,
IDQQR VHJXLWR GXH SL DPSLH SDUWL, GHGLFDWH
DOO’HWLFD VHVVXDOH DSSOLFDWD H, VHPSUH QHOO’DPELWR GHOO’DSSOLFD]LRQH, DOOD PRUDOH SL VSHFL¿FDPHQWH PDWULPRQLDOH. NHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH GHO
PDQXDOH VL DIIURQWDQR L WHPL
FODVVLFL GHOO’DXWRHURWLVPR,
GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj SUHPDWULPRQLDOH H GHOO’RPRVHVVXDOLWj, PD DQFKH SUREOHPDWLFKH
SL UHFHQWL GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj
LQ SDUWLFRODUL VLWXD]LRQL HVLVWHQ]LDOL, TXDOL TXHOOH GHOOD
persona anziana e della perVRQD GLVDELOH, FRPH SXUH DOtre raccolte sotto il titolo di
UHL¿FD]LRQH VHVVXDOH SURVWLWX]LRQH, YLROHQ]D VHVVXDOH, SRUQRJUD¿D, SHGR¿OLD,
DOWUH SDUD¿OuH. LD PRUDOH
PDWULPRQLDOH WUDWWDWD QHOOD WHU]D SDUWH GHO PDQXDOH
PHWWH D WHPD OD SURFUHD]LRQH UHVSRQVDELOH H YDULH VLWXD]LRQL GHOO’XQLRQH
FRQLXJDOH IHGHOWj, YHGRYDQ]D, GLYRU]LR, FRQYLYHQ]H. VLHQH LQ¿QH SURSRVWR XQ FDSLWROR VXO
FHOLEDWR UHOLJLRVR.
OVVerYa]ioni. L’DPSLD WUDWWD]LRQH GHOOH PROWHSOLFL WHPDWLFKH SDUWLFRODUL, FXL VRQR ULVHUYDWL
L WUH TXDUWL GHO PDQXDOH, RIIUH QXPHURVL GDWL H
ULIHULPHQWL XWLOL SHU LPSRVWDUH OD ULÀHVVLRQH PRUDOWHRORJLFD D ULJXDUGR. UQ FHUWR VFDUWR VXVVLVWH
WUD OH LVWDQ]H PHWRGRORJLFKH GLFKLDUDWH H OD ORUR
HIIHWWLYD LQFLGHQ]D QHOO’HODERUD]LRQH GHO PDQXDOH, FRVLFFKp L QXPHURVL HOHPHQWL GHO GLVFRUVR DSSDLRQR SL DFFRVWDWL FKH FULWLFDPHQWH FRRUGLQDWL.
A. RODRÍGUEZ-LUÑO, Scelti in Cristo Ser essere santi. III. Morale sSeciale SXVVLGL GL WHRORJLD, EGXVF, RRPD , SS. -,
€ 25,00.
,VSira]ione. IQVHULWD QHO WHU]R GHL TXDWWUR YROXPL GHO PDQXDOH GL WHRORJLD PRUDOH SXEEOLFDWR
GDOOD FDFROWj GL THRORJLD GHOOD 3RQWL¿FLD UQLYHUVLWj GHOOD SDQWD CURFH LQ RRPD, OD FRQGHQVDWD WUDWWD]LRQH GL PRUDOH VHVVXDOH q DVFULWWD
DOOD YLUW GHOOD FDVWLWj, LQ OLQHD FRQ O’LVSLUD]LRQH GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH WRPLVWD FKH, RUJDQL]]DQGR
OD PRUDOH VSHFLDOH VHFRQGR OR VFKHPD GHOOH
YLUW, UDSSRUWD OD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD DOOD FDVWLWj, TXDOH IRUPD VSHFL¿FD GHOOD YLUW FDUGLQDOH
GHOOD WHPSHUDQ]D UHODWLYD DO
SLDFHUH VHVVXDOH.
4XeVtioni IonGamentali.
L’LQL]LDOH SDUDJUDIR ELEOLFR,
PLUDQWH D SUHVHQWDUH OD VHVVXDOLWj H LO PDWULPRQLR QHOOD
SDFUD SFULWWXUD, HVLWD QHOOD
IRUPXOD]LRQH GHO SULQFLSLR
IRQGDPHQWDOH GHOO’HWLFD FULVWLDQD, VHFRQGR FXL ©O’HVHUFL]LR GHOOD IDFROWj VHVVXDOH
q FRQIRUPH DO GLVHJQR GL
DLR VROR DOO’LQWHUQR GHOO’XQLRQH LQGLVVROXELOH, HVFOXVLYD H IHFRQGD WUD PDULWR H
PRJOLH, FKH VLJQL¿FD H DWWXD
O’XQLRQH VDOYL¿FD WUD CULVWR
e la Chiesa» (350).
IO VXFFHVVLYR SDUDJUDIR LOOXVWUD OD VWUXWWXUD DQWURSRORJLFD H DVVLRORJLFD GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD. CROWL LQ FKLDYH SHUVRQDOLVWD, L GXH VLJQL¿FDWL
DQWURSRORJLFL IRQGDPHQWDOL GHOOD SURFUHD]LRQH
H GHOOD FRPXQLRQH FRQLXJDOH VL WUDGXFRQR, VXO
SLDQR DVVLRORJLFR, QHOO’DIIHUPD]LRQH FKH OD
ORUR FRPSUHVHQ]D FRVWLWXLVFH XQ YDORUH HWLFR H
QRQ XQ VHPSOLFH IDWWR ELRORJLFR, XQ’HVLJHQ]D
PRUDOH H QRQ XQD PHUD QHFHVVLWj GL IDWWR. DDOOD GHOLQHD]LRQH GHOOD VWUXWWXUD DQWURSRORJLFD
H DVVLRORJLFD FRQVHJXRQR GXH SULQFLSL PRUDOL LO SULPR DIIHUPD FKH ©O’DWWLYLWj VHVVXDOH q
HWLFDPHQWH XQ YDORUH TXDQGR q HVHUFLWDWD QHO
34
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
PDWULPRQLRª LO VHFRQGR FKH ©RJQL HVHUFL]LR
GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj QHO PDWULPRQLR GHYH ULVSHWWDUH
O’LQVHSDUDELOLWj HWLFD WUD L VXRL GXH DVSHWWL OD
FRPXQLRQH LQWHUSHUVRQDOH GHL FRQLXJL H O’DSHUWXUD DOOD SRWHQ]LDOH SURFUHD]LRQHª .
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. Il passaggio dai signi¿FDWL DQWURSRORJLFL H L SULQFLSL PRUDOL DOOD
YDOXWD]LRQH GHOOH YDULH IDWWLVSHFLH GHOO’DJLUH
VHVVXDOH q FRQGRWWR ULSUHQGHQGR SDUL SDUL OH
GLVWLQ]LRQL SURSRVWH GDOOD WHRORJLD PRUDOH SFRODVWLFD, SL SUHFLVDPHQWH GDOOD 6Xmma 7Keolo
giae GL TRPPDVR G’ATXLQR, D SURSRVLWR GHOOD
YLUW GHOOD FDVWLWj. DRSR DYHUQH GH¿QLWR OD QDWXUD, HYLGHQ]LDQGR LO VXR VWUHWWR UDSSRUWR FRQ
OD FDULWj, GHOOD TXDOH FRVWLWXLVFH LO ULÀHVVR QHOOD
UHOD]LRQH LQWHUSHUVRQDOH, H LO VXR FROOHJDPHQWR
FRQ LO SXGRUH H OD SXGLFL]LD, VL SDVVD DOOD UDVVHJQD GHL SHFFDWL FRQWUR OD FDVWLWj, GHVFULYHQGR O’HVVHQ]D H OH IRUPH GHOOD OXVVXULD, RYYHUR
L FRVLGGHWWL SHFFDWL LQWHUQL HG HVWHUQL GL OXVVXULD
LQFRPSOHWD H FRPSOHWD. TUD L SHFFDWL HVWHUQL GL
OXVVXULD FRPSOHWD, YHQJRQR HOHQFDWL, IRUQHQGR SRFR SL FKH XQD GH¿QL]LRQH, IDWWLVSHFLH
FODVVLFKH GHOOD PRUDOH VHVVXDOH, TXDOL OD PDVWXUED]LRQH, OD IRUQLFD]LRQH H LO FRQFXELQDWR,
OD SURVWLWX]LRQH, O’DGXOWHULR, O’LQFHVWR, OR VWXSUR, LO VDFULOHJLR, OD EHVWLDOLWj. 4XDOFKH PDJJLRU VSD]LR q FRQFHVVR DG DOFXQL DOWUL SUREOHPL
SDUWLFRODUL, TXDOL O’RPRVHVVXDOLWj, OD SHGR¿OLD,
OD FDVWLWj SUHPDWULPRQLDOH H TXHOOD FRQLXJDOH,
FRQ VSHFL¿FR ULIHULPHQWR DOOD SDWHUQLWj UHVSRQVDELOH FRQWUDFFH]LRQH, VWHULOL]]D]LRQH.
OVVerYa]ioni. 3HU TXDQWR OD ULSUHVD GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH SFRODVWLFD VLD LQVHULWD LQ XQ TXDGUR ELEOLFR H LQ XQ’DQWURSRORJLD SHUVRQDOLVWD, OD PRUDOH VHVVXDOH HODERUDWD GD A. RRGUtJXH]-LXxR
ULVXOWD VSLFFDWDPHQWH QRUPDWLYD H RJJHWWLYD.
NHVVXQR VSD]LR q FRQFHVVR DOOD IHQRPHQRORJLD
H DOO’HUPHQHXWLFD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VHVVXDOH, FKH
LQGXUUHEEHUR D PHJOLR WHQHU FRQWR GHOOD VRJJHWWLYLWj, RYYHUR GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD QHOOD
SURVSHWWLYD GHOOD SULPD LQYHFH FKH GHOOD WHU]D
SHUVRQD. L’XWLOLWj GHO WHVWR SXz IRUVH HVVHUH
TXHOOD GL RIIULUH, D FKL QH IRVVH VSURYYLVWR, OD
FRQRVFHQ]D GHOOH GH¿QL]LRQL H GHOOH GLVWLQ]LR35
QL FKH KDQQR IRUWHPHQWH LPSURQWDWR OD PRUDOH
VHVVXDOH OXQJR OD VWRULD.
J. RÖMELT, Etica cristiana nella società moderna . Ambiti di vita IQWURGX]LRQL H TUDWWDWL IT, 4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD , SS. 26-111, € 40,00 (originale tedesco: &KriVtliFKe
EtKiN in moGerner *eVellVFKaIt. %anG Le
benVbereiFKe, VHUODJ HHUGHU GPEH, FUHLEXUJ
LP BUHLVJDX, .
,VSira]ione. 4XHVWR VHFRQGR YROXPH GHO PDQXDOH FKH, ROWUH DOO’HWLFD VHVVXDOH, DIIURQWD WHPL
ULOHYDQWL GL DOWUL VHWWRUL GHOO’HWLFD VSHFLDOH ELRHWLFD, HWLFD DPELHQWDOH, HWLFD GHOOD SDFH, HWLFD
sociale, etica della pace e della preghiera), inWHQGH PRVWUDUH OD YDOLGLWj GHOOD SURVSHWWLYD DUJRPHQWDWD QHO SULPR YROXPH GHGLFDWR DOO’HWLFD
WHRORJLFD IRQGDPHQWDOH EtiFa FriVtiana nella
VoFietj moGerna . )onGamenti > IQWURGX]LRQL H TUDWWDWL IT@, 4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD ,
QHO TXDOH O’DXWRUH LQWHQGHYD PRVWUDUH ©FRPH OD
VSHUDQ]D GHOOD IHGH VL DOOHL FRQ JOL VIRU]L PRUDOL
H FRQ OD ULFHUFD GL XQ’RUJDQL]]D]LRQH FRVFLHQ]LRVD GHOOD YLWD ¿QR D GDUH YLWD DQFKH RJJL D
XQD FRQFH]LRQH YDOLGD GHOOD UHVSRQVDELOLWj HWLFDª . IQ TXHVWD OXFH, FRQ VSHFL¿FR ULIHULPHQWR DOO’HWLFD VHVVXDOH FRQWHPSODWD QHO VHFRQGR
YROXPH, O’DXWRUH DIIURQWD OD V¿GD FKH OD FXOWXUD
SRVWPRGHUQD SRQH DOO’DPRUH FRQLXJDOH, DO PDWULPRQLR H DOOD IDPLJOLD.
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. LD V¿GD GL PRVWUDUH
FRPH OD FRQFH]LRQH FULVWLDQD GHO PDWULPRQLR
H GHOOD IDPLJOLD SRVVD FRQVHQWLUH DOO’DPRUH
GL VRSUDYYLYHUH, YLHQH DIIURQWDWD RVVHUYDQGR FRPH, SXU QHO FDRV DIIDWWR QRUPDOH GHJOL
RGLHUQL OHJDPL GL WLSR FRQLXJDOH H JHQLWRULDOH,
OH SHUVRQH FHUFKLQR FRPXQTXH IRUPH GL UHODzione tra Sartner H FRQ L ¿JOL FKH VXSHULQR LQ
PRGR XPDQDPHQWH UDJLRQHYROH L FRQÀLWWL GRYXWL DOO’LQVWDELOLWj GHL OHJDPL, DOOH VHSDUD]LRQL
H DL GLYRU]L, DO VRUJHUH GL QXRYH XQLRQL. EQWUR
TXHVWD ULFHUFD XPDQD VL FROORFD O’LQWXL]LRQH FKH
©OD IHGH FRQJLXQJH LO GHVLGHULR GL DPRUH FRQ OD
speranza in Dio» (55). L’apporto della fede troYD HVSUHVVLRQH LQ WUH DQWLFKH HVSHULHQ]H FKH OD
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
WHRORJLD FULVWLDQD, IRQGDWD VX XQD YLVLRQH GHOOD
VHVVXDOLWj FRPH GRQR GL DLR, LQYLWD D PHWWHUH
LQ JLRFR QHOO’DIIURQWDUH O’LQWLPLWj, DI¿QFKp VLD
VHUHQD, OD IHGHOWj, DI¿QFKp VLD SHUVLVWHQWH, H OD
IHFRQGLWj, DI¿QFKp LO GRQR GHL ¿JOL YLWDOL]]L OD
IDPLJOLD. IQ TXHOOD FKH, D JLXGL]LR GL FKL VFULYH, SRWUHEEH HVVHUH FRQVLGHUDWD XQD ULIRUPXlazione dei tradizionali tria bona matrimonii,
LQIDWWL, YLHQH ULFRUGDWR FRPH OD WHRORJLD FULVWLDQD UDVVHUHQL OD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD LQVHJQDQGR
D VFRSULUQH OD EHOOH]]D, PD DQFKH L OLPLWL FIU.
bonXm ¿Gei, LQGXFD DO FRUDJJLR GL XQ LPSHJQR
DI¿GDELOH QHOO’DPRUH FIU. bonXm VaFramenti),
VHQVLELOL]]L FLUFD OD VHQVDWH]]D GHOOD IHFRQGLWj
GHOO’DPRUH QHL ¿JOL FIU. bonXm SroliV).
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. 3LXWWRVWR FKH FRQFHQWUDWH LQ XQD SDUWH GHO WHVWR, FRPH GL FRQVXHWR
QHOOD PDQXDOLVWLFD, OH WHPDWLFKH SDUWLFRODUL SUHVH LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH ± O’DPRUH RPRVHVVXDOH, OD
TXHVWLRQH GHOO’LQGLVVROXELOLWj PDWULPRQLDOH LQ
ULIHULPHQWR DL GLYRU]LDWL ULVSRVDWL, OD SDWHUQLWj
H PDWHUQLWj UHVSRQVDELOH, OD YLROHQ]D IDPLOLDUH,
O’DEXVR GHL EDPELQL ± VRQR LQVHULWH QHO FRUVR
GHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH SL IRQGDPHQWDOH. IO FULWHULR
GHOOD ORUR VFHOWD q, LQ OLQHD FRQ O’LQWHQWR FRPSOHVVLYR GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQH, OD ORUR DWWXDOLWj.
OVVerYa]ioni. BHQFKp LQVHULWD LQ XQ PDQXDOH
FRPSOHVVLYR GHOOD WHRORJLD PRUDOH, O’HWLFD VHVVXDOH GHOLQHDWD GDOO’DXWRUH ULVXOWD GHFLVDPHQWH
ULIHULWD DO SUHVHQWH, D PR’ GL VDJJLR LQWHUSUHWDWLYR H YDOXWDWLYR, LO FXL YDORUH q GDWR SL GD
DOFXQH LQWXL]LRQL FKH QRQ GDOOR VYLOXSSR RUJDQLFR GHO GLVFRUVR, QHPPHQR WURSSR VFRUUHYROH
QHOOD IRUPXOD]LRQH. TUDGX]LRQH LWDOLDQD GHOO’RULJLQDOH, LO YROXPH, VLD SHU OD ELEOLRJUD¿D FKH
SHU L ULIHULPHQWL VRFLDOL H OHJLVODWLYL, GLSHQGH
dal contesto tedesco.
G. RUSSO, Evangelium amoris. Corso di morale familiare e sessuale MDQXDOL DL 3DQWHQR - THRORJLD , IVWLWXWR THRORJLFR SDQ TRPPDVR - EOOHGLFL, MHVVLQD - TRULQR , SS.
270, € 20,00.
,VSira]ione. NHOO’LQWURGX]LRQH VL HOHQFDQR,
VHQ]D SHUDOWUR SUHFLVDUH, DOFXQL SXQWL GL ULIH-
ULPHQWR FKH O’DXWRUH FHUFD GL ULVSHWWDUH ©OD
FRPSOHWH]]D GHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH GL XQ PDQXDOH,
O’LPSRVWD]LRQH WLSLFDPHQWH GLGDWWLFD, OH HVLJHQ]H GHL FDQGLGDWL DO FRUVR, OH SURVSHWWLYH H
JOL RELHWWLYL GHO GRFHQWHª .
4XeVtioni IonGamentali. L’LPSRVWD]LRQH GHO
PDQXDOH, VXGGLYLVR LQ FLQTXH FDSLWROL, WUDWWD
LQ VHTXHQ]D, VHQ]D SHUDOWUR UHQGHUQH UDJLRQH,
GHOOH GLPHQVLRQL VWRULFKH, RYYHUR GHL FRVWXPL
VHVVXDOL OXQJR LO FRUVR GHOOD VWRULD TXLQGL GL DOFXQL DVSHWWL ELRPHGLFL, GL DQDWRPLD H ¿VLRORJLD
VHVVXDOH SRL GHL IRQGDPHQWL ELEOLFL GHOOD VHVVXDOLWj XPDQD. IO TXDGUR VLVWHPDWLFR SUHVHQWDWR QHO TXDUWR FDSLWROR H DQQXQFLDWR FRPH ©XQD
VH]LRQH PROWR VWUXWWXUDWD, >«@ LQ FXL L YDUL HOHPHQWL IRQGDWLYL VL DUPRQL]]DQR H SHUPHWWRQR
XQD VLQWHVL G’LQVLHPHª , QRQ FRUULVSRQGH ± D
JLXGL]LR GL FKL VFULYH ± DOO’LQWHQWR, LQ¿ODQGR
O’XQR GRSR O’DOWUR DUJRPHQWL FHUWR ULOHYDQWL PD
VHQ]D RUGLQH H JLXVWL¿FD]LRQH.
7ematiFKe SartiFolari. MROWL VRQR L WHPL WUDWWDWL, DQFKH VH FRQ GLYHUVD DPSLH]]D H FRQ VYROJLPHQWR QRQ VHPSUH OLQHDUH. L’HOHQFR FRQWHPSOD DXWRHURWLVPR, RPRVHVVXDOLWj, SHGR¿OLD H
DEXVR VHVVXDOH GL PLQRUL, VHVVXDOLWj QHL GLVDELOL, UDSSRUWL SUHPDWULPRQLDOL, SUREOHPD GHPRJUD¿FR, SURFUHD]LRQH UHVSRQVDELOH, SVLFRORJLD
GHOOD FRQÀLWWXDOLWj FRQLXJDOH, IHGHOWj H GLYRU]LR, FRQYLYHQ]H H 3DFV.
OVVerYa]ioni. L’DVVHQ]D GL XQR VFKHPD DUJRPHQWDWLYR H LO VHPSOLFH DFFRVWDPHQWR GHL WHPL
QRQ JXDGDJQDQR DO WHVWR XQD ¿VLRQRPLD GH¿QLWD, FRVLFFKp O’LPSUHVVLRQH q SLXWWRVWR TXHOOD GL
GLVSRUUH GL XQD UDFFROWD VROR PDWHULDOH GL PROWHSOLFL H DQFKH HFFHVVLYL GDWL. LR DYYHUWH IRUVH
OR VWHVVR DXWRUH FKH QHOO’LQWURGX]LRQH ULPDQGD
D XQ XVR GHO WHVWR FKH SUHYHGD FHUWDPHQWH ©OD
PHGLD]LRQH GLGDWWLFD GHO GRFHQWHª .
A LQWHJUD]LRQH GHOOD UDVVHJQD TXL SURSRVWD FL
OLPLWLDPR D VHJQDODUH DOWUL PDQXDOL FKH, SXU
FRPSDUVL GRSR O’DQQR , VRQR ULHGL]LRQL GL
SUHFHGHQWL SXEEOLFD]LRQL H TXLQGL JLj SUREDELOPHQWH QRWL, RYYHUR G. PIANA, Orientamenti di
etica sessuale, in T. GOFFI - G. PIANA (ed.),
36
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
Corso di morale, 4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD 3
, YRO. . 'iaNonia. EtiFa Gella SerVo
na, pp. 480: 282-377, € 31,50; C. ZUCCARO,
Morale sessuale. Nuovo manuale di teologia
morale (= Trattati di etica teologica), EDB,
Bologna 20094 (1997), pp. 224, € 20,60; L.
PADOVESE, Uomo e donna a immagine di Dio.
Lineamenti di morale sessuale e familiare
SRSKLDDLGDFKp3HUFRUVL , EM3, 3DGRYD
20124 (1994), pp. 384, € 32,00.
Prof. Aristide Fumagalli
TEOLOGIA MORALE: COSCIENZA MORALE
E RELAZIONE PARENTALE
L’
LQQHJDELOH GLI¿FROWj GHOOD IDPLJOLD FRQWHPSRUDQHD D GDUH IRUPD DOOD FRVFLHQ]D
GHL ¿JOL, H SUHFLVDPHQWH D HVVHUH OXRJR GL LQWHJUD]LRQH VRFLDOH H GL LQL]LD]LRQH FXOWXUDOH, FRQYRFD O’LPSHJQR GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFR-PRUDOH. LD FDQFHOOD]LRQH GHO GHELWR RELHWWLYR FKH
OD FRVFLHQ]D GHOO’XRPR FRQWUDH QHL FRQIURQWL
GHOOH UHOD]LRQL SDUHQWDOL, VRWWR LO SUR¿OR GHO ORUR
LQWULQVHFR ULPDQGR VLPEROLFR, q FHUWDPHQWH GD
DQQRYHUDUH WUD L SULQFLSDOL IDWWRUL GL LQQHVFR
GL GXH IHQRPHQL DWWXDOL OD FHOHEUD]LRQH GHOOD
FRVFLHQ]D DXWDUFKLFD GHOO’LQGLYLGXR ³VHQ]D-OLPLWL´ H, FRQWHVWXDOPHQWH, OD FHQVXUD GHOOD PDWULFH FRVWLWXWLYDPHQWH PRUDOH H UHOLJLRVD GHOOD
coscienza.
DHO UDSSRUWR JHQLWRUL-¿JOL VL RFFXSDQR, LQ SURVSHWWLYD FOLQLFD, JOL SVLFRORJL. DHOOD FRVFLHQ]D
LQ DFFH]LRQH PRUDOH L ¿ORVR¿ QRQ QH SDUODQR
SL. EQWUDPEL VHPEUD VL VLDQR VEDUD]]DWL GHO
SUREOHPD GHOOD VWUXWWXUD DQWURSRORJLFD GHOOD SHUVRQD XPDQD. NRQ VWXSLVFH SHUWDQWR FKH
RJJL OD TXHVWLRQH GHOOD FRQ¿JXUD]LRQH PRUDOH
GHOO’LR QRQ VXVFLWL LQWHUHVVH H QRQ YHQJD SUHVD
LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH. EVVD LQYHFH ± FRPH DWWHVWDQR LQ ¿OLJUDQD OH IRUPH GHO YLYHUH FRQWHPSRUDQHR ± UHVLVWH D RJQL WHQWDWLYR GL DFFDQWRQDPHQWR GD SDUWH GHJOL VSHFLDOLVWL H FRPDQGD GL
essere affrontata, e pensata, riaprendo il capiWROR UHODWLYR DOO’RULJLQDULD GLPHQVLRQH UHOD]LRQDOH, H GXQTXH LQVXSHUDELOPHQWH PRUDOH, GHOOD
37
coscienza.
La coscienza non nasce da sé. La coscienza è
UHVD SRVVLELOH VROWDQWR PHGLDQWH XQ’HVSHULHQza di anticipazione del soggetto a se stesso ad
opera di altri. Tale esperienza di anticipazione
VL UHDOL]]D SULPDULDPHQWH DWWUDYHUVR LO OHJDPH
IDPLOLDUH. L’DWWHVD GL DOWUL, GXQTXH LQQDQ]LWXWWR
GHL JHQLWRUL, VXVFLWD QHO VRJJHWWR OD SUHVHQ]D D
Vp H LQVLHPH O’DWWLWXGLQH D GHVLGHUDUH H D YROHUH. IO SXQWR FUXFLDOH q FKH QHOO’DWWXDOH FRQWHVWR VRFLR-FXOWXUDOH LO OHJDPH IDPLOLDUH VWHQWD D
SURSL]LDUH YLVVXWL LQWHQ]LRQDOL.
LD QHFHVVLWj GL PHWWHUH D WHPD OD TXHVWLRQH GHO
QHVVR WUD UHOD]LRQH SDUHQWDOH H IRUPD PRUDOH
GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D q GXQTXH GHWHUPLQDWD GDOOD
FRQGL]LRQH VSLULWXDOH GHOO’XRPR FRQWHPSRUDQHR. LD FRQFODPDWD FULVL GHO VRJJHWWR RFFLGHQWDOH, OD VXD LQFDSDFLWj D GHFLGHUH GL Vp D
IURQWH GL XQ ¿QH XOWLPR FKH QRQ q LQ JUDGR GL
GHFLIUDUH H FKH QHPPHQR LQWHQGH SL FHUFDUH,
q LQIDWWL GD DWWULEXLUH SULQFLSDOPHQWH DOOD GLVVROX]LRQH GHOO’XQLYHUVR VLPEROLFR WUDGL]LRQDOH
H LQGXEELDPHQWH DQFKH DOOD GLPLQXLWD FDSDFLWj
GHOOD IDPLJOLD D WUDVPHWWHUH L VLJQL¿FDWL GHOOD
YLWD LQ PRGR XQLYRFR H SHUVXDVLYR.
L’XRPR GHOO’HUD WDUGR-PRGHUQD QRQ ULHVFH SL
D YROHUH HJOL VHQWH GL QRQ GLVSRUUH GL FHUWH]]H PRUDOL LQFRQWURYHUWLELOL FDSDFL GL DWWLYDUH
OD VXD YRORQWj LQ PDQLHUD LQFRQGL]LRQDWD. IQ
TXHVWR VFHQDULR, VHQ]D SL OD VROLGD FRSHUWX-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
ra ontologica garantita dalla tradizione, ogni
³DSHUWXUD GL FUHGLWR´ DOO’DSSHOOR FRVWLWXLWR GDO
UHDOH ULVXOWD ULVFKLRVD LO FULWHULR GHOOD VFHOWD
GLYHQWD SHUWDQWR OD VXD UHYRFDELOLWj. IQROWUH
QHOOD VRFLHWj FRPSOHVVD, FRQWUDGGLVWLQWD GDOOD
JLXVWDSSRVL]LRQH GL VLVWHPL GL VFDPELR SDU]LDOL
H VHQ]D UHOD]LRQH UHFLSURFD, O’LQGLYLGXR IDWLFD
a rintracciare il disegno sintetico della propria
YLWD HVVD ULVXOWD IUDPPHQWDWD QHOOD PROWHSOLFLWj GHL UXROL FKH LO VRJJHWWR q FKLDPDWR D ULYHVWLUH GL YROWD LQ YROWD. C’q GXQTXH XQ OHJDPH
LQGXELWDELOH WUD GLVJUHJD]LRQH GHO VRJJHWWR H
GLIHWWR GL HYLGHQ]H PRUDOL, WUD GLI¿FROWj QHL
SURFHVVL LGHQWL¿FDWLYL H PDQFDQ]D GL IRUPD]LRQH GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D PRUDOH. EVDWWDPHQWH GL
WDOH SUREOHPD VL RFFXSD LQ PRGR WHPSHVWLYR LO
YROXPH GL G. ANGELINI ET ALII, Di generazione in generazione. La trasmissione dell’umano nell’orizzonte della fede DLVSXWDWLR ,
Glossa, Milano 2012, pp. XIII-248, € 24,00. Il
ODYRUR UDFFRJOLH JOL DWWL GHO FRQYHJQR GL VWXGLR
SURPRVVR GDOOD FDFROWj THRORJLFD GHOO’IWDOLD
SHWWHQWULRQDOH QHO IHEEUDLR . L’RELHWWLYR
q XQD SUHOLPLQDUH LVWUX]LRQH GHOOD ¿JXUD GHO
JHQHUDUH SL SUHFLVDPHQWH, L FRQWULEXWL VL LQFDULFDQR GL PHWWHUH LQ ULOLHYR, D SURFHGHUH GD
GLYHUVL DSSURFFL ¿ORVR¿FR, SVLFRDQDOLWLFR, VRFLRORJLFR H WHRORJLFR, O’LQVRSSULPLELOH TXDOLWj
VSLULWXDOH GHOOD YLFHQGD JHQHUDWLYD H LQVLHPH
GHOOD WUDVPLVVLRQH GHL VLJQL¿FDWL HOHPHQWDUL
GHOOD YLWD. A SDUWLUH GD TXL q SRVVLELOH ULFRQRVFHUH H SHQVDUH LO QHVVR UDGLFDOH FKH VXVVLVWH WUD
JHQHUD]LRQH HG HGXFD]LRQH. Ê TXLQGL SRVVLELOH
SUHFLVDUH OD GHQVLWj UHOLJLRVD GHO FRPSLWR HGXFDWLYR. LD WUDVPLVVLRQH GHOO’XPDQR GD SDUWH
GHL JHQLWRUL DVVXPH LQIDWWL OD IRUPD GL XQD WHVWLPRQLDQ]D GL IHGH DJOL RFFKL GHO ¿JOLR L JHQLWRUL DSSDLRQR HIIHWWLYDPHQWH FRPH WHVWLPRQL GL
XQD YRORQWj EXRQD H LQFRQGL]LRQDWD. EVVL VRQR
SRUWDWRUL GL XQD SURPHVVD. E WXWWDYLD RFFRUUH
WHQHUH SUHVHQWH FKH LO VLJQL¿FDWR GHO PHVVDJJLR LQFDUQDWR GDOOH ¿JXUH SDUHQWDOL, SHUFKp
possa essere articolato e possa dispiegare la
VXD ULFFKH]]D VHPDQWLFD, QHFHVVLWD GHOOH ULVRUVH RIIHUWH GDOOD FXOWXUD. TDOL ULVRUVH DWWXDOPHQWH
PDQFDQR. EVDWWDPHQWH TXHVWD FDUHQ]D ± TXHVWD
SRYHUWj VLPEROLFD GHOOD FXOWXUD FRQWHPSRUDQHD
±, XQLWDPHQWH DOOD SUHFDULHWj GHL OHJDPL IDPLOLDUL, VWD DOOD EDVH GL TXHO GLIHWWR GL WUDGL]LRQH
VRFLDOH GL VHQVR FKH UHQGH RJJL GLI¿FROWRVR LO
UDSSRUWR HGXFDWLYR.
LD IUDJLOLWj GHL SURFHVVL GL WUDGL]LRQH FXOWXUDOH WUD OH JHQHUD]LRQL LPSRQH XQD ULQQRYDWD
DWWHQ]LRQH DO WHPD GHOO’DXWRULWj, SURSULDPHQWH
DOOH FDXVH GHOO’RGLHUQD GHEROH]]D GHOO’DXWRULWj
SDUHQWDOH PD DQFKH DOOH UDJLRQL GHOOD VXD SHUPDQHQWH YDOLGLWj. LD TXHVWLRQH q OXFLGDPHQWH
LQTXDGUDWD LQ D. ALBARELLO - G. ANGELINI
- G. BORGONOVO, «Onora il padre e la madre». L’autorità la rimozione moderna e la
verità cristiana (Sapientia 60), Glossa, Milano
, SS. , ¼ ,. IO YROXPH, SXEEOLFD]LRQH GHJOL DWWL GHOOD JLRUQDWD GL VWXGLR SDWURFLQDWD GDO CHQWUR SWXGL GL SSLULWXDOLWj GL MLODQR
QHO JHQQDLR , PHWWH D IXRFR FRPH LO Iatto
GHOO’RQRUH VSRQWDQHDPHQWH DFFRUGDWR GDL ¿JOL
DL JHQLWRUL DSUD OD ULÀHVVLRQH DOOD ULOHYD]LRQH
GHOOD TXDOLWj UHOLJLRVD GHO UDSSRUWR SDUHQWDOH
YLHQH LQROWUH SUHFLVDWR FKH LO VLJQL¿FDWR PRUDOH
H UHOLJLRVR GHOO’DXWRULWj, HVSHULWR QHOOD YLWD GRPHVWLFD, QRQ SXz ULVXOWDUH HYLGHQWH Qp YHQLUH D
SDUROD VH QRQ PHGLDQWH OH IRUPH GHOO’RJJHWWLYD]LRQH VRFLDOH GHO VHQVR, RYYHUR DWWUDYHUVR OH
IRUPH GHOOD FXOWXUD.
IO FRQWULEXWR GL GLXVHSSH AQJHOLQL La rela]io
ne Sarentale e la VtrXttXra Gella FoVFien]a mo
rale, - LOOXVWUD FRPH DOOD UDGLFH GHOO’DWWXDOH GLI¿FROWj GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D D VWUXWWXUDUVL LQ
IRUPD SURSULDPHQWH PRUDOH YL VLDQR OD SULYDWL]]D]LRQH GHOOD IDPLJOLD H OD FUHVFHQWH VHFRODUL]]D]LRQH GHOOD FXOWXUD. LD VHSDUD]LRQH GHOOD
IDPLJOLD FRQWHPSRUDQHD GDOOD VRFLHWj VDQFLVFH
OD GLYDULFD]LRQH WUD YLWD PRUDOH GHO VLQJROR VL
SRWUHEEH DQFKH GLUH, O’³DQLPD´ GHOOD SHUVRQD
H FULWHUL GL FRPSUHQVLRQH ³GLVLQFDQWDWD´ GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D PXWXDWL GDOOD FXOWXUD DPELHQWH WDOH
VHSDUD]LRQH GHFUHWD IDWDOPHQWH OD IUDWWXUD WUD
DIIHWWL H VLJQL¿FDWL. LD IDPLJOLD GLYHQWD FRVu LO
OXRJR GHOOD UDVVLFXUD]LRQH SULPDULD H QRQ GHOOD
FRQ¿JXUD]LRQH GL YLVVXWL. GOL DIIHWWL IDPLOLDUL,
38
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
QRQ GLVSRQHQGR GL XQ FRGLFH GL VHQVR FKH OL
SRVVD DUWLFRODUH, QRQ ULHVFRQR D VXVFLWDUH IRUPH
GL DJLUH YRORQWDULR. L’HVSHULHQ]D GHO VHQWLUH, ULGRWWD D FRUUHGR HPR]LRQDOH SHU LPPDJLQDUH OD
SURSULD LGHQWLWj, QRQ FRVWLWXLVFH XQ DSSHOOR SHU
OD GHWHUPLQD]LRQH SUDWLFD GHO VRJJHWWR. SL GHYH
LQYHFH ULFRQRVFHUH FKH O’HVSHULHQ]D HPRWLYD q
JUDYLGD GL XQ VHQVR FKH LQWHUSHOOD LO VRJJHWWR.
IQ TXHVW’RWWLFD, JOL DIIHWWL ULPDQGDQR DG DOWUR
ULPDQGDQR DOOH IRUPH HOHPHQWDUL GHOOD SURVVLPLWj XPDQD H FRQVHJXHQWHPHQWH DO FRPSLWR GL
rispondere di sé a fronte di tale sorprendente
SURVVLPLWj.
AOOD WHRORJLD PRUDOH q FKLHVWR GL SRUWDUH D
HYLGHQ]D OD FRUUHOD]LRQH RULJLQDULD GHO VHQWLre e dell’agire e conWHVWXDOPHQWH GL PRVWUDUH FRPH OD YRFH
della coscienza sia legata all’accadere della
SURVVLPLWj XPDQD, H
QHFHVVLWL GHOOD PHGLD]LRQH GHOOD FXOWXUD. SROWDQWR D TXHVWR
OLYHOOR GLYHQWD SRVVLELOH FRPSUHQGHUH OD
GHQVLWj VLPEROLFD GHO
UDSSRUWR SDUHQWDOH H, SL LQ JHQHUDOH, ULDQQRGDUH OD TXHVWLRQH GHOO’LPSHUDWLYR PRUDOH DO
processo dell’esperienza.
3HU XQ SULPR DEER]]R GHO SUREOHPD GHO UDSporto tra coscienza personale, relazioni parenWDOL H PXWDPHQWR GHO FRQWHVWR VRFLR-FXOWXUDOH
FL SHUPHWWLDPR GL VHJQDODUH LO QRVWUR FRQWULEXto M. MARTINO, La Iamiglia FKe Fambia TXe
Vtione FiYile e TXeVtione teologiFa, «Teologia»
-. L’DWWXDOH IHQRPHQR GHOO’LVRODPHQWR GHOOD IDPLJOLD GDOOD VRFLHWj FRPSRUWD VHUL GLVDJL VXO YHUVDQWH GHOOD UHDOL]]D]LRQH
GHOO’LGHQWLWj SHUVRQDOH. LR VYLOXSSR GHOOD SHUVRQDOLWj q LQIDWWL XQ SURFHVVR HGXFDWLYR GL VRFLDOL]]D]LRQH. IO VRJJHWWR QRQ VL DWWXD VH QRQ
LQ TXDQWR ³VRJJHWWR LQFDUQDWR´ LQ XQD VRFLHWj
H LQ XQD FXOWXUD. LD IDPLJOLD FRQWHPSRUDQHD,
HVVHQ]LDOPHQWH SULYDWD, DIIHWWLYD H SXHURFHQ39
trica, stenta a realizzare proprio il passaggio
GHFLVLYR GDOOH UHOD]LRQL SULPDULH DOOH UHOD]LRQL
VHFRQGDULH. EVVD LQIDWWL, DQFRUD SULPD, QRQ ULHVFH D HVVHUH FHQWUR GL WUDVPLVVLRQH GHOOD FXOWXUD, GL TXHOOD WUDGL]LRQH VRFLDOH GL VHQVR LPSUHVFLQGLELOH SHUFKp LO VRJJHWWR SRVVD DUWLFRODUH OD
SURSULD LGHQWLWj, LQL]LDOPHQWH SHUFHSLWD QHOOD
IRUPD GHOO’DIIHWWR H GHO VHQWLPHQWR GL Vp.
La considerazione del nesso tra esperienza faPLOLDUH H FRVWUX]LRQH GHOO’LGHQWLWj SHUVRQDOH,
VRSUD DFFHQQDWR, LPSRQH DOOD WHRORJLD PRUDOH GL RFFXSDUVL GHOOH SURIRQGH WUDVIRUPD]LRQL
DQWURSRORJLFR-FXOWXUDOL FKH VHJQDQR RJJL OD
IDPLJOLD H L SURFHVVL LGHQWL¿FDWLYL. SSHFL¿FDWDPHQWH, DOOD WHRORJLD PRUDOH q FKLHVWR GL
SUHQGHUH LQ HVDPH OD
TXHVWLRQH GHO UDSSRUto tra generazione ed
HGXFD]LRQH.
A ULJXDUGR ELVRJQD
riconoscere che la tePDWL]]D]LRQH GHOO’DSSRUWR, GL SHU Vp LQGXELWDELOH, GHOOD UHOD]LRQH
parentale alla nascita
GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D PRrale non è oggetto di
LQGDJLQH, DOPHQR ¿QR DG RUD, GD SDUWH GHOOD
ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFR-PRUDOH FRQYHQ]LRQDOH.
TDOH ODFXQD VL ULVFRQWUD, VRUSUHQGHQWHPHQWH, DQFKH QHL SL UHFHQWL PDQXDOL GL WHRORJLD
PRUDOH IRQGDPHQWDOH QHL TXDOL VL UHJLVWUD XQD
VFDUVD DWWLWXGLQH DOOD ULFRJQL]LRQH IHQRPHQRORJLFD GHL YLVVXWL SULPDUL H SL LQ JHQHUDOH XQD
PDQFDQ]D GL DWWHQ]LRQH DO UHIHUWR GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D LQ RUGLQH DOO’LVWUX]LRQH GHOOD ¿JXUD GHOOD
FRVFLHQ]D, FKH LQIDWWL YLHQH WUDWWHJJLDWD, H SHU
FRVu GLUH ³LQJHVVDWD´, LQ WHUPLQL LGHDOLVWLFL. 3HU
XQ SULPR FRQWDWWR FRQ OD SUREOHPDWLFD VL YHGD
A. BONANDI, 7eologia morale IonGamentale,
©OULHQWDPHQWL BLEOLRJUD¿FLª -
SHU XQD SDQRUDPLFD SL DPSLD H XQ’DQDOLVL SL
DSSURIRQGLWD ULPDQGLDPR, GHOOR VWHVVR DXWRUH,
a ID., Il dif¿cile rinnovamento. Percorsi fondamentali della teologia morale Sostconcilia-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
re, Cittadella, Assisi 2003, pp. 363, € 25,00.
SXOOD VFRUWD GL TXHVWH FRQVLGHUD]LRQL LQWURGXWWLYH SURSRQLDPR GL DUWLFRODUH OD VHJXHQWH
UDVVHJQD ELEOLRJUD¿FD LQ GXH VH]LRQL OD SULPD
VHJQDOD ODYRUL GHGLFDWL DOOD UHJLVWUD]LRQH GHO
PXWDPHQWR GHOOD IDPLJOLD . NXoYe Iamiglie
nXoYi genitori OD VHFRQGD DQQRWD RSHUH ULYROWH DOOD GHOLQHD]LRQH GHOOD TXHVWLRQH HGXFDWLYD
QHOO’RGLHUQR FRQWHVWR VRFLR-FXOWXUDOH . Il
FomSito eGXFatiYo oggi. AYYHUWLDPR VXELWR
FKH TXHVWD UDVVHJQD QRQ KD DOFXQD SUHWHVD GL
HVDXVWLYLWj HVVD VL OLPLWD VHPSOLFHPHQWH D ULprendere e ad aggiornare le indicazioni di letWXUD LQHUHQWL DO WHPD GHOOD WUDVIRUPD]LRQH GHOOD
IDPLJOLD JLj RIIHUWH LQ M. MARTINO, Teologia
Gella Iamiglia, ©OULHQWDPHQWL BLEOLRJUD¿FLª
- SHU XQD PDJJLRUH FRPSOHWH]]D ULPDQGLDPR SHUWDQWR D TXHVWR SUHFHGHQWH
FRQWULEXWR.
1. NXoYe Iamiglie nXoYi genitori
UQD SDQRUDPLFD VXOOH QXRYH FRQ¿JXUD]LRQL
IDPLOLDUL q SUHVHQWDWD GD A.L. ZANATTA, Le
nuove famiglie FDUVL XQ’LGHD , IO MXOLQR,
Bologna 20083, pp. 138, € 9,80. La terza edi]LRQH DJJLRUQDWD GHO OLEUR VL WURYD D ULQFRUUHUH L
UHSHQWLQL FDPELDPHQWL FKH LQWHUHVVDQR O’DWWXDOH PRGR GL IDUH IDPLJOLD. L’DXWULFH, GRFHQWH GL
VRFLRORJLD GHOOD IDPLJOLD SUHVVR O’UQLYHUVLWj
LD SDSLHQ]D GL RRPD, ULOHYD OD QHWWD FRQWUD]LRQH GHO PRGHOOR WUDGL]LRQDOH GL DJJUHJD]LRQH
GRPHVWLFD H UHJLVWUD LO FRVWDQWH DXPHQWR GHOOH
FRQYLYHQ]H, GHOOH IDPLJOLH ULFRPSRVWH H GHOOH
IDPLJOLH PRQRSDUHQWDOL. A TXHVWH QXRYH PRGDOLWj VL DI¿DQFDQR OH FRQYLYHQ]H RPRVHVVXDOL,
FUHVFLXWH QHJOL XOWLPL DQQL LQ PLVXUD VLJQL¿FDWLYD, VRSUDWWXWWR QHL FRQWHVWL XUEDQL. IO SDHVDJJLR
IDPLOLDUH YLHQH FRVu D PXWDUH UHSHQWLQDPHQWH
QHO VHJQR GL XQD QHWWD GLVFRQWLQXLWj FRQ LO SDVVDWR LPSRQHQGR DQFKH XQ DGHJXDPHQWR GHO GLULWWR IDPLOLDUH OH OHJJL H OH QRUPDWLYH YLJHQWL VL
WURYHUHEEHUR LQIDWWL LQ XQR VWDWR GL DUUHWUDWH]]D LPEDUD]]DQWH. LD GHQXQFLD GL WDOH FDUHQ]D
H LQVLHPH O’LQGLYLGXD]LRQH GL QXRYL SHUFRUVL
JLXULGLFL D WXWHOD GHL GLULWWL GHOOH FRSSLH RPRVHVVXDOL VRQR JOL RELHWWLYL SHUVHJXLWL GDO YROXPH FXUDWR GD F. BILOTTA (ed.), Le unioni fra
Sersone dello stesso sesso. Pro¿li di diritto
civile comunitario e comSarato, MLPHVLV,
Milano-Udine 2008, pp. 281, € 19,00. Nella
VWHVVD OLQHD VL FROORFD O’DQDOLVL FRPSDUDWD GHO
TXDGUR JLXULGLFR LWDOLDQR, VWUDQLHUR H FRPXQLtario realizzata da M. BONINI BARALDI, La famiglia de-genere. Matrimonio omosessualità
e Costituzione, MLPHVLV, MLODQR-UGLQH ,
SS. , ¼ ,. LR VWXGLR LQWHQGH PHWWHUH LQ
FKLDUR FKH OD TXHVWLRQH GHO PDWULPRQLR RPRVHVVXDOH QRQ FRVWLWXLVFH DIIDWWR XQD TXHVWLRQH
ULOHYDQWH VROR SHU XQ’DQRPDOD PLQRUDQ]D, GDO
PRPHQWR FKH VROOHYD LQWHUURJDWLYL UDGLFDOL FKH
WRFFDQR WXWWL L FLWWDGLQL VHQ]D GLVWLQ]LRQL. GOL
LQWHUURJDWLYL ULJXDUGDQR LQIDWWL LO UDSSRUWR WUD
SHUVRQD H OLEHUWj, OD GH¿QL]LRQH GHL UXROL GL JHQHUH DOO’LQWHUQR GHOOD IDPLJOLD, LO VLJQL¿FDWR GHO
SULQFLSLR GL HJXDJOLDQ]D QHOOH PRGHUQH GHPRFUD]LH, LO UDSSRUWR IUD QRUPD H FRUSR. CRPH VL
YHGH, VL WUDWWD GL SUREOHPDWLFKH FKH LQWHUSHOODno anche la coscienza del cristiano e che solleFLWDQR OD VWHVVD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFR-PRUDOH D
XQ ULQQRYDWR LPSHJQR GL VFDYR WHRULFR.
AOOH QXRYH PRGDOLWj GL HVVHUH IDPLJOLD FRUULVSRQGRQR QXRYL PRGL GL HVVHUH JHQLWRUL.
L’DXWULFH GL Le nXoYe Iamiglie SURVHJXH OD VXD
indagine in A.L. ZANATTA, Nuove madri e
nuovi Sadri. Essere genitori oggi FDUVL XQ’LGHD , IO MXOLQR, BRORJQD , SS. ,
¼ ,. IO VDJJLR YXROH LOOXVWUDUH, GDO SXQWR GL
YLVWD VRFLRORJLFR, FRPH QHOOD VRFLHWj RGLHUQD
VLD PXWDWD O’HVSHULHQ]D GHOO’HVVHUH JHQLWRUL.
SL GLYHUVL¿FDQR OH PRGDOLWj GL HVHUFL]LR GHOOD
IXQ]LRQH JHQLWRULDOH, VL PRGL¿FDQR L UXROL WUDGL]LRQDOL GL PDGUH H GL SDGUH. LD GRQQD ULFHUFD
VSD]L GL UHDOL]]D]LRQH SHUVRQDOH DO GL IXRUL GHOOD FODVVLFD VIHUD GRPHVWLFD, LPSHJQDQGRVL LQ
XQD SURIHVVLRQH. LD ³GRSSLD SUHVHQ]D´, D FDVD
H VXO SRVWR GL ODYRUR, q RUPDL XQ WUDWWR GLVWLQWLYR GHOOH PDGUL FRQWHPSRUDQHH. CRQFLOLDUH FXUD
GHL ¿JOL H ODYRUR UHWULEXLWR q O’RSHUD GL HTXLOLEULVPR DG HVVH ULFKLHVWD TXRWLGLDQDPHQWH
40
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
O’LPSUHVD ULVXOWD DQFRUD SL DUGXD LQ FRQWHVWL
VRFLDOL GRYH PDQFDQR VHUYL]L SHU O’LQIDQ]LD,
H TXDQGR OH SROLWLFKH IDPLOLDUL H GHO ODYRUR
VRQR FDUHQWL H LQDGHJXDWH. LD PHVVD LQ DWWR
GL VWUDWHJLH SHU IDU IURQWH D WDOL LQFRQYHQLHQWL
FRVWLWXLVFH SHU OH PDGUL XQ FRPSLWR DVVDL RQHURVR, VSHVVR DQFKH VRWWR O’DVSHWWR HFRQRPLFR.
L’LQWUHFFLR WUD PDWHUQLWj H ODYRUR, LO YHUR SXQWR
QRGDOH, GL SHU Vp DSSDUH SLHQDPHQWH ULFRQRVFLXWR H OHJLWWLPDWR VXO SLDQR FXOWXUDOH H VRFLDOH ULPDQH WXWWDYLD GLI¿FLOH GD FRQVHJXLUH VXO
SLDQR SUDWLFR H RUJDQL]]DWLYR. GOL HIIHWWL VRQR
LO SRVSRQLPHQWR GHOOD PDWHUQLWj LQ IWDOLD O’HWj
PHGLD GHOOD PDGUL DOOD QDVFLWD GHO SULPR ¿JOLR
è oltre i trent’anni) e il calo delle nascite.
3HU TXDQWR FRQFHUQH OD WUDVIRUPD]LRQH UHFHQWH
GHOOD ¿JXUD SDWHUQD O’DXWULFH VFRUJH LQQDQ]LWXWWR XQ’DPELYDOHQ]D GD XQ ODWR QHL FDVL GL VHSDUD]LRQH H GL GLYRU]LR, O’LPPDJLQH GHO SDGUH
VELDGLVFH ¿QR D VFRPSDULUH. DDOO’DOWUR LO SDGUH
q SL SUHVHQWH LQ IDPLJOLD q LQIDWWL FRLQYROWR
QHOO’HVSOHWDPHQWR GL FRPSLWL GL UDVVLFXUD]LRQH
HPRWLYD H GL DFFXGLPHQWR SULPDULR. 3URSULR
O’DFTXLVL]LRQH GD SDUWH GHL QXRYL SDGUL GL IXQ]LRQL HVSUHVVLYHDIIHWWLYH H GL FXUD XQ WHPSR
WLSLFDPHQWH PDWHUQH, q LO GDWR FKH LQGXEELDPHQWH RJJL VL LPSRQH LQ PDQLHUD FODPRURVD.
SH VL FRQVLGHUD FRQWHVWXDOPHQWH O’DVVXQ]LRQH GL UXROL VWUXPHQWDOL SDWHUQL GD SDUWH GHOOH
QXRYH PDGUL, FRPH DG HVHPSLR OD WUDVPLVVLRQH GHOOH QRUPH H O’HVHUFL]LR GHOO’DXWRULWj,
HPHUJH OD WHQGHQ]D JHQHUDOH D XQ SURFHVVR GL
³GH-GH¿QL]LRQH´ GHL UXROL JHQLWRULDOL. NHOOD VRFLHWj FRQWHPSRUDQHD, FRPH VRVWHQJRQR DOFXQL
VWXGLRVL, IXQ]LRQH PDWHUQD H IXQ]LRQH SDWHUQD
SRVVRQR RUPDL HVVHUH VYROWH GD HQWUDPEL L JHQLWRUL, LQGLSHQGHQWHPHQWH GDO JHQHUH. E WXWWDYLD YD ULFRQRVFLXWR FKH OD PDJJLRUDQ]D GHL
SDGUL, VSHFLDOPHQWH LQ IWDOLD, VL WURYD DQFRUD LQ
ELOLFR IUD WUDGL]LRQH H FDPELDPHQWR VL WUDWWD
GL SDGUL FKH VWDQQR DWWUDYHUVDQGR XQD GHOLFDWD
IDVH GL HIIHWWLYD WUDVPXWD]LRQH.
IO VDJJLR GL AQQD LDXUD =DQDWWD QRQ VROR UHJLVWUD OD WUDVIRUPD]LRQH GHOOH ¿JXUH JHQLWRULDOL
PD VL SUHPXUD DQFKH GL PRVWUDUH OH V¿GH H L
41
ULVFKL FKH HVVD FRPSRUWD. IQ SDUWLFRODUH FL VHPEUD LPSRUWDQWH LQGLFDUH WUH QRGL SUREOHPDWLFL
FKH HPHUJRQR GDOOD GLDJQRVL GHO FDPELDPHQWR
HSRFDOH LO GLVWDFFR WUD FRQLXJDOLWj H JHQLWRULDOLWj SHU HVVHUH SDGUH H PDGUH QRQ q SL
necessario essere sposati; di fatto oggi le conYLYHQ]H VRQR XQ IHQRPHQR LQ ODUJD HVSDQVLRQH
LQ WXWWL L SDHVL RFFLGHQWDOL OD VFLVVLRQH WUD
SURFUHD]LRQH H VHVVXDOLWj DSSRUWDWD GDOO’XWLOL]]R GLIIXVR GHOOH WHFQRORJLH ULSURGXWWLYH OD
UDSLGD SURSDJD]LRQH GHOOH FRVLGGHWWH IDPLJOLH
³RPRJHQLWRULDOL´, RVVLD FRVWLWXLWH GD JHQLWRUL
RPRVHVVXDOL.
TUD L IDWWRUL FKH LQWHUYHQJRQR QHOOD PHWDPRUIRVL GHO PRGHOOR SDUHQWDOH QHOO’DWWXDOH FRQWHVWR VRFLR-FXOWXUDOH, ROWUH DO GHFOLQR GHOOD IDPLJOLD IRQGDWD VXO PDWULPRQLR YL q SURSULR LO
FUHVFHQWH LQWHUVFDPELR WUD LGHQWLWj GL JHQHUH
H RULHQWDPHQWR VHVVXDOH WDOH LQHGLWD PRELOLWj, DXWHQWLFR VDOWR TXDQWLFR SHU O’DVVHWWR GHOOD
VRFLHWj, GHFUHWD LQHVRUDELOPHQWH QXRYL PRGHOOL
GL DVVXQ]LRQH GHO UXROR GL JHQLWRUH. IO WHPD q
al centro della ricerca di E. RUSPINI - S. LUCIANI, Nuovi genitori, CDURFFL, RRPD ,
SS. , ¼ ,. GXLGD O’LQGDJLQH XQ LQWHUURJDWLYR UDGLFDOH FKH FRVD ID GL XQ JHQLWRUH
XQ EXRQ JHQLWRUH" L’LQWHQWR GHOOR VWXGLR q GL
VFDUGLQDUH O’LGHD WUDGL]LRQDOH SHU FXL OD FDSDFLWj JHQLWRULDOH VDUHEEH IXQ]LRQH GLUHWWD GL XQ
GHWHUPLQDWR VWDWR FLYLOH, GL XQ FRUSR VHVVXDWR R
GL XQ SUHFLVR RULHQWDPHQWR VHVVXDOH. LH DXWULFL
VRVWHQJRQR LQIDWWL FKH SHU HVVHUH EXRQL JHQLWRri non è necessario né essere sposati né essere
HWHURVHVVXDOL.
LR VGRJDQDPHQWR GHOOD IDPLJOLD RPRSDUHQWDOH
q OR VFRSR WHQDFHPHQWH SHUVHJXLWR GD A. CADORET, Genitori come gli altri. Omosessualità e genitorialità, Feltrinelli, Milano 2008,
SS. , ¼ ,. 3DUWHQGR GDOO’LGHD GLIIXVD FKH
DYHUH XQ ¿JOLR, RJJL, q RUPDL XQD VFHOWD, XQD
WDSSD YHUVR OD UHDOL]]D]LRQH GL Vp, DGGLULWWXUD
XQ GLULWWR LQGLYLGXDOH, H GDO GDWR LQFRQWHVWDELOH
FKH OH WHFQLFKH GL ULSURGX]LRQH DVVLVWLWD KDQQR VHSDUDWR OD SURFUHD]LRQH GDOOD VHVVXDOLWj,
Anne Cadoret, etnologa, ricercatrice al CNRS
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
H PHPEUR GHO GURXSH GH RHFKHUFKH HW G’AQDO\VH GX SRFLDO HW GH OD SRFLDELOLWp GRASS
JLXQJH DOOD FRQFOXVLRQH GHOO’HIIHWWLYR VXSHUDPHQWR, QHOOD UHDOWj GHL IDWWL, GHO PRGHOOR WUDGL]LRQDOH GL IDPLJOLD. A IURQWH GL WDOH WUDVIRUPD]LRQH YLHQH VXELWR IRUPXODWR XQ LQWHUURJDWLYR
SROHPLFR SHUFKp, GXQTXH, JOL RPRVHVVXDOL QRQ
SRWUHEEHUR GLYHQWDUH JHQLWRUL" L’DXWULFH LQGLYLGXD TXDWWUR FRQGL]LRQL SRVVLELOL GL RPRJHQLWRULDOLWj JHQLWRUL FKH KDQQR DYXWR XQ ¿JOLR
SULPD GHOO’XQLRQH RPRVHVVXDOH FRSSLH JD\ H
OHVELFKH LQFURFLDWH SHU DYHUH XQ ¿JOLR O’DGR]LRQH OD SURFUHD]LRQH DVVLVWLWD FRPSUHQVLYD GL
XWHUR LQ DI¿WWR. LR VFHQDULR SURVSHWWDWR FRPSRUWD SUREOHPL DVVDL LQJHQWL FKH ULJXDUGDQR JOL
DVSHWWL JLXULGLFL UHODWLYL DOOR VWDWXWR GHOOH FRVLGGHWWH IDPLJOLH RPRSDUHQWDOL, OD GH¿QL]LRQH GHL
UDSSRUWL GL SDUHQWHOD H OH LQQHJDELOL GLI¿FROWj
QHOO’HGXFD]LRQH GHL ¿JOL.
IO WHQWDWLYR GL LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH GL XQ GDWR LQQHJDELOH, RVVLD O’DXPHQWR GHO QXPHUR GL SHUVRQH
D RULHQWDPHQWR RPRVHVVXDOH FKH FUHVFRQR L
SURSUL ¿JOL R VL DSSUHVWDQR D GLYHQWDUH JHQLWRUL, FRVWLWXLVFH O’RELHWWLYR GL C. CAVINA - D.
DANNA (ed.), Crescere in famiglie omogenitoriali, Franco Angeli, Milano 2009, pp. 224,
¼ ,. EVVHUH JHQLWRUL HG HVVHUH RPRVHVVXDOL
QRQ UDSSUHVHQWHUHEEHUR SL GXH DVSHWWL LQFRQFLOLDELOL SHU LO VHQVR FRPXQH. IO OLEUR, GL WDJOLR
GLYXOJDWLYR, DQDOL]]D LO IHQRPHQR GHOOD QDVFLWD
H GHOOR VYLOXSSR GHOOH IDPLJOLH RPRJHQLWRULDOL
LQ XQ’RWWLFD PXOWLGLVFLSOLQDUH DYYDOHQGRVL GHOOH FRPSHWHQ]H GL LPSRUWDQWL VWXGLRVL.
3HU TXDQWR FRQFHUQH LQYHFH, SL FRQYHQ]LRQDOPHQWH, LO UDSSRUWR XRPR-GRQQD, O’DWWHQ]LRQH
DOOD ULGH¿QL]LRQH GHO SUR¿OR HVLVWHQ]LDOH GHOOD
FRSSLD HWHURVHVVXDOH D VHJXLWR GHOOD JUDYLGDQza è oggetto di indagine da parte di L. CADEI
- D. SIMEONE, L’attesa. Un temSo Ser nascere genitori, Unicopli, Milano 2013, pp. 223,
¼ ,. LD WUDQVL]LRQH DOOD JHQLWRULDOLWj FRPSRUWD WUDVIRUPD]LRQL ¿VLFKH, SVLFRORJLFKH H
UHOD]LRQDOL FKH LPSOLFDQR OD ULPRGXOD]LRQH GHL
UXROL H GHL FRPSLWL GHOOD FRSSLD. LD QDVFLWD GHO
¿JOLR UDSSUHVHQWD SHU FHUWL YHUVL XQ PRPHQWR
FULWLFR O’XRPR H OD GRQQD YLYRQR TXHVWR SHULRGR DOO’LQVHJQD GHOOD ULVWUXWWXUD]LRQH GHOOD
SURSULD LGHQWLWj H GHO SURSULR LPPDJLQDULR DG
HVVL q FKLHVWR GL ³QDVFHUH´ FRPH JHQLWRUL. CL
SDUH LPSRUWDQWH VHJQDODUH XQR VSXQWR GL ULÀHVVLRQH DVVDL VLJQL¿FDWLYR FKH TXHVWR VDJJLR FL
FRQVHJQD GLYHQWDUH PDGUH H SDGUH q XQ SURFHVVR FKH VL GLVWHQGH QHO WHPSR, UDGLFDOPHQWH
PHGLDWR GDOOH IRUPH VRFLDOL GHO YLYHUH H GDOOH
IRUPH GHOOD FXOWXUD YLJHQWH.
UQ DOWUR GDWR FKH FRQWUDGGLVWLQJXH O’DVVHWWR
GHOOD IDPLJOLD FRQWHPSRUDQHD q FHUWDPHQWH
OD ULVFRSHUWD GHO UXROR GHL QRQQL. EVVL ULVXOWDQR VHPSUH SL LQGLVSHQVDELOL. L’LQVWDELOLWj GHL
OHJDPL IDPLOLDUL, OD SUHFDULHWj GHO ODYRUR H OD
FRQJLXQWXUD HFRQRPLFD QH KDQQR ULODQFLDWR
OD ¿JXUD. DHO WHPD VL RFFXSD A.L. ZANATTA, I
nuovi nonni. Una risorsa cruciale Ser le famiglie di oggi FDUVL XQ’LGHD , IO MXOLQR,
BRORJQD , SS. , ¼ ,. L’DOOXQJDPHQWR GHOOD YLWD PHGLD H LO PLJOLRUDPHQWR GHOOH
FRQGL]LRQL GL VDOXWH QRQ VROR KDQQR GDWR OXRJR
D IDPLJOLH VHPSUH SL YHUWLFDOL, FLRq FDUDWWHUL]]DWH GDOOD FRPSUHVHQ]D GL WUH R TXDWWUR JHQHUD]LRQL, PD KDQQR DQFKH IDFLOLWDWR LO OHJDPH
WUD QRQQL H QLSRWL. SSHVVR L QRQQL FRVWLWXLVFRQR
XQ’DQFRUD GL VDOYH]]D QHL PRPHQWL FULWLFL GL
XQD IDPLJOLD, VSHFLDOPHQWH TXDQGR YL q LQ DWWR
XQD VHSDUD]LRQH R LQ FDVR GL GLYRU]LR. EVVL VL
WURYDQR D GRYHU DUJLQDUH OH FRQVHJXHQ]H QHJDWLYH GHULYDQWL GDOOD IUDJLOLWj DIIHWWLYD H, XOWLPDPHQWH VHPSUH SL, DQFKH HFRQRPLFD GHOOD
IDPLJOLD.
TXWWDYLD SHU DIIURQWDUH TXHVWH V¿GH L QRQQL
VL WURYDQR VJXDUQLWL GL VWUXPHQWL LGRQHL. NDVFH O’HVLJHQ]D GL VDSHUH FRPH GLVWULFDUVL LQ
XQ FRQWHVWR PXWDWR H DVVDL FRPSOHVVR. SXOOD
VFHQD HGLWRULDOH FRPSDLRQR VXVVLGL FKH LOOXVWUDQR FRPH GLYHQWDUH QRQQL. RDSSUHVHQWDWLYR
GL XQD SURGX]LRQH LQ FUHVFLWD q LO OLEUR GL PH.
WILLIAMS, Nonni oggi. Un ruolo riscoSerto
e rinnovato, AUPDQGR EGLWRUH, RRPD ,
SS. , ¼ ,. SL WUDWWD DSSXQWR GL XQD JXLGD SUDWLFD GL IDFLOH FRQVXOWD]LRQH FKH FRQVHQWH
DL QRQQL GL DVVXPHUH FRQVDSHYROPHQWH OD ORUR
42
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
IXQ]LRQH H GL DIIURQWDUH TXLQGL FRQ FRPSHWHQ]D L QXRYL SUREOHPL FKH LO FDPELDPHQWR GHOOD
IDPLJOLD RJJL VROOHYD. A TXHVWR SXQWR SHUz VL
SRWUHEEH DSULUH OR VSD]LR SHU XQ DSSURIRQGLPHQWR GDYYHUR LO UXROR GHL QRQQL SXz HVVHUH
ULGRWWR DO PHUR SLDQR IXQ]LRQDOH, DO GLVEULJR
GL PDQVLRQL GL EDE\VLWWHUDJJLR" L’LPSUHVVLRQH
q FKH, QHO PRQGR LSHUWHFQRORJLFR H VHFRODUL]]DWR, OD SHFXOLDUH SUHGLVSRVL]LRQH VL GRYUHEEH
PHJOLR GLUH ³YRFD]LRQH´ GHL QRQQL D WUDVPHWtere la saggezza pratica, la fede religiosa e la
PHPRULD ³VWRULFD´ GHOOH WUDGL]LRQL IDPLOLDUL
QRQ VLD SL RJJHWWR GL LQWHUHVVH SXEEOLFR H GL
ULÀHVVLRQH.
NHOO’DPELWR GHOO’DWWXDOH ULPRGHOODPHQWR GHL
UXROL DOO’LQWHUQR GHOOD IDPLJOLD XQD FRQVLGHUD]LRQH SDUWLFRODUH PHULWD OD WUDVIRUPD]LRQH
GHOOD ¿JXUD SDWHUQD VL WUDWWD LQIDWWL GL XQD YHUD
PHWDPRUIRVL. IQQDQ]LWXWWR YD ULFRUGDWR FKH LO
IHQRPHQR GHOO’³DVVHQ]D GHO SDGUH´ q GLYHQWDWR
XQ WUDWWR WLSLFR GHOOD VRFLHWj WDUGR-PRGHUQD H
FRVWLWXLVFH XQ PRWLYR ULFRUUHQWH QHOOD OHWWHUDWXra specialistica di indirizzo psico-sociologico.
LXQJR TXHVWD GLUHWWULFH VL PXRYH C. RISÉ, Il
Sadre. L’assente inaccettabile, Edizioni San
3DROR, CLQLVHOOR BDOVDPR , SS. , ¼
,. MD LQ FKH WHUPLQL GHYH HVVHUH LQWHVD OD
ODWLWDQ]D GHO SDGUH" LD ULFRJQL]LRQH IHQRPHQRORJLFD PRVWUD FKH LO SDGUH QRQ q ¿VLFDPHQWH
DVVHQWH. EJOL IUHTXHQWD OD FDVD, D YROWH FROODERUD QHOOH IDFFHQGH GRPHVWLFKH, DVVROYH L FRPSLWL SUHVWDELOLWL, PD SRL, HIIHWWLYDPHQWH, QRQ KD
DOFXQ SHVR QHOOD FRQGX]LRQH GHOOD IDPLJOLD H
QHOOD VFHOWD GHOOH VWUDWHJLH HGXFDWLYH. DDYDQWL
DO UXROR GL SDGUH O’XRPR VHPSUH SL IUHTXHQWHPHQWH VL VFRSUH VSURYYLVWR GHOOH TXDOLWj ULFKLHVWH. IQIDWWL, D FDXVD GHO FDPELDPHQWR GHO
FRQWHVWR VRFLDOH H IDPLOLDUH, HJOL QRQ GLVSRQH
SL GL XQ FRGLFH VLPEROLFR YDOLGR SHU GHFLIUDUH
HG HVHUFLWDUH OD SDWHUQLWj. 3HUWDQWR, OD VFRPSDUVD GHO SDGUH q OD VFRPSDUVD GHL ULWL H GHL
PLWL FRVWUXLWL DWWRUQR DOOD VXD LPPDJLQH q, SL
SUHFLVDPHQWH, OD SHUGLWD GHOOD GHQVLWj VLPEROLFD GHOOR VWLOH SDWHUQR H LQVLHPH LO YHQLU PHQR
GHOOR VIRU]R GL FLYLOL]]D]LRQH H GHO VLJQL¿FDWR
43
GHOOD OHJJH. IQ TXHVWR RUL]]RQWH GL VHQVR DVVDL
UDUHIDWWR, LO SDGUH WDUGR-PRGHUQR SDUH UDVVHJQDUH OH GLPLVVLRQL GDO FRPSLWR GL HOHYDUH FXOWXUDOPHQWH LO ¿JOLR, H LQ SDUWLFRODUH GL LQL]LDUOR
DOOD OHJJH PRUDOH H GL LQWURGXUOR DL FDQRQL GHOOD
YLWD DVVRFLDWD.
AO UHFXSHUR GL TXHOOD FKH SRWUHPPR GH¿QLUH, VHQ]D WLPRUH GL IRU]DWXUH, OD ³VSLULWXDOLWj´
GHO SDGUH q GHGLFDWR LO SL UHFHQWH YROXPH GL
C. RISÉ, Il Sadre. Libertà dono, Ares, MilaQR , SS. , ¼ ,. 3HU O’DXWRUH LQIDWWL
VL GHYH DPPHWWHUH FKH OD SRVVLELOLWj GHO SDGUH
QHOO’HUD FRQWHPSRUDQHD q FRQQHVVD DOOD ULVFRSHUWD GHOOD GHQVLWj UHOLJLRVD GHOOD VXD ¿JXUD. IO
SDGUH ID GRQR GHOOD OLEHUWj DO ¿JOLR OR VYLQFROD
GDO OHJDPH IXVLRQDOH FRQ OD PDGUH, OR DIIUDQFD
GDOOD FRD]LRQH D ULSHWHUH H OR HOHYD ROWUH LO SXUR
VWDGLR SXOVLRQDOH. EJOL, SURPXRYHQGR O’DSHUWXUD GHO ¿JOLR D FLz FKH WUDVFHQGH LO PHUR LVWLQWR,
OR FRQGXFH YHUVR OD ³WHUUD SURPHVVD´ GHOO’DXWRQRPLD, H OR DYYLD DOOD ULFHUFD GHO VHQVR GHO
UHDOH. IO SDGUH WHUUHQR q LPPDJLQH DUFKHWLSLFD,
H LQVLHPH ULVRUVD SVLFRORJLFD H VSLULWXDOH, FKH
HYRFD OD SUHVHQ]D GHO 3DGUH GHOOD IHGH UHOLJLRVD. IO SDGUH ULVXOWD FRVu ¿JXUD GHO 3DGUH OLEHUDWRUH. 3HU RLVp LO ULPDQGR HVSOLFLWR q DOO’LFRQD
GHO 3DGUH GHOOD ULYHOD]LRQH ELEOLFD ©TX, SLJQRUH, WX VHL QRVWUR SDGUH, GD VHPSUH WL FKLDPL
QRVWUR OLEHUDWRUHª IV ,. NRQ VL SXz LQIDWWL
GLPHQWLFDUH FKH QHOOD YLFHQGD GHOO’EVRGR DLR
VL PDQLIHVWD HVVHQ]LDOPHQWH FRPH FROXL FKH UHGLPHOLEHUD LO VXR SRSROR.
IO IHQRPHQR FRQWHPSRUDQHR GHOOD FRVLGGHWWD
³HYDSRUD]LRQH GHO SDGUH´ JDFTXHV LDFDQ, RVVLD LO YHQLU PHQR GHO SUR¿OR QRUPDWLYR GHOO’LPPDJLQH SDWHUQD, FRVWLWXLVFH LO SXQWR GL SDUWHQ]D
del saggio di M. RECALCATI, Il comSlesso di
Telemaco. Genitori e ¿gli doSo il tramonto
del Sadre, Feltrinelli, Milano 2013, pp. 153, €
,. LD ODWLWDQ]D GHO SDGUH q FROWD VXO SLDQR
GHOOD WHVWLPRQLDQ]D DXWRUHYROH GHL VLJQL¿FDWL GHO
YLYHUH. EJOL KD GLVPHVVR OH YHVWL GHOOD SDWHUQLWj
H VL UHOD]LRQD FRQ L ¿JOL, DOOD SDUL. MD RHFDOFDWL QHOOD VXD DQDOLVL YD ROWUH H FRJOLH DFXWDPHQWH
QHOOD QRVWUD VRFLHWj, LQ TXHVWL XOWLPL DQQL, ©XQD
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
LQHGLWD H SUHVVDQWH GRPDQGD GL SDGUHª. CLz FKH
YLHQH ULFKLHVWR QRQ q RYYLDPHQWH XQ SDGUH DXWRULWDULR, EHQVu XQ SDGUH teVtimone. AVVLVWLDPR
RJJL D XQ PRYLPHQWR VLQJRODUH SUHVVR OH QXRYH
JHQHUD]LRQL VL VWD FRPSLHQGR LO SDVVDJJLR GDO UL¿XWR GHO SDGUH, LQWHVR QHOOD IRUPD DFFUHVFLWLYD,
H GLVSUHJLDWLYD, GL ³SDGURQH´, RVVLD FRPH IDQWDVPD GHOOD FDVWUD]LRQH FKH VL PHWWH GL WUDYHUVR
rispetto alla realizzazione del proprio desiderio
LDLR, LO SDGUH GL EGLSR, DOO’LQYRFD]LRQH GHO SDGUH SHUFHSLWR TXDOH JDUDQWH GHOO’RUGLQH PRUDOH
UOLVVH, LO SDGUH GL THOHPDFR. LD PLWRORJLD JUHFD RIIUH VSXQWL VXJJHVWLYL SHU LQWHUSUHWDUH TXHVWD
QXRYD LQYRFD]LRQH. LD ULDSSDUL]LRQH GHOOD ¿JXUD SDWHUQD VHJQD LO ULWRUQR GL XQ SDGUH ³GLYHUVDPHQWH SDGUH´, SL GLPHVVR H SL IUDJLOH UOLVVH
VL SUHVHQWD QHOOH YHVWL GL XQ PHQGLFDQWH, DOOHJJHULWR GHOOH LQVHJQH GHO SRWHUH H GHJOL HPEOHPL
GL XQ RVWHQWDWR YLULOLVPR UOLVVH VL PRVWUD SULYR
GHOO’DUPDWXUD GHO JXHUULHUR.
LD OHJJH GL FXL LO SDGUH q ODWRUH ± H LQVLHPH
VLPEROR ± q OD OHJJH GHOOD SDUROD FKH WHVWLPRQLD
FRPH XQ VHQVR SHU YLYHUH VLD SRVVLELOH RYYHUR
FRPH VLD SRVVLELOH YLYHUH VROR DFFHGHQGR DOOD
YHULWj GHO SURSULR GHVLGHULR reVSonVabile, OLEHUDQGRVL GXQTXH GDOOD IDVFLQD]LRQH PRUWLIHUD GHO
JRGLPHQWR GLVVLSDWLYR.
2. Il FomSito eGXFatiYo oggi
LD IDWLFD GHOOD IDPLJOLD DIIHWWLYD FRQWHPSRUDQHD D VYROJHUH FRPSLWL GL WUDGL]LRQH FXOWXUDOH H DG DVVXPHUH OD VXD RULJLQDULD IXQ]LRQH
QRUPDWLYD, D FDXVD GHO SURIRQGR PXWDPHQWR
DQWURSRORJLFR LQ DWWR, VL ULÀHWWH QHL WRQL DOODUPLVWLFL FRQ FXL YLHQH WUDWWDWR, D OLYHOOR GL
GLEDWWLWR SXEEOLFR, LO WHPD GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH.
TXWWR TXDQWR ULJXDUGD LO WHPD HGXFDWLYR RJJL
è emergen]a. L’DOODUPH q FRPSUHQVLELOH OD
PHWDPRUIRVL GHO UDSSRUWR SDUHQWDOH, D VHJXLWR
GHOOD WUDVIRUPD]LRQH DQWURSRORJLFR-FXOWXUDOH
LQ FRUVR, UHQGH JUDYRVR LO FRPSLWR GL HGXFDUH.
IQ SL, OD FHQVXUD FKH JUDYD VXO SUR¿OR PRUDOH GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D FRQWULEXLVFH D RSDFL]]DUH LO
VHQVR VWHVVR GHO FRPSLWR HGXFDWLYR, WDQWR GD
VXJJHULUQH O’DEEDQGRQR. E WXWWDYLD PDL FRPH
RUD q XUJHQWH HGXFDUH. EGXFDUH VL GHYH, PD q
DQFRUD SRVVLELOH"
AO ULODQFLR GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH q GHGLFDWR LO VDJJLR
di D. DEMETRIO, L’educazione non è ¿nita.
Idee Ser difenderla, Raffaello Cortina, MilaQR , SS. , ¼ ,. L’DXWRUH, GRFHQWH
GL ¿ORVR¿D GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH SUHVVR O’UQLYHUVLWj
GL MLODQR BLFRFFD, LQWHQGH FRUDJJLRVDPHQWH
ULSULVWLQDUH XQD GLVFXVVLRQH VXO VHQVR GHOO’HGXcare, indagandone le radici pedagogiche ed etiFKH. NH HVFH XQ ULWUDWWR GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH TXDOH
GLPHQVLRQH DQWURSRORJLFD IRQGDPHQWDOH.
IO OLEUR q DUWLFRODWR LQ GXH SDUWL. NHOOD SULPD,
LQ VHL FDSLWROL YHQJRQR DOOLQHDWH GH¿QL]LRQL
FKH DOOXGRQR DOOD VFRPSDUVD GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH
O’HGXFD]LRQH ³VPDUULWD´, ³V¿QLWD´, ³VELDGLWD´,
³LPSDXULWD´, ³DYYLOLWD´, ³LQGH¿QLWD´. IO GLIIRQGHUVL GL LQWHUSUHWD]LRQL HTXLYRFKH H ULGXWWLYH
VWDQQR DOOD EDVH GHOOR V¿QLPHQWR GHOO’LGHD GL
HGXFD]LRQH. EVVD YLHQH VSHVVR ULSRUWDWD DOOD
FDWHJRULD PRUDOLVWLFD GHOO’³HGL¿FDQWH´, TXDQGR QRQ ULGRWWD DOOD PHUD ³EXRQD HGXFD]LRQH´,
FLRq D UHJROD GL FRPSRUWDPHQWR, XOWLPDPHQWH
D HWLFKHWWD. L’DVVXQWR YHLFRODWR GDOOD UHFHQWH
OHWWHUDWXUD SVLFRSHGDJRJLFD VHFRQGR FXL O’HGXFD]LRQH VL LGHQWL¿FD FRQ OD ³FXUD´, SUHFLVDPHQWH FRQ OH FXUH DIIHWWLYH PDWHUQH H SDWHUQH,
FRVWLWXLVFH XQ DOWUR IUDLQWHQGLPHQWR. MD OH
SUHVWD]LRQL GL FXUD, VRWWROLQHD O’DXWRUH, QRQ
HVDXULVFRQR O’HGXFD]LRQH FKH q, SL SURIRQGDPHQWH, OD WUDVPLVVLRQH GL XQ VDSHUH-SHU-YLYHUH.
LD GHOHJD DOOD VFXROD GL RJQL SRWHUH LQ FDPSR
HGXFDWLYR q GRFXPHQWR GL XQ’XOWHULRUH GLVWRUVLRQH O’HGXFD]LRQH YLHQH D FRLQFLGHUH FRQ OD
VRPPLQLVWUD]LRQH GL QR]LRQL H FRQ LO FRPSOHVVR GL SUHVWD]LRQL GRYXWH GD SDUWH GHOOR VWDWR.
NHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH GHO VDJJLR YHQJRQR LQGLYLGXDWL L WUDWWL VDOLHQWL GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH, RYYHUR
JOL DVSHWWL GL SHUGXUHYROH YDOLGLWj FKH GHYRQR
HVVHUH ULVFRSHUWL. IO YROXPH FRQIH]LRQD FRVu
XQD VRUWD GL DSRORJLD GHOOD PLVVLRQH HGXFDWLYD.
3HU FRQWUDVWDUH O’HPRUUDJLD GL VHQVR FKH FROSLVFH O’D]LRQH HGXFDWLYD RFFRUUH LQQDQ]LWXWWR
WRUQDUH D RFFXSDUVL GHOO’LGHQWLWj GHOOD SHUVRQD.
44
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
L’HGXFD]LRQH q UDGLFDOPHQWH FRQQHVVD DO SURFHVVR GL LGHQWL¿FD]LRQH, FKH q HVVHQ]LDOPHQWH
VWRULFR. 3HUWDQWR DQFKH O’HGXFD]LRQH GHYH HVVHUH LQWHVD FRPH SURFHVVR GLVWHVR QHO WHPSR H
LQFDUQDWR LQ XQD FXOWXUD. SL WUDWWD GL XQ’DFTXLVL]LRQH GL EDVH LPSUHVFLQGLELOH.
3HU DXFFLR DHPHWULR O’HGXFD]LRQH QRQ ¿QLVFH
SHUFKp q VRVWDQ]LDOPHQWH SHUVRQDOH DSSDUWLHQH DOOD QRVWUD YLFHQGD. ASSDUWLHQH DO FDPPLQR
GHOOD OLEHUWj H DOOD VFRSHUWD GHO SURSULR Vp XQLFR
H LUULSHWLELOH. MD O’HGXFD]LRQH QRQ SXz HVVHUH
ULIHULWD HVFOXVLYDPHQWH DOO’DPELWR GHOO’LQWHULRULWj. EVVD, ULFRQRVFH O’DXWRUH, FL GLVFKLXGH DO
PRQGR H DJOL DOWUL, FRQGXFH DOOD FRQVDSHYROH]]D FKH OD UHDOWj FL ULJXDUGD, FKH OD VHPSOLFH
SUHVHQ]D GHJOL DOWUL FRVWLWXLVFH DGGLULWWXUD XQ
DSSHOOR SHU QRL. L’DSHUWXUD DOO’DOWUR, RVVLD OD
FRPSUHQVLRQH GHOOH VXH DWWHVH QHL QRVWUL FRQIURQWL, q OD FLIUD GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH ULXVFLWD. LD WXWHOD H O’LQWHQVL¿FD]LRQH GHOO’LPSHJQR HGXFDWLYR DSSDLRQR GXQTXH OHJDWH LQHVWULFDELOPHQWH DO
GHVWLQR GHOO’XPDQR. IO PRQLWR ¿QDOH GHOO’DXWRUH
q FKH O’HGXFD]LRQH QRQ GHYH VFRPSDULUH DOWULPHQWL DVVLVWHUHPPR DO WUDPRQWR GHOOD FLYLOWj.
CROSLVFH WXWWDYLD FKH QHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH GHO WHPD
GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH PDQFKL LO ULIHULPHQWR DO UXROR HVVHQ]LDOH GHOOD IDPLJOLD. IO VHQVR GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH SXz HVVHUH LQWHVR VROR LQ UDSSRUWR
DOO’DWWR GHOOD JHQHUD]LRQH. L’HGXFD]LRQH QRQ VL
DJJLXQJH DOOD JHQHUD]LRQH. EVVD, FRPH OR VWHVVR DXFFLR DHPHWULR VRWWROLQHD, q SL GHOO’LVWUX]LRQH. L’HGXFD]LRQH QRQ SXz HVVHU ULGRWWD Qp
DOO’DGGHVWUDPHQWR FRJQLWLYR-FRPSRUWDPHQWDOH,
Qp DOO’DELOLWD]LRQH DOOD YLWD VRFLDOH. L’HGXFD]LRQH q LQYHFH LQL]LD]LRQH DO VHQVR GL WXWWH OH FRVH.
Tale iniziazione si realizza nel rapporto effettiYR H DIIHWWLYR WUD JHQLWRUL H ¿JOL. L’HGXFD]LRQH q
GLIDWWL O’DUWLFROD]LRQH GL TXHO SULPR PHVVDJJLR
FKH L JHQLWRUL WUDVPHWWRQR DO ¿JOLR SHU LO VROR
IDWWR GL DYHUOR JHQHUDWR.
L’HGXFD]LRQH QRQ VL DJJLXQJH DOOD JHQHUD]LRQH
H D WXWWH OH FXUH GL FXL LO ¿JOLR QHFHVVLWD, TXDVL
IRVVH XQ FRPSLWR XOWHULRUH. EVVD q LQYHFH OD IRUPD FRHUHQWH FKH DVVXPH LO UDSSRUWR FRPSOHVVLYR GHL JHQLWRUL FRQ L ¿JOL q LO SUR¿OR FKH TXHO
45
UDSSRUWR DVVXPH D PLVXUD FKH LO ¿JOLR FUHVFH H
FKLHGH FKH VLD GDWD SDUROD DOOD YHULWj WHVWLPRQLDWD D OXL GDL JHQLWRUL, VHQ]D SDUROH, ¿Q GDJOL
LQL]L GHOOD VXD YLWD.
3HU LQWHQGHUH LO VLJQL¿FDWR GHOO’HGXFD]LRQH
ELVRJQD GXQTXH ULIHULUVL DOOD JHQHUD]LRQH H
SUHFLVDPHQWH DOOD VXD UDGLFDOH TXDOLWj UHOLJLRVD. EGXFDUH q LQIDWWL UHQGHUH UDJLRQH GHOOD
SURPHVVD RULJLQDULD IDWWD DO ¿JOLR, D IURQWH GHO
GLVWHQGHUVL GHOOD YLWD H GHJOL LQWHUURJDWLYL FKH
HVVD SURSRQH. IQ TXHVWD SURVSHWWLYD GLYHQWD
FRPSUHQVLELOH FRPH LO FRPSLWR HGXFDWLYR DEELD XQ’LQGXELWDELOH FRQQRWD]LRQH GL WHVWLPRnianza di fede.
Tra i principali fattori di erosione della conVLVWHQ]D UHOLJLRVD GHO UDSSRUWR HGXFDWLYR q GD
DQQRYHUDUH OD FULVL GHOO’DXWRULWj, SUHFLVDPHQWH OD GLI¿FROWj GHL JHQLWRUL D HVHUFLWDUOD. SXOOD
TXHVWLRQH VL VRIIHUPD P. CREPET, L’autorità
Serduta. Il coraggio che i ¿gli ci chiedono,
ELQDXGL, TRULQR , SS. ;I-, ¼ ,. LD
ULÀHVVLRQH GHOO’DXWRUH VL FRQFHQWUD VXOOD WHQGHQ]LDOH LQHWWLWXGLQH, H LQVLHPH DQFKH VXO GLVDJLR, GHOOD IDPLJOLD FRQWHPSRUDQHD D IRUQLUH
VROLGH UHJROH GL YLWD, FRPH SXUH D HTXLSDJJLDUH
L ¿JOL LQ PRGR WDOH FKH VDSSLDQR IURQWHJJLDUH
OH V¿GH FKH LO QRVWUR WHPSR ULVHUYD DOOH QXRYH
generazioni.
LD QHFHVVLWj FKH LO ¿JOLR DSSUHQGD LO ³PHVWLHUH GL YLYHUH´ DWWUDYHUVR LO UDSSRUWR FRQ LO SURSULR SDGUH, H QRQ FRQ L SURSUL SDUL, q PHVVD LQ
HYLGHQ]D GD G. SAVIO, Figlio e Sadre. In due
Ser strada, AUPDQGR EGLWRUH, RRPD , SS.
, ¼ ,. IO UDSSRUWR SDGUH-¿JOLR SUHQGH
FRUSR QHOOD YLFHQGD SUDWLFD HIIHWWLYD. 3HUFKp
LO SDGUH SRVVD HVHUFLWDUH LO SURSULR FRPSLWR GL
PHWWHUH LO ¿JOLR nel PRQGR VRQR SHUz QHFHVVDUL ³OXRJKL´ GL LQFRQWUR, RVVLD FRQFUH]LRQL GL
HVSHULHQ]H FRPXQL FKH GL IDWWR OD WUDQVL]LRQH
DWWXDOH LPSHGLVFH.
L’HVDXULPHQWR GHOO’HI¿FDFLD IRUPDWLYD GHOOD
IDPLJOLD SHU ULIHULPHQWR DL SURFHVVL GL FRVWUX]LRQH GHOO’LGHQWLWj SHUVRQDOH VL PDQLIHVWD LQ
XQ IHQRPHQR RUPDL HFODWDQWH QHOOD VWDJLRQH
GHOO’DGROHVFHQ]D OD IXQ]LRQH HGXFDWLYD GHL
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
genitori rischia di essere soppiantata dal rapSRUWR FRL SDUL H GDOOH UHOD]LRQL YLUWXDOL. DHOOD
SUREOHPDWLFD VL RFFXSDQR L. CIRILLO - E. BUDAY - T. SCODEGGIO, La terza famiglia, Edi]LRQL SDQ 3DROR, CLQLVHOOR BDOVDPR , SS.
, ¼ ,. ³THU]D IDPLJOLD´ q OD GH¿QL]LRQH HVFRJLWDWD GDOOH DXWULFL SHU LQGLFDUH TXHOOD
SDUWLFRODUH VIHUD DIIHWWLYD H QRUPDWLYD QHOOD
YLWD GHJOL DGROHVFHQWL FRQ FXL L JHQLWRUL GHYRQR
RJJL PHWWHUVL D FRQIURQWR VH OD SULPD IDPLJOLD,
LQWHVD FRPH VLVWHPD GL UHOD]LRQL, q TXHOOD QDWXUDOH, H OD VHFRQGD q TXHOOD GHJOL DPLFL, OD WHU]D
q TXHOOD YLUWXDOH JHQHUDWD GDOO’DSSDUWHQHQ]D D
XQ VoFial networN. DDOO’DQDOLVL GHO IHQRPHQR
DI¿RUDQR VXELWR DOFXQL LQWHUURJDWLYL FRPH VL
FRQ¿JXUD LO UDSSRUWR WUD IDPLJOLD QDWXUDOH, VRFLDOH H YLUWXDOH" E VRSUDWWXWWR, TXDO q O’LQÀXHQza dell’espansione delle
SLDWWDIRUPH VoFial VXL
SURFHVVL GL LGHQWL¿FD]LRQH" CKH FRVD LPSOLFD
SHU XQ DGROHVFHQWH O’LGHD
FKH VLDQR VXI¿FLHQWL XQD
connessione a Internet
H XQ SUR¿OR SHU FUHDUH
O’LOOXVLRQH GL XQ’LGHQWLWj" CRPH HGXFDUH DOOH
UHOD]LRQL
VLJQL¿FDWLYH
e al contatto reale per
VIXJJLUH DOO’LQVLGLRVD GLSHQGHQ]D GDO YLUWXDOH"
LD UHWH q OD QXRYD IDPLJOLD GHOO’DGROHVFHQWH
HVVD FRVWLWXLVFH LQIDWWL XQ SROR GL DIIHWWL H GL
VFDPELR TXRWLGLDQR. MHGLDQWH OD UHWH VL VWDELOLVFRQR UHOD]LRQL H VL DSSUHQGRQR LQIRUPD]LRQL.
L’appartenenza alla FommXnit\, OD FRPXQLWj
YLUWXDOH, GHWHUPLQD LO SURFHVVR GL VHSDUD]LRQH
GHO VLQJROR ULVSHWWR DOOD IDPLJOLD QDWXUDOH H
FRQWULEXLVFH DOO’HODERUD]LRQH GL XQ’LGHQWLWj, DOWUHWWDQWR YLUWXDOH, GD VSHQGHUH VXOOD SLD]]D PHGLDWLFD. MD FRQWUDULDPHQWH DOOD YLWD GRPHVWLFD,
QHO PRQGR GHOOD UHWH PDQFD LO FLPHQWR FRQ O’HVSHULHQ]D GHO OLPLWH, FKH VROD FRQVHQWH GL PLVXUDUVL FRQ LO SURSULR LR UHDOH. IQROWUH QHOOD PRGDOLWj on line QRQ F’q LO WHPSR SHU LQWHULRUL]]DUH
QRUPH H LGHDOL PRUDOL. GOL DGROHVFHQWL, VHPSUH
PHQR HGXFDWL DOOD ULÀHVVLRQH, QRQ ULHVFRQR D
JHVWLUH LQ PDQLHUD ³SHQVDWD´ OH SURSULH HPR]LRQL VSHVVR VRFFRPERQR DG HVVH DJHQGR LQ
PRGR LPSXOVLYR H DVVXPHQGR FRPSRUWDPHQWL
D ULVFKLR. IO ULFRUVR DOOD UHWH FRPH OXRJR SUHFLSXR GL QXWULPHQWR DIIHWWLYR H GL ULFRQRVFLPHQWR SHUVRQDOH q LQFHQWLYDWR GDOOD FUHVFHQWH SUHgnanza delle relazioni orizzontali. È dai propri
SDUL FKH JOL DGROHVFHQWL VL DWWHQGRQR VJXDUGL
YDORUL]]DQWL H ULVSHFFKLDQWL EDVWL FRQVLGHUDUH
LO ULOLHYR HVRUELWDQWH FKH QHL VoFial networN asVXPH LO JLXGL]LR GL FKL KD YLVWR LO ³PL SLDFH´.
4XHVWD LSHUWUR¿D GHO ELVRJQR GL HVVHUH ULFRQRVFLXWL QHOOD SURSULD VLQJRODULWj WURYD DOLPHQWR
FRQWLQXR LQ TXHOOD VRUWD GL ³FXOWR GHOO’LR´ FHOHEUDWR H LPSRVWR GDOO’DWWXDOH FXOWXUD, QRWRULDPHQWH GHVLJQDWD FRPH
³FXOWXUD GHO QDUFLVLVPR´
(Christopher
Lasch).
All’adolescente in perenQH ULFHUFD GL YLVLELOLWj OD
UHWH PHWWH D GLVSRVL]LRQH
XQR VWUDRUGLQDULR SDOFRVFHQLFR SHU HVLELUVL, XQD
UXWLODQWH YHWULQD SHU IDU
PRVWUD GL Vp R PHJOLR
per inYentarVi XQ’LGHQWLWj
FRVWUXLWD DG DUWH, XQD 6e
FonG LiIe PLJOLRUDWD, ULWRFFDWD H TXLQGL VRVWDQ]LDOPHQWH LQJDQQHYROH.
AOO’HVDXWRUD]LRQH GHL JHQLWRUL FRQFRUURQR QRQ
VROR OD FULVL GHOOD ¿JXUD GHOO’DXWRULWj H LO PDVVLFFLR LQÀXVVR GHL VoFial meGia VXL YLVVXWL GL
FRVFLHQ]D GHL ¿JOL, H TXLQGL O’DIIHUPD]LRQH
GHO PRGHOOR SDULWDULR GL UHOD]LRQH, PD DQFKH
OD FRQGL]LRQH GL LQFHUWH]]D FKH RJJL DIÀLJJH
OD IDPLJOLD. LD IUDJLOLWj GHO OHJDPH IDPLOLDUH
UDSSUHVHQWD LQIDWWL XQ IDWWRUH SRWHQ]LDOPHQWH
GHVWDELOL]]DQWH SHU LO SHUVHJXLPHQWR GHO FRPSLWR GL HGXFDUH. CRPH SUHVHUYDUH O’DOOHDQ]D
HGXFDWLYD LQ FDVR GL VHSDUD]LRQH R GLYRU]LR"
L’LQWHUURJDWLYR q DIIURQWDWR GD E. FAZZI - G.
PICERNO, Due genitori due case. Un Sercorso educativo Ser bambini che affrontano la
46
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
seSarazione, La Rondine, Catanzaro 2013, pp.
, ¼ ,. LH DXWULFL VYLOXSSDQR LO WHPD GHOOD ¿QH GHO UDSSRUWR GL FRSSLD DGRWWDQGR XQ’DQJRODWXUD SURVSHWWLFD FKH SURFHGH GDO SXQWR
GL YLVWD GHL ¿JOL. EVVL VL WURYDQR FRLQYROWL QHO
GUDPPD GHL JHQLWRUL H VSHVVR YHQJRQR VWUXPHQWDOL]]DWL. DHWHUPLQDQWH q IDU FRPSUHQGHUH
ORUR FRPH O’DPRUH GHL JHQLWRUL QRQ VLD PHVVR
LQ GLVFXVVLRQH, H WURYDUH PRGDOLWj GL FRPXQLFD]LRQH FKH OL DLXWLQR D HODERUDUH LO GRORUH H OD
SDXUD. SXJJHVWLYR LQ TXHVWR VHQVR q O’DFFHQQR
DOO’RSSRUWXQLWj GHOO’LPSLHJR, SHGDJRJLFDPHQWH FDOLEUDWR, GHOOR VWUXPHQWR QDUUDWLYR GHOOD IDYROD SHU UDFFRQWDUH DL ¿JOL OD VHSDUD]LRQH GHL
propri genitori.
IQGLFDWRUH VLQWRPDWLFR GHOOD QHFHVVLWj GL DYYDOHUVL, QHOOD QRVWUD VRFLHWj IUDPPHQWDWD, GL XQD
OLQJXD FRPXQH SHU LQWHQGHUVL VXL VLJQL¿FDWL
IRQGDPHQWDOL, H LQVLHPH GHOO’XUJHQ]D GL VROX]LRQL SUDWLFKH SURQWH DOO’XVR q LO OLEUR GL L.
ATTOLICO, Genitori e ¿gli le Sarole chiave.
Dizionario Ssico-Sratico Ser mamme e SaSà
con bambini da 0 a 10 anni, Franco Angeli,
MLODQR , SS. , ¼ ,. IO YROXPH VL
SUHVHQWD FRPH XQ PDQXDOH SUDWLFR. NHOOD SULPD SDUWH q DSSURQWDWD XQD GHVFUL]LRQH GHOOH
VLWXD]LRQL FULWLFKH GHOOD YLWD TXRWLGLDQD, FRUUHGDWD GDOOD IRUPXOD]LRQH GL LQGLFD]LRQL XWLOL
SHU LO ORUR VXSHUDPHQWR. LD VHFRQGD SDUWH q
LPSRVWDWD FRPH XQ GL]LRQDULR, GD FRQVXOWDUH
DO ELVRJQR, LQ FXL D RJQL OHWWHUD GHOO’DOIDEHWR
FRUULVSRQGH XQD SDUROD FKLDYH UDSSUHVHQWDWLYD
GL VSHFL¿FKH SUREOHPDWLFKH ³DOLPHQWD]LRQH´,
³FDSULFFL´, ³VRQQR´, ³WHOHYLVLRQH´....
4XL FL VHPEUD XWLOH DSSXQWDUH XQ’RVVHUYD]LRQH
FKH, OXQJL GDO YROHU VRYUDGHWHUPLQDUH OD ¿QDOLWj GL TXHVW’RSHUD, FRQVHQWD SLXWWRVWR GL DOODUJDUH O’RUL]]RQWH GL FRPSUHQVLRQH H GL FRJOLHUH
OD TXHVWLRQH GL IRQGR FKH DI¿RUD VRWWRWUDFFLD.
CL ULIHULDPR HVSUHVVDPHQWH DOOD VFHOWD VROHUWH,
LQ WHPSL GL FULVL HSLVWHPRORJLFD, TXDQGR FROODVVDQR L FRQYHQ]LRQDOL TXDGUL GL ULIHULPHQWR
GHO VDSHUH, GHOOD IRUPD LQJHJQRVD GHO GL]LRQDULR. LD ³YLD EUHYH´ GHO GL]LRQDULR YXROH HVVHUH
LQ TXHVWR FDVR LO ULPHGLR UDSLGR HG HI¿FDFH DO
47
GLIHWWR GL XQLYRFLWj, LQ DOWUL WHUPLQL, OD ULVSRVWD VWUDWHJLFD DOOD PDQFDQ]D GL XQ XQLYHUVR
GL VLPEROL H GL VLJQL¿FDWL FRQGLYLVL. 3URSULR
TXHVWR q LO SUREOHPD FKH DIIDWLFD RJJL O’D]LRQH
HGXFDWLYD O’DVVHQ]D GL XQD ³JUDPPDWLFD DQWURSRORJLFD´ GL EDVH FXL ULIHULUVL SHU DFFHGHUH DO
SRUWDWR GL VHQVR GHJOL DIIHWWL. 3HU JUDPPDWLFD
DQWURSRORJLFD VL GHYH LQWHQGHUH TXHOO’LQWUHFFLR
GL VLPEROL, GL ULWL H GL SUDWLFKH FKH SHUPHWWH LO
SDVVDJJLR GDOOH IRUPH VSRQWDQHH GHO VHQWLUH DL
VLJQL¿FDWL. IQ TXHVWR VHQVR QRQ q VXI¿FLHQWH XQ
GL]LRQDULR SHU UHQGHUH WUDVSDUHQWH LO VLJQL¿FDWR
GHJOL DIIHWWL. VD DJJLXQWR LQROWUH FKH OD IUDWWXUD
WUD DIIHWWL H VLJQL¿FDWL UDSSUHVHQWD LO SULQFLSDOH LQFRQYHQLHQWH QRQ VROR SHU OD ULXVFLWD GHOOD
PLVVLRQH HGXFDWLYD PD SL UDGLFDOPHQWH SHU OD
FRVWUX]LRQH GHOO’LGHQWLWj SHUVRQDOH.
SLDPR FRVu ULSRUWDWL DOOD TXHVWLRQH LQL]LDOH LO
OHJDPH LQHOXGLELOH WUD UHOD]LRQH SDUHQWDOH H
FRQ¿JXUD]LRQH PRUDOH GHOOD FRVFLHQ]D. CRPH
DEELDPR SRWXWR ULOHYDUH, O’HVSORUD]LRQH GL WDOH
OHJDPH HVLJH FKH VLD SUHVR LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH
LO UXROR GHFLVLYR GHOOD FXOWXUD LQ DFFH]LRQH DQWURSRORJLFD. Ê LQIDWWL JUD]LH DO FRVWXPH FKH L
YLVVXWL IDPLOLDUL SRVVRQR DUWLFRODUH L VLJQL¿FDWL
GHO YLYHUH, H FRQVHQWLUH LO SDVVDJJLR GDO VHQWLUH
VSRQWDQHR DOO’DJLUH YRORQWDULR.
LD FXOWXUD LQIDWWL Gj SDUROD DJOL DIIHWWL HVVD
HVSOLFLWD LO VHQVR LPSOLFLWR QHOO’HVSHULHQ]D
HPRWLYD. SROR DWWUDYHUVR WDOH RSHUD]LRQH q SRVVLELOH FKH OH IRUPH GHO YLVVXWR HPRWLYR SODVPLQR PRGL GL YROHUH.
3HUFKp OD IDPLJOLD SRVVD UHDOL]]DUH OD SURSULD
RULJLQDULD YRFD]LRQH D HVVHUH OXRJR GL WUDVPLVVLRQH GHOO’XPDQR H GL IRUPD]LRQH GHOOD
FRVFLHQ]D RFFRUUH HODERUDUH XQ FRVWXPH. SRQR
QHFHVVDUL XQ VLVWHPD FRHUHQWH GL SUDWLFKH GL
YLWD H XQD UHWH FRQGLYLVD GL UDSSRUWL VRFLDOL FDSDFL GL SURSL]LDUH O’DWWLWXGLQH GHOOD UHOD]LRQH
SDUHQWDOH D FRQ¿JXUDUH XQ NyVmoV, RYYHUR D
LVWLWXLUH, D SURFHGHUH GDOO’HVSHULHQ]D HIIHWWLYD,
LO ULPDQGR VLPEROLFR DOO’RUGLQH PRUDOH H UHOLJLRVR GHO PRQGR.
Prof. Matteo Martino
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
TEOLOGIA SPIRITUALE: MANUALI,
TRATTATI, OPERE SIGNIFICATIVE
Q
XHVWR FRQWULEXWR LQWHQGH ULFKLDPDUH H
SURVHJXLUH LO SUHFHGHQWH EROOHWWLQR VXL
WUDWWDWL GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH SXEEOLFDWR VXO
Q. GL ©OULHQWDPHQWL ELEOLRJUD¿FLª.
VHQJRQR SUHVH TXL LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH OH SXEEOLFD]LRQL LQ OLQJXD LWDOLDQD GHJOL XOWLPL VHWWH
DQQL, UHODWLYH D WUH DPELWL PDQXDOL H WUDWWDWL GL
WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, DWWL GL FRQYHJQL H JLRUQDWH
GL VWXGLR, VWXGL UHODWLYL D WHPDWLFKH HPHUJHQWL
GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj FRQWHPSRUDQHD.
IQ UHDOWj, LO SDQRUDPD WHRORJLFR-VSLULWXDOH q
VWDWR LQ TXHVWL XOWLPL DQQL PROWR PRVVR H SHU
FRPSOHWH]]D VL GRYUHEEHUR DJJLXQJHUH DOOD QRVWUD UDVVHJQD DOPHQR OH RSHUH FKH LQGDJDQR LO
WHPD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D H LQ SDUWLFRODUH O’DPELWR
GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D PLVWLFD, SXEEOLFD]LRQL GL VWRULD
GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj H QXPHURVL DOWUL WHVWL PRQRJUD¿FL.
3UHVHQWLDPR GXQTXH L YROXPL SL VLJQL¿FDWLYL
QHOOH WUH VH]LRQL FLWDWH, ULVHUYDQGRFL DOOD ¿QH
TXDOFKH YDOXWD]LRQH VLQWHWLFD.
1. ManXali e trattati
CRPLQFLDPR FRQ XQ WHVWR QRQ UHFHQWLVVLPR,
PD LQWHUHVVDQWH SHU OD VXD LPSRVWD]LRQH L.J.
GONZÁLEZ, 6YilXSSo Xmano in Siene]]a. Teolo
gia VSiritXale, EIIDWj EGLWULFH, CDQWDOXSD TO
2007.
IO WHVWR GL GRQ]iOH] VL LVSLUD DO PRGHOOR GL
³WHRORJLD PLVWLFD´ GL CLUR GDUFtD H LQWHQGH LOOXVWUDUH LO ³SURJHWWR GL XQD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH
FRQYHUWLWD LQ VFXROD GL PLVWLFD´, TXHVW’XOWLPD
LQWHVD FRPH XQLRQH FRQ DLR QHOOD YLWD WHRORJDOH. IO WLWROR SULQFLSDOH GHO YROXPH FKLDULVFH LPPHGLDWDPHQWH OD SURVSHWWLYD SVLFRORJLFD FRQ
FXL YLHQH WUDWWDWD OD YLWD VHFRQGR OR SSLULWR, QHO
GHVLGHULR GL VYROJHUH LQVLHPH QHO VRJJHWWR FUHGHQWH OR VYLOXSSR GHOO’XPDQR H GHOOR VSLULWXDOH.
DD TXL OD VWUXWWXUD GHO SHUFRUVR SURSRVWR, FKH VL
VQRGD DWWUDYHUVR FLQTXH FDSLWROL, L TXDOL, VRWWR
WLWROL WUDWWL GDOOH VFLHQ]H XPDQH, SUHVHQWDQR LO
GLQDPLVPR GHOOD YLWD GL IHGH ³DLQDPLFD GHOOD
YLWD´ ³VLDQGDQWL LQ LQWHUD]LRQH´ ³RHOD]LRQL
YLD GHOOR VYLOXSSR´ ³3URFHVVR GL VYLOXSSR´
³CDPPLQL RS]LRQDOL´. L’LQWHQ]LRQH GL IRQGR FL
VHPEUD TXHOOD GL PRVWUDUH FRPH OD YHULWj FULstiana risponda alle esigenze di pienezza delOD SHUVRQD GL FXL VL ID SRUWDWULFH OD SVLFRORJLD.
SHPSUH GDOO’DPELHQWH FDUPHOLWDQR H SL SUHFLVDPHQWH GDOO’IVWLWXWR GL SSLULWXDOLWj GHO THUHVLDQXP, PD FRQ LPSRVWD]LRQH GHFLVDPHQWH GLYHUVD, DUULYD LO PDQXDOH GL C. LAUDAZI, L’uomo
chiamato all’unione con Dio in Cristo. Temi
fondamentali di teologia sSirituale, OCD,
RRPD , SS. , ¼ ,. L’DUFKLWHWWXUD GL TXHOOR FKH, SXU SUHVHQWDQGRVL FRPH XQD
UDFFROWD GL ³WHPL IRQGDPHQWDOL´ GL VSLULWXDOLWj,
GL IDWWR q XQ YHUR H SURSULR WUDWWDWR, q PROWR
WUDGL]LRQDOH. VL VRQR DOFXQL FRQWHQXWL ULQQRYDWL PD FROORFDWL GHQWUR XQR VFKHPD FRQVROLGDWR,
GL FDUDWWHUH GH¿QLWRULR HG HVVHQ]LDOLVWD, GRYH OD
YLWD FULVWLDQD q SUHVHQWDWD FRPH O’DSSOLFD]LRQH
H OD FRQVHJXHQ]D QHFHVVDULD GHOO’RQWRORJLD ULYHODWD VL ULEDGLVFH FKH ³O’D]LRQH VHJXH H PDL
DQWHFHGH O’HVVHUH´. NRQ YL q SURSULDPHQWH XQD
DQDOLVL GHO YLVVXWR FULVWLDQR, PD XQ’HVSRVL]LRQH
GHO GDWR GRWWULQDOH UHODWLYR DOOD YLWD FULVWLDQD,
FRPH YLHQH HVSOLFLWDPHQWH DIIHUPDWR D SURSRVLWR GHOOD PHWRGRORJLD VHJXLWD D VHFRQGD GHL
WHPL, GRPLQDQR OD SURVSHWWLYD WHRORJLFD, FULVWRORJLFD, SHQXPDWRORJLFD, HFFOHVLRORJLFD R
antropologica.
IO VRWWRWLWROR GHO YROXPH GL M. RONDET, Lasciatevi guidare dallo SSirito. Piccolo trattato
di teologia sSirituale, San Paolo, Cinisello B.
, SS. , ¼ , WUDGLVFH OD YHUD QDWXUD
GL TXHVWR WHVWR, JXVWRVR H VWLPRODQWH PD QRQ
48
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
SURSULDPHQWH LGHQWL¿FDELOH FRPH ³WUDWWDWR´.
L’DXWRUH, JHVXLWD, LPSHJQDWR D OXQJR SULPD
QHOOD IRUPD]LRQH GHL JLRYDQL GHOO’OUGLQH H
SRL QHOOD IRUPD]LRQH WHRORJLFD H VSLULWXDOH GHL
ODLFL, LQWHQGH VHJXLUH, DWWUDYHUVR XQ DSSURFcio narratiYo, O’D]LRQH GHOOR SSLULWR DO ODYRUR
QHOOD FUHVFLWD GHOOH SHUVRQH, DQFKH DO GL IXRUL
GHOOH IURQWLHUH GHOOD CKLHVD. SL WUDWWD GXQTXH
GL XQD WUDWWD]LRQH LQ VWLOH ³VDSLHQ]LDOH´ FKH
SUHQGH LQ FRQVLGHUD]LRQH OH GRPDQGH GL VHQVR
GHOO’XRPR H PRVWUD FRPH QHOOD ULYHOD]LRQH GL
DLR LQ GHV H QHO GRQR GHOOR SSLULWR YL VLD XQD
risposta sorprendente. Rondet passa in rasseJQD EUHYHPHQWH WHPL H ¿JXUH GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR
YLVVXWR, LQ PRGR VDJJLR
H VHPSOLFH, FRQ LQWHQWL
SUDWLFL. 3L ³LVWLWX]LRQDOH´, SURYHQLHQWH GDOO’DWWLYLWj GL LQVHJQDPHQWR
SUHVVR OD 3RQWL¿FLD UQLYHUVLWj GHOOD S. CURFH,
è il testo di M. BELDA,
Guidati dallo SSirito
di Dio. Corso di teologia sSirituale, EDUSC,
RRPD , SS. , ¼
, SUHRFFXSD]LRQH
IRQGDPHQWDOH q TXHOOD GL
tenere ancorato il discorVR WHRORJLFR-VSLULWXDOH DO
UDGLFDPHQWR RQWRORJLFRGRJPDWLFR GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D
cristiana. La trattazione
GL RJQL WHPD SUHYHGH OD
presentazione dei dati
ELEOLFL H GHOOD ORUR LQWHUpretazione patristica, per passare poi ad esporUH OD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFD H LQ¿QH OD WHVWLPRQLDQ]D GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH XQR VFKHPD
GL HVHPSODUH FKLDUH]]D FKH SHUz, D QRVWUR SDUHUH, FRUUH LO ULVFKLR GL DWWULEXLUH DOO’HVSHULHQ]D
FULVWLDQD, FKH YLHQH SHU XOWLPD, XQD IXQ]LRQH
VHPSOLFHPHQWH GL YHUL¿FD GHO GDWR ELEOLFRteRORJLFR. A OLYHOOR GL FRQWHQXWL, QRWHYROH LO ULOLHYR GDWR DOOD XQLYHUVDOH FKLDPDWD DOOD VDQWLWj,
49
FLRq DOOD FRPXQLRQH FRQ DLR UQR H TULQR, LQ
FRHUHQ]D FRQ O’LVSLUD]LRQH GHFLVLYD GHOO’RSHUD
LQ ULIHULPHQWR DOOD VSLULWXDOLWj GL VDQ JRVHPDUtD
EVFULYi.
Il trattato di D. SORRENTINO, L’esSerienza di
Dio. Disegno di teologia sSirituale, Cittadella,
AVVLVL , SS. , ¼ , O’DXWRUH q DWWXDOPHQWH YHVFRYR GL AVVLVL HG q VWDWR GRFHQWH
GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH QHOOD FDFROWj THRORJLFD
dell’Italia Meridionale) si segnala per l’oriJLQDOLWj GHOOD VWUXWWXUD H SHU OD VFHOWD GL XQLUH
DOOD WUDWWD]LRQH GHOOH TXHVWLRQL GL IRQGR GHOOD
WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH DQFKH OD SUHVHQWD]LRQH GHOOD WHRORJLD VWHVVD ³LQ DWWR´, DSSOLFDWD D ¿JXUH H
WHPL GHOOD WUDGL]LRQH VSLULWXDOH. DRSR DYHU HVSRVWR QHOOD 3ULPD 3DUWH L
©SULQFLSL H IRQGDPHQWL
GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH
FRPH WHRORJLD GHO YLVVXWRª, SRUUHQWLQR VYROJH
XQ GLVHJQR FLUFRODUH GL
PXWXR ULPDQGR WUD OD SHFRQGD 3DUWH, GHQRPLQDWD
³WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH DQDOLWLFD´, FKH VWXGLD O’HVSHrienza di Dio nella storia,
H OD THU]D 3DUWH, ³VSLULWXDOLWj FULVWLDQD LQ FKLDYH
VLVWHPDWLFD´, FKH LQWHQGH
PRVWUDUH FRPH O’HVSHrienza cristiana storica
consenta di rileggere i
SULQFLSL GHOOD RLYHOD]LRQH RIIHUWL GDO FRPSOHVVR
GHOOD WHRORJLD ³VLVWHPDWLFD´ R ³GRJPDWLFD´. Ê TXL FKH WURYDQR HVHFXzione gli originali criteri di interpretazione del
YLVVXWR GL IHGH LVSLUDWL DOOH ³RSSRVL]LRQL SRODUL´ GL R. GXDUGLQL QDWXUD-JUD]LD, 3DUROD-SSLULWR-CKLHVD, VWRULD-HVFKDWRQ, GLQDPLFD XQLWLYD.
LD 4XDUWD H XOWLPD SDUWH WUDWWD GL DOFXQL ³WHPL
VSHFLDOL´ GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj. 4XDOFKH SHUSOHVVLWj
ULPDQH ULJXDUGR DOOD VFHOWD GL HVFOXGHUH GDOO’DQDOLVL WHRORJLFR-VSLULWXDOH O’HVSHULHQ]D GHOOD
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
IUDJLOLWj H LO VHQVR GHOO’HVVHUH SHFFDWRUL GDYDQWL
DOOD YHULWj GL DLR LQ CULVWR H DQFKH D SURSRVLWR
GHO UDSSRUWR XQ SR’ GHEROH HG HVWULQVHFR VWDELOLWR WUD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH H WHRORJLD GRJPDWLFD
H PRUDOH.
IO YROXPH GL F. ASTI, Teologia della vita mistica. Fondamenti dinamiche mezzi, LLEUHULD
EGLWULFH VDWLFDQD, CLWWj GHO VDWLFDQR , ¼
,, XOWLPR GL XQD WULORJLD FKH FRPSUHQGH
anche Dalla sSiritualità alla mistica, (LEV,
CLWWj GHO VDWLFDQR , SS. , ¼ , H
SSiritualità e mistica. Questioni metodologiche LEV, CLWWj GHO VDWLFDQR , SS. ,
¼ ,, q XQ SR’ LO ³PDQLIHVWR´ GHO SURJHWWR
SRUWDWR DYDQWL GDO GRFHQWH QHOOD FDFROWj THRORJLFD GHOO’IWDOLD MHULGLRQDOH GL ULQQRYDPHQWR
GHOOD WUDWWD]LRQH GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj D SDUWLUH GDOOD
YLWD PLVWLFD. 4XHVW’XOWLPD q YLVWD FRPH SURIRQGD, SHUVRQDOLVVLPD HVSHULHQ]D GL DLR FKH SHUz
QRQ HVFOXGH Qp GLVWRJOLH GDO YLYHUH TXRWLGLDQR,
QHO TXDOH VL HVSOLFD H YLHQH FRPXQLFDWR LO GRQR
dell’incontro con Dio, che è incontro trasforPDQWH. DRSR DYHU DQDOL]]DWR OD VWUXWWXUD HSLVWHPRORJLFD GHOOD WHRORJLD GHOOD YLWD PLVWLFD H
LO VXR PHWRGR DGHJXDWR, O’AXWRUH GHVFULYH OD
GLQDPLFD FLUFRODUH GHOO’LQFRQWUR WUD LO MLVWHUR
DGRUDELOH H O’XRPR, RIIUHQGR LQ¿QH L PH]]L FKH
DLXWDQR LO FRQVROLGDUVL GL TXHVWR LQFRQWUR. IQL]LDOPHQWH DI¿QH D TXHOOD GL AVWL PD LQ VHJXLWR
SL GLVWDQWH q OD ULÀHVVLRQH GL R. ZAS FRIZ DE
COL, Teologia della vita cristiana. ContemSlazione vissuto teologale e trasformazione interiore, San Paolo, Cinisello B. 2010, pp. 200,
¼ ,. IO WHVWR SUHVHQWD OD ULÀHVVLRQH GL XQR
GHJOL DXWRUL SL DWWLYL LQ TXHVWL DQQL QHOO’DPELWR WHRORJLFR-VSLULWXDOH. SHFRQGR LO WHRORJR
JHVXLWD, O’DWWXDOH PRGHOOR GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH
q LQDGHJXDWR SHU OHJJHUH LO YLVVXWR FULVWLDQR
DO VXR SRVWR DQGUHEEH IRUPXODWD XQD ³WHRORJLD
GHOOD YLWD FULVWLDQD´ FKH VL DUWLFROL VX TXDWWUR OLYHOOL ³IHQRPHQLFR´, UHODWLYR DOO’HVSHULHQ]D GL
DLR FRVu FRPH VL Gj ³IHQRPHQRORJLFRHUPHQHXWLFR´, QHO TXDOH LO YLVVXWR GL IHGH q LQWHUSUHWDWR H FRPXQLFDWR, WHVWLPRQLDWR ³ULÀHVVLRQH
FULWLFD´, FLRq LO OLYHOOR GHOOD WHRORJLD LQ¿QH LO
OLYHOOR ³PRUDOH´, QHO TXDOH LO FUHGHQWH DVVXPH
GHFLVLRQL UHVSRQVDELOL. IO PRGHOOR SURSRVWR q
GHFLVDPHQWH LQWHUHVVDQWH, q JOREDOH H XQLWDULR
H LQVLHPH DUWLFRODWR H ³SOXUDOH´, PD DOTXDQWR
FRPSOHVVR, RWWHQXWR DO SUH]]R GL TXDOFKH IRU]DWXUD QRQ GHO WXWWR FRQYLQFHQWH. L’DXWRUH ULOHYD O’HPHUJHUH GHOOD QR]LRQH GL ³PLVWLFD´ FKH
WHQGH DG RFFXSDUH WXWWR LO FDPSR VHPDQWLFR
¿QRUD ULFRSHUWR GDOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, PD
WDOH QR]LRQH VHPEUD SHUPDQHUH LQ XQR VWDWR GL
LQFHUWH]]D. SHPEUD SL SURPHWWHQWH O’HVSUHVVLRQH ³YLVVXWR WHRORJDOH´, FKH SXU FRPSDUHQGR
nel sottotitolo non è oggetto nel testo di adeJXDWR VYLOXSSR.
IQ¿QH, ZDV FUL] UHJLVWUD LO IDOOLPHQWR LQ WHRORJLD GHOOD QR]LRQH GL ³HVSHULHQ]D´, SURSRQHQGR
GL VRVWLWXLUOD FRQ TXHOOD GL ³WUDVIRUPD]LRQH´,
FDSDFH GL HVWHQGHUVL DG XQ LQVLHPH GL HVSHULHQ]H FRPSLXWH D GLYHUVL OLYHOOL H D GLYHUVH VFDQVLRQL WHPSRUDOL.
SHJQDOLDPR DQFKH, SHU FKL FHUFDVVH XQ YROXPH DJLOH H FRPSOHWR, LO WHVWR GL A. TAGLIAFICO, Breve comSendio di Teologia SSirituale.
Intelligenza credente dell’esSerienza cristiana, TDX EGLWULFH, TRGL , SS. , ¼ ,
LO TXDOH GHOLQHD VLQWHWLFDPHQWH OD QDWXUD GHOOD
WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, LQWHVD FRPH LQWHOOLJHQ]D
FULWLFD GHOOD IHGH FKH FRQFHUQH OD YLWD VSLULWXDOH
H DIIURQWD FRQ EUHYLWj HG HI¿FDFLD L SULQFLSDOL
WHPL FKH DWWHQJRQR D TXHVWD GLVFLSOLQD.
CKLXGLDPR FRQ XQ YROXPH UHFHQWLVVLPR J.M.
GARCÍA, Teologia sSirituale. ESistemologia e
interdisciSlinarità, LAS, RRPD , SS. ,
€ 29,00. L’RSHUD UDSSUHVHQWD XQ PRPHQWR GL
VLQWHVL QHOOD SURGX]LRQH GL TXHVWR DXWRUH FKH
VL q VHJQDODWR QHJOL XOWLPL WHPSL FRPH XQR GHL
SL DWWLYL HG LQWHUHVVDQWL VFULWWRUL GL WHRORJLD
VSLULWXDOH, DWWHQWR LQ SDUWLFRODUH DOOD TXHVWLRQH
HSLVWHPRORJLFD GHOOD GLVFLSOLQD. IO VXR RELHWWLYR q GL RIIULUH XQD ©HODERUD]LRQH WHRULFD, ORJLFD H ULJRURVD GHO YLVVXWR FULVWLDQRª H LQVLHPH
XQD ©VFLHQ]D VDSLHQ]LDOH GHOOD SUDVVL LQ DVFROWR
DWWHQWR GHOOH GRPDQGH GHOO’XRPR FRQWHPSRUDQHRª. IQ TXHVWD SURVSHWWLYD, q DQQXQFLDWR D
EUHYH XQ VHFRQGR YROXPH QHO TXDOH OD PHWRGR50
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
ORJLD GHVFULWWD QHO SUHVHQWH OLEUR VDUj DSSOLFDWD
DL ©WHPL IRQGDPHQWDOL GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH FULVWLDQDª. L’AXWRUH VL LQVHULVFH QHO GLEDWWLWR DWWXDOH VXOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH FHUFDQGR OH
FRQYHUJHQ]H, OH DFTXLVL]LRQL FRQGLYLVH SL FKH
DJJLXQJHQGR VHPSOLFHPHQWH LO SURSULR SXQWR
GL YLVWD. L’LPSRVWD]LRQH JHQHUDOH q DPSLDPHQWH H GLFKLDUDWDPHQWH GHELWULFH GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQH
GL GLRYDQQL MRLROL, GD FXL GHULYD DQFKH OD
VFHOWD GL ULFRVWUXLUH QHL SULPL WUH FDSLWROL OD YLFHQGD GHOOR VWXGLR GHO YLVVXWR GL IHGH FULVWLDQR
GDOO’HSRFD SDWULVWLFD DL GLEDWWLWL GHO ;; VHFROR. LD SURSRVWD VLVWHPDWLFD SHU XQD ³WHRORJLD
GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH FULVWLDQD´ DEEUDFFLD
LO PHWRGR ³HVSHULHQ]LDOH´, FKH SUHYHGH XQD
PROWHSOLFLWj H FRPSOHPHQWDULWj GL DSSURFFL, VXO
PRGHOOR GHL GLYHUVL OLYHOOL SURSRVWL GD R. ZDV
FUL] DH CRO, H XQ SURFHGLPHQWR LQ WUH WDSSH,
OH TXDOL VRGGLVIDQR WUH HVLJHQ]H LUULQXQFLDELli: FritiFa VtoriFa GHO IHQRPHQR, ermeneXtiFa
teologiFa seria, Forretta aSSliFa]ione DOOD YLWD
del credente. Un capitolo a parte è dedicato al
carattere interdisciplinare della teologia dell’eVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH FULVWLDQD. 3UH]LRVD H FRPSOHWD, LQ¿QH, LQ DSHUWXUD GHO YROXPH, OD %iblio
gra¿a ragionata.
2. $tti Gi FonYegni FongreVVi Veminari
LH XQLYHUVLWj URPDQH, LQ SDUWLFRODUL L GLYHUVL
IVWLWXWL GL SSLULWXDOLWj, KDQQR GDWR YLWD QHJOL XOWLPL DQQL D FRQYHJQL, VLPSRVL, JLRUQDWH GL VWXGLR
OH TXDOL, DSSUR¿WWDQGR DQFKH GL DQQLYHUVDUL VLJQL¿FDWLYL, KDQQR UDFFROWR VWXGLRVL GL VSLULWXDOLWj LQ UHFLSURFR DVFROWR. TUD JOL AWWL FKH VRQR
VWDWL SXEEOLFDWL VHJQDOLDPR DQ]LWXWWR SSiritualità e teologia. SLPSRVLR LQ RFFDVLRQH GHO ƒ
DQQLYHUVDULR GHOO’IVWLWXWR GL SSLULWXDOLWj GHOOD
3RQWL¿FLD UQLYHUVLWj GUHJRULDQD -,
D FXUD GL M. SZENTMÁRTONI - F. PIERI, GregoULDQ BLEOLFDO PUHVV, RRPD , ¼ ,. IO
SLPSRVLR RIIUH DOFXQH LQGDJLQL ULYROWH DO SaV
Vato, FLRq DOOD QDVFLWD GHOO’IVWLWXWR VWHVVR, IUXWWR
GL XQ’DWWHQWD OHWWXUD GHL WHPSL, GL XQ’LQWXL]LRQH
³WHPSHVWLYD´, H ULFHUFKH FKH LQYHFH LQGDJDQR
51
il SreVente, LQ DVFROWR GHOOH V¿GH GHO IXtXro,
FHUFDQGR GL ULVSRQGHUH DOOH GRPDQGH ³DRYH
YD OD VSLULWXDOLWj"´ H ³SL SXz LQVHJQDUH OD VSLULWXDOLWj"´. L’IVWLWXWR GL SSLULWXDOLWj GHOOD GUHJRULDQD, LVSLUDWR GDOOD VSLULWXDOLWj LJQD]LDQD,
ULYROJH OD SURSULD DWWHQ]LRQH LQ SDUWLFRODUH DO
WHPD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH, PD VL SURSRQH
DQFKH OR VFRSR GL IRUPDUH SHUVRQH TXDOL¿FDWH
QHOO’DPELWR GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH H RSHUDWRUL
SDVWRUDOL. TUD L QXPHURVL FRQWULEXWL, VHJQDOLDPR TXHOOL GL J. SERVAIS, GHGLFDWR D ©IO ULQQRYDPHQWR GL SHQVLHUR QHL GHVXLWL GHO VHQWHVLPR
secolo» e di A. SAMPAIO COSTA ULJXDUGR D «Il
WDJOLR LJQD]LDQR QHOO’LQVHJQDPHQWR GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOHª. AQFKH O’IVWLWXWR FUDQFHVFDQR
GL SSLULWXDOLWj SUHVVR OD PRQWL¿FLD UQLYHUVLWj
AQWRQLDQXP KD IHVWHJJLDWR XQD ULFRUUHQ]D VLJQL¿FDWLYD, L TXDUDQW’DQQL GHOOD VXD DWWLYLWj. GOL
LQWHUYHQWL DOOD JLRUQDWD GL VWXGLR FKH O’KDQQR
FHOHEUDWD VRQR GLVSRQLELOL QHO YROXPH La teologia sSirituale oggi. Identità e missione, a
FXUD GL P. MARTINELLI, EDB, Bologna 2012, pp.
, ¼ ,. L’LQWHUYHQWR SL VLJQL¿FDWLYR, GDO
SXQWR GL YLVWD GL TXHVWD UDVVHJQD ELEOLRJUD¿FD,
q TXHOOR GL R. ZAS FRIZ DE COL VX ©IGHQWLWj
H PLVVLRQH GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH ELODQFLR H
SURVSHWWLYH GDO VDWLFDQR II D RJJLª.
DRSR DYHU SHUFRUVR XQ’DPSLD ULFHUFD ELEOLRJUD¿FD, FKH SHULRGL]]D O’HYROX]LRQH GHJOL VWXGL
GL VSLULWXDOLWj GDO SUH-FRQFLOLR DG RJJL, LQGLYLGXDQGR LQ SDUWLFRODUH QHO GHFHQQLR GHO ³GRSR
SRVW-FRQFLOLR´ - OD ³GHFDGH IHFRQGD´
SHU OD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, O’DXWRUH JHVXLWD GLVFXWH O’DWWXDOH LQFHUWH]]D GL VFHOWD WUD OD SURVSHWWLYD GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWjWHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH H
TXHOOD GHOOD PLVWLFDWHRORJLD PLVWLFD. 4XHVWR
VHPEUD LO FRQIURQWR RJJL GHFLVLYR, SXU LQ SUHVHQ]D GL WUDFFH DQFRUD GHOO’LPSLDQWR WHRORJLFR
GHGXWWLYR WRPLVWD H, GDOO’DOWUD SDUWH, GL ULYHQGLFD]LRQL GL DXWRQRPLD GHOOD ³VSLULWXDOLWj´ ULspetto alla teologia. L’accordo generale tra i
WHRORJL VSLULWXDOL VHPEUD DYYHQLUH VX XQ SXQWR,
FLRq LO YLVVXWR, O’HVSHULHQ]D GL IHGH FRPH RJJHWWR GL VWXGLR, PHQWUH JOL DSSURFFL FRQWLQXDQR
ad essere differenti.
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
La proposta interdisciplinare di Zas Friz è
GHELWULFH GHOOD VDSLHQ]D WHRORJLFD GL VDQ BRQDYHQWXUD, FKH DVVLFXUD O’XQLWj GHO GLVFRUVR
WHRORJLFR FXOPLQDQWH QHOO’DQDOLVL GHO ³VHQVR
DQDJRJLFR´ GHOOD SFULWWXUD, FKH RULHQWD DOO’XQLRQH YLVVXWD FRQ OD TULQLWj. IO UHVWR GHO YROXPH
ULSRUWD JOL LQWHUYHQWL GHL GRFHQWL GHOO’IFS DOOD
WDYROD URWRQGD VXOOD VWRULD H OD PLVVLRQH GHOO’IVWLWXWR VWHVVR H DOWUL PHVVDJJL H WHVWLPRQLDQ]H
GL FDUDWWHUH FHOHEUDWLYR. IQ¿QH, O’UQLYHUVLWj
PRQWL¿FLD SDOHVLDQD KD RUJDQL]]DWR XQ SLPSRVLR L FXL DWWL VRQR UHSHULELOL LQ Teologia e sSiritualità oggi. Un aSSroccio interdisciSlinare.
AWWL GHO SLPSRVLR RUJDQL]]DWR GDOO’IVWLWXWR GL
THRORJLD SSLULWXDOH GHOO’UQLYHUVLWj PRQWL¿FLD
SDOHVLDQD RRPD, - GLFHPEUH , D FXUD
di J.M. GARCÍA, LAS, RRPD , SS. , ¼
,. IO SLPSRVLR q VWDWR DQ]LWXWWR O’RFFDVLRQH
SHU HVSRUUH H GLVFXWHUH DOFXQH GHOOH SULQFLSDOL
SRVL]LRQL VXOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH HVSUHVVH LQ
IWDOLD QHOO’XOWLPR GHFHQQLR, RVVLD TXHOOH GL J.M.
GDUFtD, F. AVWL, R. ZDV FUL] DH CRO, SHU OH TXDOL
ULPDQGLDPR DOOH ULVSHWWLYH PRQRJUD¿H UHFHQWL,
FXL VL q DJJLXQWR XQ FRQWULEXWR GL L. BRUULHOOR
VX WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH H VDQWLWj. LD VHFRQGD SDUWH GHJOL AWWL q GHGLFDWD DOOD GLVFXVVLRQH GHOOR
VWDWXWR intraGiVFiSlinare della teologia spiriWXDOH, FRPH VXJJHULVFH J.M. GDUFtD, QHO VHQVR
FKH OH GLYHUVH GLVFLSOLQH FKH VL RFFXSDQR GL
TXHVWR RJJHWWR QRQ VRQR VHPSOLFHPHQWH LQ GLDORJR R WDQWRPHQR LQ SDUDOOHOR WUD ORUR, PD SURFHGRQR YHUVR XQD integra]ione VXOOR VIRQGR GL
XQ RUL]]RQWH XQLWDULR SDUWHFLSDWR. I FRQWULEXWL
ULJXDUGDQR LO UDSSRUWR WUD OD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH
H OD WHRORJLD VLVWHPDWLFD, OD WHRORJLD PRUDOH H
OD WHRORJLD SDVWRUDOH. LD WHU]D SDUWH GHO YROXPH ULSRUWD JOL LQWHUYHQWL FKH DO SLPSRVLR KDQQR IDWWR HFR DOOH UHOD]LRQL SULQFLSDOL. LD TXDUWD
H XOWLPD SDUWH, LQ¿QH, q GHGLFDWD DOOD ¿JXUD H
DOO’RSHUD GL AJRVWLQR FDYDOH, LQL]LDWRUH GHOO’IVWLWXWR GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH SUHVVR O’UPS.
GOL AWWL GL DOWUL GXH SHPLQDUL GL VWXGLR, FKH VL
VRQR VYROWL SUHVVR OD PRQWL¿FLD UQLYHUVLWj LDWHUDQHQVH H DQFRUD SUHVVR O’IVWLWXWR GL SSLULWXDOLWj GHOO’AQWRQLDQXP LQ FROODERUD]LRQH FRQ OD
PKLORVRSKLVFK-TKHRORJLVFKH HRFKVFKXOH GL
MQVWHU, VL SRVVRQR FRQVXOWDUH ULVSHWWLYDPHQWH VXOOH ULYLVWH ©LDWHUDQXPª GHO H ©IWDOLD
Francescana» del 2009.
3. 6tXGi VXlla VSiritXalitj FontemSoranea
NXPHURVH SXEEOLFD]LRQL QHJOL DQQL UHFHQWL VL
VRQR RFFXSDWH GL WHPL GL VSLULWXDOLWj FHUFDQGR
GL LQGLYLGXDUH JOL DVSHWWL FKH PDJJLRUPHQWH FDUDWWHUL]]DQR OD ¿JXUD DWWXDOH H IXWXUD GHO
FULVWLDQR H GHOOD CKLHVD QHO PRQGR SRVWPRGHUQR. PDUOLDPR GL WHPDWLFKH FRPH LO TXRWLGLDQR
RUPDL XQD YHUD H SURSULD ³GLPHQVLRQH´ GHOOD
VSLULWXDOLWj, OD EHOOH]]D H O’DUWH, OD SDFH, O’RVSLWDOLWj H OD FRQYLYLDOLWj, LO GLDORJR, LO PXWDPHQWR VDUHEEH ROWUHPRGR LQWHUHVVDQWH UHFHQVLUH
L WHPL FKH PDQFDQR«, ¿QR DG DUULYDUH DOOD
SURSRVWD GL XQD ³VSLULWXDOLWj VHQ]D DLR´. 4XL
VHJQDOLDPR VROR WUH WHVWL, VLJQL¿FDWLYL SHU O’DPSLH]]D H O’RULJLQDOLWj GHOO’RUL]]RQWH FRQWHPSODWR H SHU OD YDULHWj GL FRQWHQXWL H GL VWLPROL FKH
offrono.
IO SULPR q TXHOOR GL B. SECONDIN, Inquieti desideri di sSiritualità. EsSerienza linguaggi
stile, EDB, Bologna 2012, pp. 288, € 25,00.
PDUWHQGR GDOO’DWWXDOH IHQRPHQR GL XQD ULQQRYDWD GRPDQGD GL ³VSLULWXDOLWj´, O’DXWRUH FRJOLH
³EUHFFH´, VXVVXUUL FKH LQYLWDQR D XQD QXRYD
ULFRPSUHQVLRQH H D XQD FRUDJJLRVD ULSUHVHQWD]LRQH GHOOD YLWD VHFRQGR OR SSLULWR. LD SULPD
SDUWH GHO WHVWR VFDQGDJOLD TXLQGL LO IHQRPHQR
GHO ³ULWRUQR GL DLR´, GHL QXRYL PRGL GL UDSSRUtarsi al sacro e alla religione, per intercettare
FLz FKH HVSULPH OD VHWH GL YHULWj H GL VSHUDQ]D H
L VHQWLHUL FKH OR SSLULWR VD FRPXQTXH WUDFFLDUH
LQ XQ TXDGUR GLV-RULHQWDWR. NHOOD VHFRQGD SDUWH
YHQJRQR HODERUDWH GXH FRRUGLQDWH IRQGDPHQWDOL GL XQD VSLULWXDOLWj GHOO’allean]a LO WHPSR H
il corpo. La terza parte concretizza il discorso
LQ GXH GLUH]LRQL OD SURSRVWD GL XQD ULQQRYDWD
FRQFH]LRQH GHOOD VDQWLWj FULVWLDQD H XQD UDVVHJQD GL ¿JXUH FRQWHPSODWLYH H PLVWLFKH FRQWHPSRUDQHH. LD TXDUWD SDUWH, LQ¿QH, PHWWH D WHPD LO
UDSSRUWR WUD VSLULWXDOLWj H FXOWXUD H FRQFOXGH DG52
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
GLWDQGR L FRPSLWL H OH FKanFeV GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj
QHO PRQGR FRQWHPSRUDQHR. LH ³SDUROH G’RUGLQH´ FKH S. SHFRQGLQ DGGLWD VRQR ³GLVFHUQLPHQWR´, ³LQFXOWXUD]LRQH´, ³VWRULD´, ³TXRWLGLDQR´,
³PLVWDJRJLD´, ³SURIH]LD´. CRQ TXHVWR ODYRUR,
LO WHRORJR FDUPHOLWDQR VL FRQIHUPD JUDQGH ³WHUPRPHWUR´ GHOOD FRQWHPSRUDQHLWj H VFULYH XQ
OLEUR GL JUDQGH XWLOLWj DQFKH SHU O’DJJLRUQDWLVVLPD H SXQWXDOH ELEOLRJUD¿D GL FXL Gj FRQWR.
IO OLQJXDJJLR q FRPH GL FRQVXHWR DFFDWWLYDQWH,
LQXVXDOH, HYRFDWLYR, D YROWH XQ SR’ GD GHFULSWDUH OD VXD IXQ]LRQH SULQFLSDOH VHPEUD HVVHUH
TXHOOD GL ULVYHJOLDUH, LQWHUHVVDUH, ³LQWULJDUH´
SHU VSLQJHUH D GLVFHUQHUH. AOWUHWWDQWR YLYDFH
q LO YROXPH GL A. SPADARO, Svolta di resSiro.
SSiritualità della vita contemSoranea, Vita e
Pensiero, Milano 2010, pp. XIV-236, € 18,00.
LD SULPD SUHPXUD GHOO’AXWRUH, DWWXDOPHQWH GLUHWWRUH GH ©LD CLYLOWj CDWWROLFDª, q TXHOOD GL
FROORFDUH OD VSLULWXDOLWj QHOO’DPELWR GHO YLVVXWR
RUGLQDULR GHOOH SHUVRQH H GL WXWWH OH SHUVRQH,
FRQYLQWR FKH LO PRQGR UHOLJLRVR GHEED WRUQDUH
DG HVVHUH RVSLWDOH YHUVR OH GRPDQGH FKH DELWDQR O’HVSHULHQ]D XPDQD, QRQ SRWHQGR SL OLPLWDUVL DG HVVHUH LO ³PRQGR GHOOH ULVSRVWH´. Il
WHVWR QRQ YXROH HVVHUH XQ WUDWWDWR VLVWHPDWLFR,
PD VL SUHVHQWD FRPH XQD ³SHUOXVWUD]LRQH GL WHUULWRUL´ QHL TXDOL q SRVVLELOH ULFRQRVFHUH OD VSLULWXDOLWj SURSULD GHO PRQGR FRQWHPSRUDQHR, FKH
q SRL ©O’HVSHULHQ]D VWHVVD GHO PRQGR FRPSLXWD
GDOO’XRPR, FKH q VHPSUH WRFFDWR GDOOD JUD]LD
di Cristo».
IO UDSSRUWR GHOO’XRPR FRQ LO PRQGR q OHWWR
VHFRQGR O’LPPDJLQH DSSOLFDWD DOOD SRHVLD GD
PDXO CHODQ O’XRPR ³LQVSLUD´ LO PRQGR FKH OR
FLUFRQGD H OR HVSLUD ©ULHODERUDQGROR LQ YLVLRQL,
LPPDJLQL, WHQVLRQL, FRPSUHQVLRQL GHOOD YLWD,
GHO GHVWLQR, FKH KDQQR XQ VLJQL¿FDWR GL RUGLQH
VSLULWXDOHª.
Ê TXHVWD OD ³VYROWD GL UHVSLUR´ FKH Gj LO WLWROR DO
YROXPH. A XQD SULPD SDUWH GL FDUDWWHUH IRQGDWLYR VXO WHPD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D, VXFFHGRQR WUH FDSLWROL FKH LOOXVWUDQR DOFXQL DPELWL FKH SRVVRQR
FRVWLWXLUH SHU O’XRPR FRQWHPSRUDQHR GHL ³OXRJKL GL VSLULWXDOLWj´ O’DPELWR GHOOD ³SDUROD FUHD53
WLYD´, DUWLVWLFR-OHWWHUDULD DOFXQH HVSHULHQ]H
XPDQH SUHVHQWDWH VRWWR IRUPD GL YHUEL, WUD FXL
FRPSDLRQR, LPSUHYHGLELOPHQWH, DQFKH ³SDJDUH´, R ³XFFLGHUH´, LQVLHPH D ³VYHJOLDUVL´ H ³FDGHUH´ LQ¿QH, YLHQH VYHODWD OD ULFHUFD GL VHQVR
UDFFKLXVD QHO UDSSRUWR TXRWLGLDQR FRQ OH SLFFROH FRVH, JOL DPELHQWL, L FRORUL. PXU D SUH]]R
GL XQD FHUWD LQGHWHUPLQDWH]]D GHOO’XVR GHL WHUPLQL ³VSLULWXDOH´ H ³VSLULWXDOLWj´, VL VXJJHULVFH
O’LGHD FKH, SHU FKL KD RFFKL H FXRUH SHU YHGHUH,
QXOOD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D XPDQD DQFKH SL EDQDOH
q VHQ]D SDUROD, VHQ]D XQ DSSHOOR DG DQGDUH ³SL
LQ Oj´. IQ¿QH, YD FLWDWR LO WHVWR GL G. GRESHAKE, 9ivere nel mondo. Questioni fondamentali della sSiritualità cristiana (= Giornale di
THRORJLD , 4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD , SS.
, ¼ ,. UQ DIIHUPDWR WHRORJR GHO ;; VHFROR, JLXQWR DOOD VRJOLD GHJOL RWWDQW’DQQL, UDFFRJOLH LQ XQ YROXPH XQD VHULH GL FRQWULEXWL H
LQWHUYHQWL GLYHUVL DFFRPXQDWL GDOOD GRPDQGD
©FRPH SRVVLDPR H FRPH GREELDPR YLYHUH FULVWLDQDPHQWH QHO PRQGR"ª. NH VFDWXULVFH XQD
©ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFD VX DWWHJJLDPHQWL FULVWLDQL GL IRQGRª H XQD ³WRSRJUD¿D´ VSLULWXDOH, FLRq
GL ©OXRJKL H FRQWHVWL LQ FXL OD IHGH GHYH HVSOLFDUVL VSLULWXDOPHQWHª. I WHPL DIIURQWDWL YDQQR
GDOOD TXHVWLRQH GHO VHQVR GHOOD YLWD DOO’DVFROWR
GHOOD FKLDPDWD GL DLR, GDO VLJQL¿FDWR GHO ULWPR
GHOOD YLWD TXRWLGLDQD H GHOOD IHVWD DO WURYDUH DLR
LQ WXWWH OH FRVH, GDO WHPD GHOOD SUHJKLHUD DJOL
DWWHJJLDPHQWL GL IURQWH DO PRULUH. SHQ]D HVVHUH
XQD WUDWWD]LRQH VFLHQWL¿FD, OD VLFXUD DI¿GDELOLWj
GHOO’DXWRUH H OD VROLGD WHRORJLD FXL DWWLQJH IDQQR GL TXHVWR WHVWR XQ’HI¿FDFH PHVVD D IXRFR GL
FRQWHQXWL DQWLFKL H QXRYL GHOOD YLWD VHFRQGR OR
Spirito.
4. $lFXne YalXta]ioni VintetiFKe
LD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH DWWXDOH VHPEUD ULEHOODUVL DOO’LGHD GL HVVHUH DQFRUD XQD ³VFLHQ]D QRQ
LGHQWL¿FDWD´, VHFRQGR OD GH¿QL]LRQH FKH QH
GLHGH A. GXHUUD LQ XQ LQWHUYHQWR GHO . PHU
TXDQWR D YROWH ULSHWLWLYD H, LQ SDUWLFRODUH LQ RFFDVLRQH GHL GLYHUVL FRQYHJQL, SLXWWRVWR GL WHQR-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
UH FHOHEUDWLYR, OD ULÀHVVLRQH LQ DWWR QHO PRQGR
GHL WHRORJL VSLULWXDOL PRVWUD XQD LQFRUDJJLDQWH
YLWDOLWj.
LH SUREOHPDWLFKH ULFRUUHQWL LQGLYLGXDQR JOL
VQRGL GL PDJJLRU ³WUDI¿FR´ FRQFHWWXDOH, GL SL
DFFHVD SDVVLRQH GLDOHWWLFD OD TXHVWLRQH HSLVWHPRORJLFD GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, LO UDSSRUWR
WUD WHRORJLD H VSLULWXDOLWj, LO WHPD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D FULVWLDQD. UQ IRUWH DFFHQWR q SRVWR VXO WHPD
GHOOD LQWHUGLVFLSOLQDULWj, D WHVWLPRQLDQ]D GHOOR
VIRU]R FKH OD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH VWD FRPSLHQGR
SHU ULYHQGLFDUH XQ
posto originale nel
contesto del sapere
teologico.
SH OD TXHVWLRQH
HSLVWHPRORJLFD q
VHPSUH YLYD, QHO GLEDWWLWR WUD ³WHRORJLD
dell’esperienza criVWLDQD´, ³WHRORJLD
PLVWLFD´ R ³GHOOD
PLVWLFD´, ³WHRORJLD
GHOOD YLWD FULVWLDQD´,
QRQFKp VXO PHWRGR
GL LQGDJLQH, DOFXQL GDWL VRQR RUPDL
DFTXLVLWL XQR IUD
WXWWL LO ULIHULPHQWR
SULYLOHJLDWR, HVSOLcito all’esperienza:
q YHUR FKH WXWWL, R TXDVL, QH SDUODQR LQ WHRORJLD,
PD VROR OD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH KD GHFLVR RUPDL
GD WHPSR H TXDVL XQDQLPHPHQWH GL SLDQWDUYL
OH VXH WHQGH.
AQFKH QHO SULPR GHFHQQLR, DEERQGDQWH, GHO
WHU]R PLOOHQQLR FULVWLDQR, OD PLVWLFD QRQ VPHWWH
GL HVHUFLWDUH LO VXR IDVFLQR H GL VXVFLWDUH QXRYL
HG HQWXVLDVWL DPDQWL. AOFXQH GRPDQGH, SHUz,
PHULWDQR SL DWWHQWD LQGDJLQH OD ULÀHVVLRQH
WHRORJLFD VXO YLVVXWR FULVWLDQR GHYH FRQÀXLUH
LQ XQ SURJHWWR GL ³WHRORJLD PLVWLFD´ toXt FoXrt"
SL GHYRQR ULRUJDQL]]DUH L FRQWHQXWL GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH D SDUWLUH GDOO’HVSHULHQ]D PLVWLFD"
4XDO q LO UDSSRUWR WUD OD ³YLWD PLVWLFD´ LQWHVD
FRPH LQFRQWUR SHUVRQDOH H WUDVIRUPDQWH FRQ
DLR H OH ³HVSHULHQ]H PLVWLFKH´ R L ³IHQRPHQL
PLVWLFL´ GD XQD SDUWH UDSSUHVHQWDQR TXDOFRVD
³GL SL´ R ³GL GLYHUVR´" H QHO VHQVR GHOO’LQWHQVLWj R LQ VHQVR TXDOLWDWLYR" H OD GLPHQVLRQH
TXRWLGLDQD GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D GHO FUHGHQWH GDOO’DOWUD" DLR VL LQFRQWUD ³GHQWUR´ LO TXRWLGLDQR R
LQ XQR ³VSD]LR ULVHUYDWR´ GL HVVR" L’RUGLQDULR
GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D q LO OXRJR QHO TXDOH YLHQH FRPXQLFDWD H LUUDGLDWD O’HVSHULHQ]D GHOO’LQFRQWUR
FRQ DLR FKH DYYLHQH ³DOWURYH´ RSSXUH SRVVLHGH HVVR VWHVVR XQ
FDUDWWHUH
³PLVWLFR´ GDO PRPHQWR
che tale incontro
DYYLHQH DQFKH QHO
PHWWHUH LQ SUDWLFD
(e nell’accogliere
FRPH YLVVXWR GD
DOWUL LO FRPDQGDPHQWR GHOO’DPRUH
FKH FL UHQGH VLPLOL
D DLR" IO ULIHULPHQWR DG XQD SHUFHzione o esperienza
³LPPHGLDWD´ GHOOD
presenza di Dio è
DIIDVFLQDQWH,
PD
YD LQFRQWUR D QRQ
SRFKH DPELJXLWj
FKL q IDPLOLDUH FRQ
O’LQVHJQDPHQWR GL GLRYDQQL MRLROL QH ULFRUGHUj O’LQVLVWHQ]D VXOOH meGia]ioni LQVXSHUDELOL
dell’esistenza cristiana.
CUHGLDPR YL VLD VXI¿FLHQWH PRYLPHQWR GL SHQVLHUR H GL FRQIURQWR, VROR D JXDUGDUH HQWUR L
FRQ¿QL GHO QRVWUR PDHVH. MD OR VJXDUGR GHO WHRORJR VSLULWXDOH GRYUj VSD]LDUH VX XQ RUL]]RQWH
EHQ SL YDVWR, RUPDL QRQ SL VHPSOLFHPHQWH
HXURSHR R RFFLGHQWDOH, PD DOPHQR UHVWDQGR
QHO FDPSR GHOOH SXEEOLFD]LRQL SL VLJQL¿FDWLYH DOODUJDWR DO FRQWULEXWR GL FHQWUL GL ULFHUFD
LQ SXGDPHULFD H LQ AVLD.
Prof. GiuseSSe Como
54
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
LITURGIA E SPIRITUALITÀ
«L
D OLWXUJLD FULVWLDQD GLI¿FLOPHQWH QXWUH
O’HVLVWHQWH H LO TXRWLGLDQR L OLEUL GL VSLULWXDOLWj SL OHWWL QRQ DQQRYHUDQR, FRPH ORUR
IRQWH SULPDULD, L WHVWL OLWXUJLFL HG HXFDULVWLFL
JOL VWXGL WHRORJLFL PDUFDQR XQD QHWWD VHSDUD]LRQH WUD VSLULWXDOLWj, OLWXUJLD H SDVWRUDOH QHL
FRQYHJQL GL VSLULWXDOLWj LO SRVWR RFFXSDWR GDOOD
OLWXUJLD q VFDUVR R LQHVLVWHQWH OH SXEEOLFD]LRQL
VXO UDSSRUWR VSLULWXDOLWj H OLWXUJLD, GRSR LO VDWLFDQR II VRQR SUDWLFDPHQWH VFRPSDUVHª. A TXDOFKH GHFHQQLR GL GLVWDQ]D GDO JLXGL]LR QHWWR H
DVSUR GHL OLWXUJLVWL UDGXQDWL DG AVVLVL QHO SHU FHOHEUDUH O’HYHQWR GHO FHOHEUH CRQJUHVVR
LQWHUQD]LRQDOH GL OLWXUJLD SDVWRUDOH GHO ,
SRVVLDPR DIIHUPDUH FKH OH FRVH VLDQR FDPELDWH" UQR VJXDUGR DOOH SL UHFHQWL SXEEOLFD]LRQL
VXO WHPD PRVWUD OD TXHVWLRQH GHO UDSSRUWR WUD
OLWXUJLD H VSLULWXDOLWj FRPH XQ FDPSR GHOOD ULÀHVVLRQH WHRORJLFD DQFRUD ELVRJQRVR GL DSSURIRQGLPHQWR, WDQWR GD SDUWH GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH TXDQWR GD SDUWH GHOOD WHRORJLD OLWXUJLFD.
JQD M. AXJp, M. PDWHUQRVWHU, S. MDUVLOL, L.
AUWXVR, F. BURYHOOL, A.M. TULDFFD, A. DRQJKL,
B. SHFRQGLQ, A. GULOOR, VL ULOHYD, D IURQWH GL
XQD GLVFUHWD SURGX]LRQH GL DUWLFROL H YROXPL,
XQD FHUWD PDQFDQ]D GL GLDORJR WUD OH GXH GLVFLSOLQH. SH XQDQLPH q O’LQYLWR D SDVVDUH GDOOD VFLVVLRQH DOO’XQLWj QHOOD FRQVLGHUD]LRQH
GHO UDSSRUWR WUD VSLULWXDOLWj H OLWXUJLD, GLYHUVL
VRQR JOL DSSXQWL FKH JOL VWXGLRVL GHOOH ULVSHWWLYH GLVFLSOLQH VL ULYROJRQR UHFLSURFDPHQWH.
AL OLWXUJLVWL, JOL VWXGLRVL GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH
ULPSURYHUDQR GL DYHU IDWWR GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD O’XQLFD VSLULWXDOLWj SRVVLELOH, RSSXUH GL
DYHU IDWWR GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD XQR VSHFL¿FR VHWWRUH GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj FULVWLDQD, PHQWUH
WXWWH OH VSLULWXDOLWj FULVWLDQH GRYUHEEHUR HVVHUH
OLWXUJLFKH. AJOL VWXGLRVL GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH,
L OLWXUJLVWL ULPSURYHUDQR GL QRQ DYHU DVVXQWR
VLQR LQ IRQGR OD VYROWD OLWXUJLFD LPSUHVVD GDO
MRYLPHQWR LLWXUJLFR, FRVu FKH OD GLPHQVLRQH
ULWXDOH GHOOD IHGH q DQFRUD WURSSR VSHVVR DFFRVWDWD TXDQGR YD EHQH DOO’DSSURIRQGLPHQWR
GHL GLQDPLVPL GHOOD YLWD VSLULWXDOH. AL OLWXUJLVWL, FKH LQYLWDQR D YDORUL]]DUH OD VLQJRODUH
FDSDFLWj GHOOD ³GLIIHUHQ]D´ ULWXDOH GL FROOHJDUH
O’EYHQWR GHOOD VDOYH]]D H OD YLWD, ULVSRQGRQR L
WHRORJL GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj PD SXUH FHUWL OLWXUJLVWL, FKH LQYLWDQR D YDORUL]]DUH OD ³FRQWLQXLWj´
WUD OD OLWXUJLD H OD YLWD VH OD OLWXUJLD QRQ ULHVFH
D FRVWLWXLUH – FRPH LQYHFH GRYUHEEH – il cenWUR, OD VRUJHQWH H LO FXOPLQH GHOOD YLWD VSLULWXDOH, QRQ q SHU FROSD GHOOD WHRORJLD, PD GL XQD
FHOHEUD]LRQH DQFRUD WURSSR GLVWDQWH GDOOD YLWD,
H GXQTXH GDOOD YLWD VSLULWXDOH. AO WHUPLQH GHOOD
OXQJD H SXQWLJOLRVD GLVDPLQD, OH FRQVLGHUD]LRQL
VLQWHWLFKH FRQFOXVLYH FRQIHUPDQR GL XQD FHUWD IDWLFD QHOO’LQWHJUDUH LO UDSSRUWR WUD OLWXUJLD H
VSLULWXDOLWj QHO TXDGUR GL XQD DGHJXDWD IRQGD]LRQH WHRORJLFD H DQWURSRORJLFD, FKH SHUPHWWD
GL SHQVDUH LQ PRGR HTXLOLEUDWR OD UHOD]LRQH WUD
1. 5aVVegne bibliogra¿FKe VXl tema
PURVHJXHQGR OD UDVVHJQD GHL SUHFHGHQWL
©OULHQWDPHQWL ELEOLRJUD¿FLª GHGLFDWL DO WHPD
, VHJQDOLDPR DQ]LWXWWR XQR
VWXGLR GL MDULR TRUFLYLD, FKH GLVWULEXLVFH VX
GXH DUWLFROL DSSDUVL QHOOD ULYLVWD ©THUHVLDQXPª
XQD UDVVHJQD ELEOLRJUD¿FD UDJLRQDWD VXO WHPD
M. TORCIVIA, 6SiritXalitj e litXrgia. La riÀeV
Vione SoVtFonFiliare (1a SDUWH, ©THUHVLDQXPª
60 (2009) 217-253; ID., 6SiritXalitj e litXrgia.
La riÀeVVione SoVtFonFiliare (2a parte), «TeUHVLDQXPª -. IQ GLDORJR FRQ
L SULQFLSDOL DXWRUL FKH QHO SRVWFRQFLOLR VL VRQR
RFFXSDWL, LQ DPELWR VSDJQROR H LWDOLDQR, GHO
UDSSRUWR WUD OLWXUJLD H VSLULWXDOLWj J. CDVWHOODQR CHUYHUD, P. FDUQpV, D. DH PDEOR MDURWR, P.
FHUQjQGH] RRGULJXH], C. GDUFLD, SHU OD SSD55
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
LO MLVWHUR GHOOD VDOYH]]D H OD FHOHEUD]LRQH, H WUD
LO PRPHQWR ULWXDOH H LO PRPHQWR HVLVWHQ]LDOH
GHO FXOWR VSLULWXDOH. AO ULVFKLR GHOOD ULGX]LRQH
WLSLFR GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, FKH WHQGH D
IRU]DUH OD GLVWLQ]LRQH WUD LO PLVWHUR OLWXUJLFR
FKH q FXOPLQH H IRQWH H OD FHOHEUD]LRQH OLWXUJLFD FKH QH FRVWLWXLUHEEH VHPSOLFHPHQWH O’HVSUHVVLRQH, H WUD LO PRPHQWR ULWXDOH GHO FXOWR
VSLULWXDOH H LO PRPHQWR HVLVWHQ]LDOH SL DPSLR
H SL LPSRUWDQWH, FRUULVSRQGH LO ULVFKLR GHOOD
VRYUDGHWHUPLQD]LRQH WLSLFR GHL OLWXUJLVWL, FKH
LQYHFH WHQGH D ULVROYHUH LO MLVWHUR QHOOD FHOHEUD]LRQH, H LO FXOWR VSLULWXDOH QHO ULWR.
SHJQDOLDPR RUD DOFXQL WUD L FRQWULEXWL SL UHFHQWL H VLJQL¿FDWLYL, QHOOD GXSOLFH SURVSHWWLYD
GHOO’LQWHJUD]LRQH OLWXUJLca da parte della teologia
VSLULWXDOH H GHOO’LQWHJUD]LRQH GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj
da parte della teologia
OLWXUJLFD.
2. Teologia VSiritXale e litXrgia
SXO YHUVDQWH GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, RFFRUUH
VLQFHUDPHQWH QRWDUH FRPH OD ULFRQTXLVWD GHO
OHJDPH SURIRQGR FKH VXVVLVWH WUD OLWXUJLD H
VSLULWXDOLWj, RSHUDWD GDO MRYLPHQWR OLWXUJLFR H
³FDQRQL]]DWD´ GDO VDWLFDQR II 6& 10), appaLD LQ PRGR DQFRUD WURSSR LQWHUPLWWHQWH WDQWR
QHOOD PDQXDOLVWLFD TXDQWR QHOOD VDJJLVWLFD SL
UHFHQWH, VL RVFLOOD WUD XQD VRVWDQ]LDOH ULPR]LRQH GHO WHPD H XQD WLPLGD LQWHJUD]LRQH, VSHVVR DYYHUWLWD FRPH XQ’HVLJHQ]D, SL FKH FRPH
XQ’HYLGHQ]D.
Ê LO FDVR, DG HVHPSLR, GHOOR VWXGLR SXU ULFFR
GL VXJJHVWLRQL H PHULWHYROH GL OHWWXUD GL B. SECONDIN, Inquieti desideri di sSiritualità. EsSerienze linguaggi stile, Edizioni Dehoniane
Bologna, Bologna 2012, pp. 288, € 25,00. NoQRVWDQWH LO SURSRVLWR GHOO’DXWRUH GL ©LQFOXGHUH
QHOOD SURSRVWD LO SHUFRUVR PLVWDJRJLFR-OLWXUJLFRª, OD OLWXUJLD H SL LQ JHQHUDOH O’DPELWR GHOOD
ULWXDOLWj QRQ FRPSDLRQR WUD TXHJOL ©XOWUDVXRQL
GHOO’DQLPDª, ©VFLQWLOOH SHUGXWH GL XQD GLPHQVLRQH DOWUDª, WUD TXHO ©IUXVFLR GHOOH VWHOOH GHO
PDWWLQRª H TXHOOH ©IHVVXUH GHOOD VWRULDª FKH
DSURQR XQD EUHFFLD YHUVR LO FLHOR. E TXHVWR QRQRVWDQWH O’DWWHQ]LRQH D WHPDWLFKH DI¿QL DO PRQGR OLWXUJLFR, TXDOL LO VDFUR, LO WHPSR OLEHUDWR, LO
FRUSR, H QRQRVWDQWH LO ULIHULPHQWR DG DXWRUL H
FRUUHQWL GL SHQVLHUR FKH SURSULR QHOOD ULVHUYD
VLPEROLFD GHOOD ULWXDOLWj ULFRQRVFRQR XQD VLQJRODUH VRUJHQWH GL VSLULWXDOLWj.
EVHPSOL¿FDWLYR, D TXHVWR SURSRVLWR, q LO ULIHULPHQWR DO VDJJLR GHO SHQVDWRUH HEUHR DQJOR-HOYHWLFR A. DE BOTTON, Del buon uso della religione. Una guida Ser i non credenti, GXDQGD,
Milano 2011 (or. 2011),
pp. 288, € 17,50. Non si
WUDWWD GL XQ OLEUR GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH, Qp GL XQ
WHVWR GL OLWXUJLD, PD GL
XQR GHL QXPHURVL WHQWDWLYL GL ULDSSURSULDUVL GHL
JUDQGL WHPL GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj FULVWLDQD LQ SURVSHWWLYD ODLFD H LQ TXHVWR FDVR GLFKLDUDWDPHQWH
atea. Nella descrizione della Messa cattolica
TXDOH DQWLGRWR DOOD VROLWXGLQH, GHL ULWL QX]LDOL, SHQLWHQ]LDOL H GL HODERUD]LRQH GHOOD SHUGLWD, FROSLVFH OD VHQVLELOLWj FRQ FXL VL FRJOLH OD
YDOHQ]D ³VSLULWXDOH´ GHL SULQFLSDOL OLQJXDJJL
ULWXDOL FRLQYROWL QHOOD OLWXUJLD FDQWDUH, VWDUH LQVLHPH, PDQJLDUH, SUHJDUH FRQ LO FRUSR« XQD
VHQVLELOLWj FKH q UDUR WURYDUH QHL WUDWWDWL GL WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH.
AOWURYH DVVLVWLDPR DG XQD WLPLGD LQWHJUD]LRQH,
DQFKH VH DQFRUD LQVXI¿FLHQWH, FRPH DSSDUH QHL
SL UHFHQWL PDQXDOL GL VSLULWXDOLWj. NHO YROXPLQRVR PDQXDOH GHO FDUPHOLWDQR K. WAAIJMAN,
La sSiritualità. Forme fondamenti metodi
BLEOLRWHFD GL WHRORJLD FRQWHPSRUDQHD ,
4XHULQLDQD, BUHVFLD RU. , SS. ,
¼ ,, LO WHPD q Vu SUHVHQWH - WXWWDYLD, QHOOD SURVSHWWLYD JHQHUDOH FKH RULHQWD
OD WUDWWD]LRQH OD VSLULWXDOLWj FRPH ³SURFHVVR
VWUDWL¿FDWR GL WUDVIRUPD]LRQH´, q FRQ¿QDWR
QHOO’DPELWR ULVWUHWWR GL XQD ³VFXROD GL VSLULWXD56
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
OLWj´, LJQRUDQGR WRWDOPHQWH LO PRGRPRPHQWR
OLWXUJLFR GHOOD WUDVIRUPD]LRQH VSLULWXDOH. LD
VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD q LQ HIIHWWL SUHVHQWDWD LQ
PRGR VRPPDULR H DPELJXR FRPH XQD WUD OH
GLYHUVH ³VFXROH GL VSLULWXDOLWj LVWLWX]LRQDOL´,
OHJDWH DO FOHUR D GLIIHUHQ]D GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj
ODLFDOH H GHL FRQWUR-PRYLPHQWL WLSLFD GHL UHOLJLRVL. AQFKH LO ULIHULPHQWR DOOD OLWXUJLD D SURSRVLWR GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj ODLFDOH QRQ q DVVHQWH
GRYH VL SDUOD GHL WHPSL H GHL OXRJKL GHOOD YLWD
QDVFHUH, HGXFDUH, YLYHUH QHOOD FDVD H QHOOD FLWWj,
DPDUVL H VSRVDUVL, SHUGRQDUVL, PRULUH, PD GHQXQFLD O’DVVHQ]D GL XQD LQWHJUD]LRQH HIIHWWLYD
H VRVWDQ]LDOH LQ IXQ]LRQH FLRq QRQ VHPSOLFHPHQWH HVSUHVVLYD. A FRVD DGGHELWDUH WDOH VHWWRULDOL]]D]LRQH" PUREDELOPHQWH DG XQ LQVLHPH
GL IDWWRUL FKH YDQQR GDOOD PDQFDWD DVVLPLOD]LRQH GHO ULQQRYDPHQWR OLWXUJLFR LQ WHRORJLD, DOOD
SURVSHWWLYD VRJJLDFHQWH GL WLSR SL VRFLRORJLFR
H GHVFULWWLYR FKH GHGXWWLYR H LQWHUSUHWDWLYR, SHU
FXL FLz FKH QRQ q VSHFL¿FR GHL ODLFL PD DSSDUH VHPSOLFHPHQWH FRPH RUL]]RQWH H VIRQGR
QRQ VDUHEEH GHWHUPLQDQWH QHOOD GHVFUL]LRQH GL
XQD VSHFL¿FD VSLULWXDOLWj. IQ TXHVWR TXDGUR WHRULFR, DG HVHPSLR, OD ³GHYR]LRQH´ QRQ DSSDUH
DQ]LWXWWR FRPH ¿JXUD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH
WRXW-FRXUW, PD FRPH ¿JXUD GL XQD VSLULWXDOLWj
DQWL-LVWLWX]LRQDOH.
MLJOLRUH FRQVLGHUD]LRQH ULFHYH LQYHFH LO WHPD
OLWXUJLFR QHOO’RSHUD FROOHWWDQHD FXUDWD GDOO’ISTITUTO DI SPIRITUALITÀ DI MÜNSTER (ed.),
Corso fondamentale di sSiritualità IQWURGX]LRQH H WUDWWDWL , 4XHULQLDQD RU. ,
SS. , ¼ ,. NHO TXDGUR GL XQD VWUHWWD UHODzione tra esperienza e teologia, prassi e teoria
GL LVSLUD]LRQH UDKQHULDQD, OD VSLULWXDOLWj q GH¿QLWD FRPH LO SURFHVVR GLQDPLFR GL WUDVIRUPDzione (UmIormXng SHUPDQHQWH GHOO’HVLVWHQ]D
GL XQ XRPRGRQQD FKH ULVSRQGH DOOD FKLDPDWD
GL DLR. NHOOD SURVSHWWLYD GHO SULPDWR GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VXOOD ULÀHVVLRQH GHGXWWLYD, OD OLWXUJLD
FRPSDUH PROWR SUHVWR, DQFKH VH VXO EDQFR GHJOL LPSXWDWL ©NHOOH OLWXUJLH ULWXDOLVWLFKH GHOOD
JUDQGH FKLHVD, SHU PROWL q RUPDL LPSRVVLELOH
IDUH HVSHULHQ]D LPPHGLDWD GL TXDOFRVDª .
57
IO ULPHGLR SURSRVWR q GD XQD SDUWH TXHOOR GL
XQ SL GHFLVR FRLQYROJLPHQWR GHOOD FRUSRUHLWj H GHOOD YLWD, SHUFKp RJQL GLPHQVLRQH GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D XPDQD VLD FRPSUHVD GDOO’DOWUD, XQ
SURFHVVR FKH FRQGXFH GDO YLVVXWR ErlebniV)
all’esperienza (ErIaKrXng DWWUDYHUVR O’HODERUD]LRQH SHUVRQDOH H O’LQWHUSUHWD]LRQH FRPXQLWDULD. LD UDGLFD]LRQH GHOOD IHGH FULVWLDQD
nell’ascolto della Parola (33-34) pone le ScritWXUH TXDOH QRUPD H IRQGDPHQWR GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D
FULVWLDQD, VHQ]D WXWWDYLD UDFFRUGDUOD ¿Q GD VXELWR DOO’HVSHULHQ]D OLWXUJLFD O’LQWHULRUL]]D]LRQH
della Parola è descritta nel ricorso alla leFtio;
OD FRQIRUPD]LRQH HVLVWHQ]LDOH QHO ULFRUVR DOOH
HVSHULHQ]H SDUDGLJPDWLFKH GHO SHOOHJULQDJJLR
SDGUL GHO GHVHUWR, GHOOD PLVWLFD OD NenoViV e
la SleroViV in san Francesco) e delle esperien]H-OLPLWH GHOOD YLWD. CRVu IDFHQGR, TXDQGR LO
WHPD OLWXUJLFR VRSUDJJLXQJH QHOOD GHFOLQD]LRQH
GHOOH VXH GLYHUVH ¿JXUH OLWXUJLD, VDFUDPHQWL,
EHQHGL]LRQL, LLWXUJLD GHOOH RUH«, ULVFKLD GL
DSSDULUH DQFRUD WURSSR DFFRVWDWR, FRPH XQR
GHL WHPL H GHOOH GLPHQVLRQL GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D FULVWLDQD. NRQRVWDQWH WDOL OLPLWL, RVVHUYLDPR QHOOD
WUDWWD]LRQH OLWXUJLFD XQD QRYLWj, FRVWLWXLWD GDO
WHQWDWLYR GL XQ’LQWHJUD]LRQH HIIHWWLYD GHO GDWR
ULWXDOH QHOOD GHVFUL]LRQH GHL GLQDPLVPL GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH. NHO FDSLWROR III, GHGLFDWR
DOOD VSLULWXDOLWj GHOOD OLWXUJLD H GHOOD SUHJKLHUD
(P. Menting), il raccordo tra preghiera persoQDOH H SUHJKLHUD OLWXUJLFD q UDYYLVDWR QHOOD VLQJRODUH DWWLWXGLQH GHO OLQJXDJJLR GHOOD SUHJKLHUD
SHUVRQDOH H GHOOD OLWXUJLD D ULQXQFLDUH DG RJQL
VHQVR GL SRVVHVVR H GRPLQLR. LD OLWXUJLD, DSSDUH ¿QDOPHQWH FRPH XQ ³PRGHOOR PLVWDJRJLFR
GL WUDVIRUPD]LRQH´ LQ YLUW GHOOD VXD VLQWHVL
VLQHVWHWLFD. IQ HVVD VL PDQLIHVWD O’XPDQLWj SL
SLHQD, SRLFKp FRPXQH, H GXQTXH OD SUHJKLHUD
SL FRPSOHWD , FDSDFH GL FRLQYROJHUH WXWWL
SULQFLSLDQWL H SURJUHGLWL, DWWUDYHUVR LO ³JLRFR´
GHOOD ULSHWL]LRQH ULWXDOH, FKH DOWHUQD DWWLYLWj H
SDVVLYLWj H FRLQYROJH VHQVL, PHQWH H FXRUH. I
SUREOHPL VROOHYDWL D SURSRVLWR GHOOD SRVVLELOLWj
GL XQ’DXWHQWLFD HVSHULHQ]D OLWXUJLFD VRQR UHODWLYL DOOH FRQGL]LRQL GL XQD SDUWHFLSD]LRQH HIIHW-
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
WLYD GHL IHGHOL DOOD IRUPD ULWXDOH XQ ULWR FKH
QRQ YDORUL]]D DGHJXDWDPHQWH LO FRUSR, FKH QRQ
q GLVSRQLELOH DO FDPELDPHQWR FRLQYROJLPHQWR
GHOOH GRQQH, DGDWWDPHQWR GHO OLQJXDJJLR, FKH
VRIIUH GHOOD GHEROH]]D JHQHUDOH GHO OHJDPH FRQ
OD FRPXQLWj, QRQ SXz HVVHUH, VHFRQGR JOL DXWRUL
GHO MDQXDOH, IRQWH GL HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH. IQ
RJQL FDVR, DSSDUH HYLGHQWH OD FHQWUDOLWj GHOOD
FDWHJRULD GL SDUWHFLSD]LRQH DWWLYD, SHU XQ’DXWHQWLFD VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD.
LD VHWWRULDOLWj GHOO’DVVXQ]LRQH GHO WHPD H OD
FDUHQ]D QHL UDFFRUGL UHFHQVLWD LQ TXHVWL WHVWL DWWHVWDQR TXDQWR VLD IDWLFRVD O’LQWHJUD]LRQH GHOOD
GLPHQVLRQH ULWXDOH QHO IRQGDPHQWR GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D FUHGHQWH. NRQ q XQ FDVR FKH JOL DXWRUL
FKH PHJOLR KDQQR VDSXWR SHQVDUH WHRORJLFDPHQWH O’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH FRPH HVSHULHQ]D
OLWXUJLFD H YLFHYHUVD G. LDIRQW, E. SDOPDQQ, P.
SHTXHUL, SHU FLWDUQH DOFXQL VLDQR DFFRPXQDWL
GD XQD GXSOLFH FDUDWWHULVWLFD XQD VROLGD WHRORJLD IRQGDPHQWDOH H XQ’DVVLPLOD]LRQH FRQYLQWD,
VHSSXU FULWLFD, GHOOH SULQFLSDOL LVWDQ]H GHO MRYLPHQWR LLWXUJLFR.
3. Teologia litXrgiFa e VSiritXalitj
DDOOD SDUWH GHL OLWXUJLVWL, O’DVVXQWR GL SDUWHQ]D q
TXHOOR VHFRQGR FXL ©QRQ VL SXz SHQVDUH LQ PDQLHUD FRHUHQWH DG XQD OLWXUJLD FKH QRQ HVSULPD
HG DOLPHQWL OD VSLULWXDOLWj FULVWLDQDª H SDULPHQWL
©QRQ VL SXz SDUODUH GL XQD YHUD VSLULWXDOLWj FULVWLDQD FKH QRQ WURYL QHOOD OLWXUJLD FHOHEUDWD H
YLVVXWD OD VXD VRUJHQWH, LO VXR FXOPLQH, OD VXD
VFXRODª CDVWHOODQR CHUYHUD. TDOH DVVXQWR q
VYROWR D SDUWLUH GD XQ FRQFHWWR GL VSLULWXDOLWj
FKH LQWHJUD OH JUDQGL VYROWH GHOOD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH GHO ’, QHOOD GLUH]LRQH GL XQ’DSHUWXUD
DO FDUDWWHUH ³QRUPDOH´, QRQ HFFH]LRQDOH GHOOD
YLWD VSLULWXDOH. DD TXL OR VYLOXSSR GHO WHPD LQ
TXDWWUR GLUH]LRQL LO IRQGDPHQWR WHRORJLFR OR
VWXGLR VWRULFR OD GHFOLQD]LRQH OLWXUJLFD O’DSSURIRQGLPHQWR WHPDWLFR.
RLQYLDQGR DOOH SUHFHGHQWL UDVVHJQH ELEOLRJUD¿FKH SHU XQ’DQDOLVL GHL SL UHFHQWL PDQXDOL GL
VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD AUWXVR, AXJp, PDWHUQR-
ster: cfr. Or%ib 28/2006; 16/1998) e registranGR O’DVVHQ]D LQ IWDOLD GL VXFFHVVLYH WUDWWD]LRQL
VLVWHPDWLFKH, RVVHUYLDPR FRPH O’RELHWWLYR
GL XQD IRQGD]LRQH WHRORJLFD GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD VLD SHUVHJXLWR QHO ULIHULPHQWR DOOD
VWUXWWXUD VDFUDPHQWDOH GHOOD IHGH FULVWLDQD. TUD
OH WUDWWD]LRQL SL UHFHQWL VXO WHPD VHJQDOLDPR
LO YROXPH GL A. DONGHI, Alla tua luce vediamo la luce. L’esSerienza sSirituale cristiana
vive del mistero della celebrazione liturgica,
LLEUHULD EGLWULFH VDWLFDQD, CLWWj GHO VDWLFDQR
, SS. , ¼ ,. LD VSLULWXDOLWj DSSDUH
LQ TXHVWR WHVWR FRPH SURFHVVR GL ©LQWHULRUL]]D]LRQH JUDGXDOH GHOOD FRPXQLFD]LRQH GLYLQDª , QHOO’LQWUHFFLR DUPRQLFR H FRHUHQWH
GHOOH VXH GLPHQVLRQL IRQGDPHQWDOL LO MLVWHUR
SDVTXDOH, LO GLQDPLVPR GHOOD PDUROD, O’D]LRQH
dello Spirito, il contesto ecclesiale).
PHU TXDQWR ULJXDUGD O’DSSURIRQGLPHQWR VWRULFR, O’DSSURFFLR OLWXUJLFR FRQGLYLGH FRQ OD WHRORJLD VSLULWXDOH GHO ’ OR VIRU]R GL DPSOLDUH
OR VWXGLR VWRULFR GDOO’HVDPH VSHFL¿FR GHOOH SUDWLFKH OLWXUJLFKH H GHOOH VFXROH GL VSLULWXDOLWj DOOD
JOREDOLWj GHOOH HVSUHVVLRQL GHO ³YLVVXWR FULVWLDQR´ H GHO ³VHQWLPHQWR UHOLJLRVR´, FRVu GD LQWHJUDUH PHJOLR OH SUDWLFKH GHOOD GeYotio e dell’eVSHULHQ]D OLWXUJLFD. LD FRQVHJXHQ]D GL WDOH
DSSURFFLR q TXHOOD GL XQ JLXGL]LR SL DYYHUWLWR
VXOOH VLQJROH HSRFKH VWRULFR-FXOWXUDOL, ROWUH L
JLXGL]L IUHWWRORVL H VRPPDUL VX SUHVXQWH HSRFKH ³DQWLOLWXUJLFKH´ FRPH OD VWDJLRQH PHGLRHYDOH H PRGHUQD. IQ DWWHVD GL XQD ULFRVWUX]LRQH
FULWLFD DJJLRUQDWD GHOOD VWRULD GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD, VHJQDOLDPR FRPH JOL VWXGL VWRULFL
SUHGLOLJDQR QRQ D FDVR LO WHPD GHO FXOWR H GHOOD
GHYR]LRQH SRSRODUH, FKH PHJOLR SHUPHWWH GL
UHJLVWUDUH H LQWHUSUHWDUH XQD FHUWD IRUPD GL SDUWHFLSD]LRQH DWWLYD GHO SRSROR GL DLR. A PRGR
GL HVHPSLR, VL OHJJD LO FRQWULEXWR GL A.M.
CALAPAJ-BURLINI, Maria dalla Sietà barocca
alla regolata devozione settecentesca, in: S.
MAGGIANI - A. MAZZELLA (ed.), La ¿gura di
Maria tra fede ragione e sentimento asSetti
teologico-culturali della modernità. Atti del
;VIII SLPSRVLR IQWHUQD]LRQDOH MDULRORJLFR
58
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
RRPD, - RWWREUH , EGL]LRQL MDULDQXP,
RRPD , SS. -, ¼ , SHU OD UHOLJLRVLWj SRSRODUH, FIU. E. FATTORINI, Italia devota religiosità e culti tra Otto e Novecento,
CDURFFL, RRPD , SS. , ¼ ,.
DDO SXQWR GL YLVWD GHOO’DSSURFFLR SL VSHFL¿FDPHQWH OLWXUJLFR, QHOOD SURGX]LRQH SLXWWRVWR
DPSLD GL WHVWL DVFULYLELOH DO JHQHUH GHOOD ³VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD´ PHULWD VRWWROLQHDUH TXHL WHVWL
FKH VL SURSRQJRQR GL IDU VFDWXULUH LO YDORUH VSLULWXDOH GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D OLWXUJLFD QRQ VHPSOLFHPHQWH GDL VXRL FRQWHQXWL, PD GDOOD VXD IRUPD
ULWXDOH FRPSOHVVLYD. Lj GRYH WDOH V¿GD q DFFROWD, OD VSLULWXDOLWj OLWXUJLFD DVVXPH LO FDUDWWHUH GL
XQD ³PLVWDJRJLD´ GHOOD SDUWHFLSD]LRQH H GHOO’LQL]LD]LRQH DO VHQVR H DOO’DWWR GHO FHOHEUDUH, DOOD
ULFHUFD GHOOH FRQGL]LRQL FKH SHUPHWWRQR DOO’HVSHULHQ]D OLWXUJLFD GL FRVWLWXLUH XQ’DXWHQWLFD
HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH. IQ TXHVWD GLUH]LRQH YD LO
YROXPH GL G. BOSELLI, Il senso sSirituale della
liturgia, EGL]LRQL 4LTDMRQ - CRPXQLWj GL BRVH,
Magnano (BI) 2011, pp. 237, € 22,00. Il testo,
FKH UDFFRJOLH XQD VHULH GL DUWLFROL VFULWWL GDO PRQDFR GL BRVH LQ RFFDVLRQH GL GLYHUVH FLUFRVWDQ]H, PXRYH GDOOD FRQYLQ]LRQH VHFRQGR FXL ©LO
IXWXUR GHO FULVWLDQHVLPR LQ OFFLGHQWH GLSHQGH
LQ ODUJD PLVXUD GDOOD FDSDFLWj FKH OD FKLHVD DYUj
GL IDUH GHOOD VXD OLWXUJLD OD IRQWH GHOOD YLWD VSLULWXDOH GHL FUHGHQWLª , FRVu FKH OD CKLHVD QRQ
YLYD VROWDQWR ³OD´ OLWXUJLD, PD ³GHOOD´ OLWXUJLD
FKH FHOHEUD. PHUFKp TXHVWR DYYHQJD, q QHFHVsario che i credenti siano resi capaci di attinJHUH LO QXWULPHQWR GHOOD ORUR YLWD VSLULWXDOH QRQ
VROR GDOOH SFULWWXUH FRPH DYYLHQH QHL QXPHURVL JUXSSL ELEOLFL, PD SXUH GDOOD OLWXUJLD. TDOH
RELHWWLYR VXSSRQH O’DSSUHQGLPHQWR GL XQ PHWRGR SHU OD FRPSUHQVLRQH GHOOD OLWXUJLD FKH VL
FHOHEUD, FRVu GD HQWUDUH QHO VHQVR VSLULWXDOH GHL
WHVWL H GHL JHVWL GHOOD FHOHEUD]LRQH. A SDUWLUH GD
XQD VSLHJD]LRQH GHO PHWRGR PLVWDJRJLFR, O’DXWRUH SURSRQH XQD OHWWXUD PLVWDJRJLFD GL DOFXQL
SDUWL GHOOD FHOHEUD]LRQH HXFDULVWLFD DWWR SHQLWHQ]LDOH, OLWXUJLD GHOOD PDUROD, SUHVHQWD]LRQH GL
GRQL, SHU SRL VRIIHUPDUVL VX XQD VHULH GL WHPL
IRQGDPHQWDOL SHU OD VSLULWXDOLWj GHOOD OLWXUJLD LO
59
VHQVR GHOO’DVVHPEOHD, LO UDSSRUWR WUD OLWXUJLD H
SUHJKLHUD, H WUD OLWXUJLD H DPRUH SHU L SRYHUL.
TUD L FDPSL GL ULFHUFD H L WHPL PDJJLRUPHQWH
IUHTXHQWDWL LQ TXHVWL XOWLPL DQQL, PHULWD LQ¿QH
VRWWROLQHDUQH GXH LO WHPD GHO FRUSR H GHOO’HVWHWLFD, FRPH FURFHYLD GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D OLWXUJLFD
H VSLULWXDOH LO WHPD GHO VDFUR, FRPH VIRQGR GL
FRPSUHQVLRQH GHOOD VLQJRODUH HVSHULHQ]D UHOLJLRVD FULVWLDQD. SXOOD GLPHQVLRQH FRUSRUHD
GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH FKH VL Gj QHOOD OLWXUJLD VHJQDOLDPR LO YROXPH FKH UDFFRJOLH JOL
LQWHUYHQWL GHOOD GLRUQDWD GL SWXGLR GHO RUJDQL]]DWD GDO CHQWUR SWXGL GL SSLULWXDOLWj
di Milano: G. BONACCORSO - G. BOSELLI - S.
UBBIALI - G. ZANCHI, Il culto incarnato. SSiritualità e liturgia («Sapientia» 51), Glossa,
MLODQR , SS. , ¼ ,. IO YROXPH, FKH
GL SHU Vp VL SURSRQH GL LQYHVWLJDUH LO WHPD SL
DPSLR GHO UDSSRUWR WUD OLWXUJLD H YLWD VSLULWXDOH,
LQWUDYHGH QHOOD FRUSRUHLWj GHO ULWR XQ DQWLGRWR
DG RJQL VSLULWXDOLVPR H SVLFRORJLVPR GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH. OYYLDPHQWH VL WUDWWD GL
XQ FRUSR QRQ LVRODWR H QRQ GLVDQFRUDWR GDOOD
SDUROD UEELDOL, GDO FRUSR GL CULVWR H GHOOD
CKLHVD BRQDFFRUVR, GD XQ etKoV (Boselli) e
GD XQ RUGLQH ULWXDOH ZDQFKL FDSDFL GL FRQGXUUH H ULFRQGXUUH LO FUHGHQWH QHO FXRUH GHOO’EYHQWR, GRYH OR SSLULWR GHO SLJQRUH ULVRUWR DFFHQGH
GL OXFH L VHQVL GLVFLSOLQDWL. NHOOD SURVSHWWLYD
HVWHWLFD GHOOD VHQVLELOLWj VL LQVHULVFH OR VWXGLR
GL FKL VFULYH OD SUHVHQWH UDVVHJQD P. TOMATIS,
Accende lumen sensibus. La liturgia e i sensi
del corSo SXEVLGLD , CLV - EGL]LRQL LLWXUJLFKH, RRPD , SS. , ¼ ,. Ê XQ
WHQWDWLYR GL ULOHJJHUH O’DQWLFD GRWWULQD GHL VHQVL
VSLULWXDOL QHOOD SURVSHWWLYD GHOOD OLWXUJLD H GHL
VHQVL GHO FRUSR. NHO TXDGUR GL XQD HVWHWLFD WHRORJLFD, H QHOOD FRQYHUJHQ]D GHL GLYHUVL DSSRUWL
GL WLSR VWRULFR, OLWXUJLFR, ELEOLFR, DQWURSRORJLFR
H WHRORJLFR, O’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH GHOOD OLWXUJLD q VWXGLDWD GDO SXQWR GL YLVWD GHOOD SHUFH]LRQH, QHO ULFRUVR DG XQD FRSSLD GL FDWHJRULH
HUPHQHXWLFKH O’LPSOLFD]LRQH H O’HFFHGHQ]D.
UQ VHFRQGR WHPD FKH SHUPHWWH DOOD OLWXUJLD GL
LQFRQWUDUVL FRQ OH TXHVWLRQL GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj q
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
LQGXEELDPHQWH TXHOOR GHO VDFUR. A TXHVWR SURSRVLWR, VHJQDOLDPR LO IUXWWR GHOOD ULFHUFD GHL
OLWXUJLVWL LWDOLDQL, FKH KDQQR GHGLFDWR D TXHVWR
WHPD LO CRQYHJQR GHOO’APL GHO P. TOMATIS (ed.), La liturgia alla Srova del sacro. Atti
GHOOD ;;;I; SHWWLPDQD GL SWXGLR GHOO’AVVRFLD]LRQH PURIHVVRUL GL LLWXUJLD, BUHVFLD, DJRVWR- VHWWHPEUH SXEVLGLD , CLV
- EGL]LRQL LLWXUJLFKH, RRPD , SS. , ¼
,. NHL GLYHUVL FRQWULEXWL GL WDJOLR ELEOLFR H
teologico (D. Tonelli, A. Cozzi), antropologiFR A.N. THUULQ H SL VSHFL¿FDPHQWH OLWXUJLFR
P. TRPDWLV, R. TDJOLDIHUUL, A. LRQJKL, G. BRQDFFRUVR, J.A. PLTXHW, A. GULOOR VL q FHUFDWR GL
FRQVLGHUDUH LQ PRGR SL FRQYLQWR H DO WHPSR
VWHVVR DYYHUWLWR OH GLDOHWWLFKH GHO VDFUR, TXDOH
VIRQGR SHUPDQHQWH HG LQVXSHUDELOH GHOO’HIIHW-
WLYD FRPSUHQVLRQH GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH
FULVWLDQD H GHOOD VXD HVSUHVVLRQH ULWXDOH, ULFRQRVFHQGRQH OD YLUWXDOLWj H O’DPELJXLWj, GD FRQWUROODUH H RULHQWDUH DO YDQJHOR GHO SLJQRUH.
AO WHUPLQH GL TXHVWD UDVVHJQD, SRVVLDPR RVVHUYDUH FRPH DQFKH GDOOD SDUWH GHOOD OLWXUJLD VLD
SHU PROWL DVSHWWL DQFRUD GD VYROJHUH LO FRPSLWR GL ULOHJJHUH OLWXUJLFDPHQWH R SHUORPHQR GL
UDFFRUGDUH DOOD OLWXUJLD L JUDQGL WHPL GHOOD VSLULWXDOLWj, TXDOL L JUDGL GHO FDPPLQR VSLULWXDOH,
JOL VWDWL GL YLWD, LO GLVFHUQLPHQWR GHJOL VSLULWL,
L JUDQGL YDORUL GHOO’HVSHULHQ]D VSLULWXDOH FULVWLDQD FRPH OD JLRLD, LO ULSRVR, OD YLJLODQ]D, LO
SXGRUH, OD FRQWHPSOD]LRQH.
Prof. Paolo Tomatis
NOVITÀ
S
HL VRQR OH QRYLWj ELEOLRJUD¿FKH GHOOD HGLWULFH GORVVD GHOOD FDFROWj THRORJLFD GHOO’Italia Settentrionale di Milano.
LH SULPH GXH VL ULIHULVFRQR DO WHPD GHOOD IHGH.
SLDPR JLXQWL DOOD ¿QH GHOO’$nno Gella IeGe, PD
FHUWR QRQ ¿QLVFH OD IHGH H O’LQFHVVDQWH HVHUFL]LR GL LQWHUURJD]LRQH VX GL HVVD.
IO SULPR YROXPH UDFFRJOLH JOL AWWL GHO CRQYHJQR GL SWXGLR SURPRVVR GDOOD FDFROWj THRORJLFD GHOO’IWDOLD SHWWHQWULRQDOH QHO IHEEUDLR ,
dedicato al tema Gella IeGe Fome Iorma Gell¶a
gire Gella IeGe Fioq FKe SlaVma l¶agire: B.
SEVESO (ed.), ³In gesti e Sarole«´. La fede
che Sassa all’atto DLVSXWDWLR - , GORVVD,
Milano 2013, pp. XVII-224, € 24,00.
Non sono pochi né di poco conto infatti gli
LQWHUURJDWLYL FKH OD IHGH FULVWLDQD VROOHYD QHO
PRQGR H GL FXL LO PDJLVWHUR GHOOD FKLHVD VL q
IDWWR SRUWDYRFH QHOO’$nno Gella IeGe. Non si
WUDWWD, LQ DVVROXWR, GL TXHVWLRQL LQHGLWH SHU
PROWL DVSHWWL DFFRPSDJQDQR OD IHGH FULVWLDQD ¿Q GDO VXR SULPR VRUJHUH H VRQR QRWH GD
WHPSR. MD LQ RJQL HSRFD TXHVWLRQL H LQWHUURJDWLYL VL ULSUHVHQWDQR FRQ ULQQRYDWD DFXWH]]D H
FKLHGRQR ULQQRYDWD
considerazione. È
sollecitata l’atten]LRQH GL TXDQWL,
credenti o non,
FHUFDQR XQD SL
attenta esplorazione dell’esperienza
XPDQD QHO QRVWUR
WHPSR. L’LQWHOOLgenza teologica ne
q GLUHWWDPHQWH LQYHVWLWD.
I saggi di G. Ange60
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
DELWDUH OH GLPHQVLRQL UHDOL H LQWHJUDOL GHOOD
nostra esperienza.
L’LQWHUURJD]LRQH VXOO’HVLVWHQ]D RULHQWD LQIDWWL
DG XQD YHULWj FKH VL UHDOL]]D QHOO’LQFRQWUR GHOOH OLEHUWj HG LO QXFOHR GL RJQL YLVVXWR PLVWLFR
consiste nell’essere da Dio afferrati da persoQD D SHUVRQD. SROWDQWR FKL SHQHWUD LO FXRUH GHOOD UHDOWj SXz ODVFLDUVL VRUSUHQGHUH GDOOD ¿JXUD
GL GHV CULVWR, FROXL FKH FL UDJJLXQJH DO FHQWUR GHOOD QRVWUD YLWD H FL FKLDPD D FRQGLYLGHUH
LO GHVWLQR GL WXWWL, DQFKH D FDUR SUH]]R.
OLQL, G. NREHUDVFR, S. RRPDQHOOR, P. SHTXHUL,
B. SHYHVR, G. TUDEXFFR, R. VLJQROR, UDFFROWL
QHO YROXPH PHWWRQR SDUWLFRODUH DWWHQ]LRQH DOOD
VWUXWWXUD SUDWLFD GHOOD IHGH, DOOD VXD VLWXD]LRQH DWWXDOH, DOOD FDUDWWHUL]]D]LRQH ELEOLFD GHOOD
fede del discepolo, al rapporto tra fede e rito e
DOOD TXDOLWj VSLULWXDOH GHOOD IHGH FULVWLDQD.
IO VHFRQGR YROXPH, IUXWWR GL LQL]LDWLYH SURPRVVH GDOOD SFXROD GL THRORJLD GHO SHPLQDULR
GL BHUJDPR VHPSUH LQ RFFDVLRQH GHOO’$nno
Gella IeGe q LQYHFH LQFHQWUDWR VXO SOHVVR IeGe
eG eVSerien]a, PHGLDQWH OD SUHVHQWD]LRQH GL
DOFXQL LWLQHUDUL VSLULWXDOL GHO ’ P. BERNARDI - M. EPIS - F. FERRARIO - G. TRABUCCO, Il
Srezzo della fede. Itinerari sSirituali del Novecento 4XDGHUQL GL SWXGL H MHPRULH - ,
D FXUD GHOOD SCUOLA DI TEOLOGIA DEL
SEMINARIO DI BERGAMO, Glossa, Milano 2013, pp. 179,
€ 13,00.
La scelta di credeUH QRQ FRVWLWXLVFH
XQ DOLEL SHU HVWUDQLDUVL GDO PRQGR,
SHUFKp OD IHGHOWj
al Vangelo esige di
DELWDUH LO SURSULR
WHPSR FRQ VSLULWR
critico e responVDELOLWj. PXU GLVSLHJDQGRVL LQ PDQLHUD DXWRQRPD, JOL LWLQHUDUL VSHFXODWLYL H VSLULWXDOL GL
PDYHO A. FORUHQVNLM -, EGLWK SWHLQ
(1891-1942), Dietrich Bonhoeffer (1906 H SLPRQH :HLO -, SUHVL LQ
FRQVLGHUD]LRQH QHO SUHVHQWH YROXPH, GDQQR
WHVWLPRQLDQ]D GL XQD FRQYHUJHQ]D O’LQWHUHVVH
SHU OD IHGH FULVWLDQD VFDWXULVFH GD XQD PHWD¿VLFD FRQFUHWD, GD XQ’DSHUWXUD DO UHDOH FKH VL
DOLPHQWD QHOOD SDVVLRQH LQWHJUDOH SHU O’HVVHUH XPDQR. LD TXHVWLRQH GL DLR H GHOOD IHGH
LQIDWWL SRVVRQR HVLELUH LO ORUR LQWHUHVVH H OD
loro sensatezza a condizione di (ri)scoprire e
DL IRUWH VSHVVRUH H GL LQGXEELR LQWHUHVVH, VSHFXODWLYR H SDVWRUDOH LQVLHPH, q LO QXRYR YROXPH GHOO’ASSOCIAZIONE TEOLOGICA ITALIANA,
Eucaristia e Logos. Un legame SroSizio Ser
la teologia e la chiesa FRUXP A.T.I. - , D
FXUD GL R. REPOLE F. SCANZIANI, Glossa, Milano 2013,
pp. XXV-400, €
,. IO WHPD q
EXFariVtia e LogoV
H OH GRPDQGH FXL VL
cerca di rispondere
VRQR TXDOH OHJDPH WUD SDFUDPHQWR
H THRORJLD" CKH
lygoV il Signore
GHV HVSULPH LQ
TXHO VXSUHPR GRQDUVL" CRPH IDUH
WHRORJLD, RJJL, D SDUWLUH GD TXHVWR OXRJR LVWLWXWLYR GHOO’LGHQWLWj H GHOOD PLVVLRQH GHOOD CKLHVD O’EXFDULVWLD"
L’LWLQHUDULR YROWR D ULVSRQGHUH DOOH GLYHUVH
TXHVWLRQL PXRYH DQ]LWXWWR GDOO’DWWHVWD]LRQH ELEOLFD GHO JHVWR HXFDULVWLFR QHOOD VXD VLQJRODUH
RULJLQDOLWj, DSHUWD D XQD SOXUDOLWj GL GHFOLQD]LRQL H WUDWWHJJLD, SRL, OR ³VWLOH´ H LO ³OLQJXDJJLR´ FKH GDO JHVWR HXFDULVWLFR VSULJLRQDQR GD
XQ ODWR ULVFRSUHQGR O’HIIHWWLYD LQFLGHQ]D VWRULFD GHOO’EXFDULVWLFD VXOOD IRUPD GHOOD WHRORJLD
H VXO SHQVDUH FULVWLDQR, DQFKH DWWUDYHUVR OH
VXH GHFOLQD]LRQL QHOO’DUWH, QHOOD PLVWLFD H QHO
61
ORIENTAMENTI BIBLIOGRAFICI
UDSSRUWR FRQLXJDOH GDOO’DOWUR ODWR, DSSURIRQGHQGR O’LQGROH FKH O’DQQXQFLR GL GHV CULVWR
KD GD DVVXPHUH VLD LQ FRQIRUPLWj DOOD VXD LQWULQVHFD QDWXUD HXFDULVWLFD, VLD LQ VLQWRQLD FRQ L
VHJQL GHL WHPSL, DQFKH QHO FRQWHVWR FRQWHPSRUDQHR. LD ULFHUFD FRQVHJQD FRVu OD SHUWLQHQ]D
RJJHWWLYD H OD ULOHYDQ]D SUDWLFD GL XQ OHJDPH
± TXHOOR WUD EXFariVtia e logoV ± RJJL D EHQ YHGHUH SL FKH PDL SURSL]LR SHU OD WHRORJLD H SHU
OD FKLHVD. I FRQWULEXWL UDFFROWL QHO YROXPH VRQR
D FXUD GL P. CRGD, F. SFDQ]LDQL, M. MDUFKHVHOOL, P. SHTXHUL, P. GLOEHUW, A. BR]]ROR, A. GULOOR, C. GLUDXGR, P. CDVSDQL, P. GDPEHULQL, N.
Valentini, F. Ferrario, A. Maffeis, G. Lafont,
S. NRFHWL, G. BHUWDJQD, F. AVWL, ;. LDFURL[, R.
Repole, G. Ferretti, E. Segatti.
IQFHQWUDWD VXOOD ULFHUFD QHO FDPSR GHOOD VDFUDPHQWDULD q DQFKH OD WHVL GL GRWWRUDWR GL XQ
VDFHUGRWH GL BHUJDPR GLVFXVVD SUHVVR LO PRQWL¿FLR AWHQHR SDQW’AQVHOPR GL RRPD M. BELLI, Caro veritatis cardo. L’interesse della
fenomenologia francese Ser la teologia dei
sacramenti DLVVHUWDWLR. SHULHV URPDQD - ,
Glossa, Milano 2013, pp. XII-465, € 25,00.
IO WUDWWR VSHFL¿FR GL TXHVW’RSHUD, &aro Yerita
tiV FarGo, q LO WHQWDWLYR GL XQR VWXGLR WHRORJLFR-IRQGDPHQWDOH DWWRUQR DL QRGL FHQWUDOL GHO
MRYLPHQWR LLWXUJLFR FKH KD SUHSDUDWR LO WHsto conciliare della 6aFroVanFtXm &onFiliXm,
OD SULPD FRVWLWX]LRQH GRJPDWLFD GHO FRQFLOLR
Vaticano II.
TUDGL]LRQDOPHQWH
OD IHGH q SL OHJDWD
DOO’LGHD GL ³GHSRVLWR´ FKH GL ³D]LRQH´ FRPH SHQVDUH
DG XQ DJLUH TXHOOR
OLWXUJLFR GHFLVLYR
SHU LO FUHGHUH" Ê
LQ TXHVWR FRQWHVWR
che il pensiero delOD IHQRPHQRORJLD
francese, attratto in
GLYHUVL VXRL HVSR-
QHQWL GDOOH TXHVWLRQL GL WHRORJLD GHL VDFUDPHQWL, VL SUHVWD DG HVVHUH XQ SDUWQHU GHVLGHUDELOH
SHU OD WHRORJLD GHOOD OLWXUJLD. AOOD OXFH GHOO’LQFRQWUR WUD OLWXUJLD H IHQRPHQRORJLD, QRQ q SL
SRVVLELOH SHQVDUH DG XQD WHRORJLD GHL VDFUDPHQWL FRPH UHJLRQDOH ULVSHWWR DOOD WHRORJLD QHO
VXR LQVLHPH O’DFFDGHUH OLWXUJLFR q GHFLVLYR
SHU OD YHULWj GHL VDFUDPHQWL, FKH FXVWRGLVFRQR
LQ Vp OD IRUPD GHO YHUR.
AG XQ WHPD GL VWULQJHQWH DWWXDOLWj q VWDWR GHGLFDWD OD GLRUQDWD GL VWXGLR GHO CHQWUR SWXGL
GL SSLULWXDOLWj GL MLODQR QHO JHQQDLR GL
FXL RUD YHQJRQR SXEEOLFDWL JOL AWWL L. BRUNI - N. RICCARDI - P. ROTA SCALABRINI - P.
SEQUERI, L’uomo sSirituale e l’homo œconomicus. Il cristianesimo e il denaro (Sapientia - 62), Glossa, Milano 2013,
pp. IX-126, € 14,00.
IO WHPD GHL UDSSRUti tra VSiritXalitj
FriVtiana eG eFo
nomia, apparentePHQWH LQFRQVXHWR
per la teologia, è
PHULWHYROH GL FRQVLGHUD]LRQH ULÀHVVD
QRQ VROR D PRWLYR
GHJOL LQGXEEL HOHPHQWL GL LQGDJLQH
VXOOD VWRULD GHOOD
VSLULWXDOLWj FKH VH QH SRVVRQR ULFDYDUH, PD
SHUFKp LO SDUDGRVVR HYDQJHOLFR SRVVD DQFRUD
LQWURGXUUH LO VXR IHUPHQWR FULWLFR QHOOD ULHODERUD]LRQH GL PROWL OXRJKL FRPXQL, FKH SHUPDQJRQR GRPLQDQWL QHOOD FRPSUHQVLRQH GHOOD
UD]LRQDOLWj HFRQRPLFD.
OJJL LO GLVFRUVR HFRQRPLFR VL JLRFD HVVHQ]LDOPHQWH QHJOL VSD]L GL XQ PHUFDWR FKH SHQVD VROR
D SURGXUUH, VFDPELDUH H YHQGHUH, H IXQ]LRQD
VXOOD EDVH GHOOH FDWHJRULH GL HIILFLHQ]D, XWLOLWj
H FUHVFLWD. SL WUDWWD LQYHFH GL SHQVDUH O’HFRQRPLD H LO GHQDUR LQ WHUPLQL GLYHUVL HG HQWUR
XQD SURVSHWWLYD SL DPSLD, SHUFKp O’Komo
62
FACOLTÀ TEOLOGICA DELL’ITALIA SETTENTRIONALE - 42/2013
°FonomiFXV QRQ YHQJD SULYDWR GHOOH UHOD]LRQL
GL UHFLSURFLWj H GL JUDWXLWj FKH FDUDWWHUL]]DQR
O’DXWHQWLFR YLYHUH XPDQR. IO SUHVHQWH YROXPH
LQGDJD JOL DVSHWWL ELEOLFL, VSLULWXDOL, HFRQRPLFL
H WHRORJLFL GHOOD TXHVWLRQH.
L’XOWLPR YROXPH, FXUDWR GDOOD SFXROD GL THRORJLD GHO SHPLQDULR GL BHUJDPR, q XQ GRYHURVR H DIIHWWXRVR RPDJJLR DG AOEHUWR BHOOLQL
-, LO TXDOH q VWDWR GRFHQWH GL WHRORJLFD VLVWHPDWLFD, WHRORJLD SURWHVWDQWH HG
HFXPHQLFD VLD SUHVVR OD FDFROWj THRORJLFD
dell’Italia Settentrionale di Milano che il SePLQDULR VHVFRYLOH GL BHUJDPR. FX DQFKH XQR
GHL SLRQLHUL GHO PRYLPHQWR HFXPHQLFR LQ IWDOLD, WDQWR GD IDU SDUWH ¿Q GDO VXR VRUJHUH GHO
6egretariato Ser l¶Xnitj Gei FriVtiani (1960) e
GL FRQVHJXHQ]D D SDUWHFLSDUH D WXWWH OH VHGXWH
del concilio Vaticano II.
A. BELLINI, “Spiritus Sancti fovente gratia” (UR 1). Saggi di teologia ecumenica
©SWXGL H PHPRULHª GHO SHPLQDULR GL BHUJDPR - , D FXUD GHOOD SCUOLA DI TEOLOGIA DEL
SEMINARIO DI BERGAMO, Glossa, Milano 2013,
pp. XLI-552, € 25,00.
I VDJJL TXL UDFFROWL, IUXWWR HPEOHPDWLFR GHOla ricerca teologica di Bellini, considerano
DOFXQL WHPL FHQWUDOL GHOOD WHRORJLD SURWHVWDQWH, LQGDJDWD VLD QHO VXR PRPHQWR LQL]LDOH, VLD
63
QHJOL VYLOXSSL GD
HVVD FRQRVFLXWL QHL
VHFROL VXFFHVVLYL.
SRQR VWXGLDWL L WHPL
teologici classici
GHOOD JLXVWL¿FD]LRne del peccatore,
della chiesa e dei
VDFUDPHQWL, PD DQche il rapporto tra
FKLHVD H PRQGR,
QHOOD SURVSHWWLYD
GHOOD GRWWULQD OXWHUDQD GHL GXH UHJQL,
H LO VLJQL¿FDWR GHOOD SUHJKLHUD FRPH OXRJR QHO TXDOH VL FRQVWDWD
LQ FRQFUHWR OD IRUPD FKH LO PHVVDJJLR GHOOD RLIRUPD H OD WHRORJLD GHL ULIRUPDWRUL KDQQR GDWR
DOOD YLWD FULVWLDQD GHL IHGHOL H GHOOH FRPXQLWj
protestanti.
LD FRQYLQ]LRQH GL IRQGR FKH QH HPHUJH q FKH
OD WHRORJLD FDWWROLFD QRQ q DOO’DOWH]]D GHO VXR
FRPSLWR TXDQGR VL OLPLWD D UHVSLQJHUH OH WHVL
SURWHVWDQWL R OH FRQVLGHUD GHO WXWWR LUULOHYDQWL
DO FRQWUDULR, HVVD GHYH ULFRQRVFHUH JOL DVSHWWL
GHOOD YHULWj FULVWLDQD PHVVL LQ OXFH GDO SHQVLHUR
SURWHVWDQWH QRQ HOXGHQGR JOL LQWHUURJDWLYL FKH
HVVR VROOHYD.
Prof. Silvano Macchi
Per maggiori informazioni e per eventuali ordini di libri rivolgersi a:
Libreria Editrice Glossa
Piazza Paolo VI, 6 - 20121 Milano
tel. 02/877.609; fax 02/72003162
e-mail: [email protected]; www.glossaeditrice.it.
Desidero ricevere n.______ copie
di «Orientamenti Bibliografici»:
Cognome____________________________________________________________
Nome_______________________________________________________________
Indirizzo ____________________________________________________________
Città __________________________________________ Prov._________________
cap. ________________ Tel.____________________________________________
e-mail _________________________________________
Firma________________________________________________________________
GARANZIA DI RISERVATEZZA
Gentile Lettore,
ai fini della legge 675/96, La preghiamo di prendere visione della seguente Informativa
e di restituirci la presente cartolina debitamente firmata al fine di consentire alla Società
Glossa s.r.l. di trattare i suoi dati.
Informativa sulla riservatezza dei dati (Legge 675/96).
La informiamo che i suoi dati personali saranno custoditi dalla nostra Società con l’impegno a non cederli a terzi e trattati con mezzi informatici per l'ordinaria gestione commerciale e per l’invio di cataloghi, proposte di abbonamento e altro materiale assolutamente gratuito. Il conferimento a questi fini alla nostra Società è facoltativo ed Ella potrà in qualunque momento richiederne la conferma dell’esistenza, l’aggiornamento o la
cancellazione, così come potrà opporsi all’invio di informazioni promozionali scrivendo
a: Glossa s.r.l. Libreria Editrice - Piazza Paolo VI,6 - 20121 Milano.
Per consenso:
Data__________________________
Firma________________________________________________________________
Spett.le
Direzione di
«Orientamenti Bibliografici»
Facoltà Teologica
dell’Italia Settentrionale
Via dei Cavalieri del S. Sepolcro, 3
20121 MILANO